Karachi Bus Rapid Transit Red Line Project: Abattoir Site at ...

Initial Environmental Examination

Project Number: 47279-002 December 2021

Pakistan: Karachi Bus Rapid Transit Red Line

Project

(Abattoir site at Landhi Cattle Colony - Karachi)

Prepared by Sindh Mass Transit Authority, Provincial Government of Sindh for the Asian Development Bank. This initial environmental examination is a document of the borrower. The views expressed herein do not necessarily represent those of ADB's Board of Directors, Management, or staff, and may be preliminary in nature. Your attention is directed to the “terms of use” section on ADB’s website. In preparing any country program or strategy, financing any project, or by making any designation of or reference to a particular territory or geographic area in this document, the Asian Development Bank does not intend to make any judgments as to the legal or other status of any territory or area.

http://www.adb.org/terms-use

Karachi BRT - IEE for Biogas Plant

Acronyms 3 | P a g e

CURRENCY EQUIVALENTS As of 15th December 2021, Currency Unit – Pak Rupees (Pak Rs.)

Pak Rs 1.00 = $ 0.005 US$1.00 = Pak Rs. 178

Acronyms

ADB Asian Development Bank

BRT Bus Rapid Transit

DoF Department of Forests

DCFA EA

Dairy Cattle Farmers Association

Environmental Assessment

EARF Environment Assessment Review Framework

EAAC Environmental Assessment Advisory Committee

EPA Environmental Protection Agency

EIA Environment Impact Assessment

EMP Environmental Management Plan

EA Executing Agency

GoS GOP IA

Government of Sindh

Government of Pakistan

Implementing Agency

IEE Initial Environmental Examination

km Kilometer

tpd Tonnes per day

LAA Land Acquisition Act (of 1984)

LARP Land Acquisition and Resettlement Plan

Leq Equivalent sound pressure level

NGO Non-Governmental Organization

O&M Operation & Maintenance

PMU PC PAP

Project Management Unit

Public consultation

Project Affected Person

PEPAct Pakistan Environment Protection Act 1997

RP PFS SC SEQS SPS SEPA SMTA TMTD

Resettlement Plan

Pre-Feasibility Study

Steering Committee

Sindh Environmental Quality Standards

Safeguard Policy Statement

Sindh Environmental Protection Agency

Sindh Mass Transit Authority

Transport and Mass Transit Department


Acronyms 4 | P a g e

VSEP Vibratory Shear Enhanced Processing


Content Details 5 | P a g e

Content Details

S/No. Version Date Summary of Revisions made 1 1 10-2-20 First Draft of IEE report 2 2 25-10-21 Second Draft of IEE report


Table of Content 6 | P a g e

Table of Content

1 Introduction ............................................................................................. 29

1.1 Project Background ................................................................................ 29 1.2 Project Objective ..................................................................................... 30 1.3 Environmental Category of the Project ................................................. 30 1.4 Methodology of IEE Study ...................................................................... 30 1.5 Proponent of Project ............................................................................... 31 1.6 Structure of the Report ........................................................................... 31 1.7 Further Additions & Updating of IEE study .......................................... 32 2 Policy and Legal Framework .................................................................. 34

2.1 General ..................................................................................................... 34 2.2 National Policy and Legal Framework .................................................. 34 2.3 Regulations for Environmental Assessment, Pakistan EPA .............. 34 2.4 Sindh Environmental Protection Act, 2014 ........................................... 34 2.5 Other National and Sindh Government Laws and Regulations .......... 36 2.6 Regulatory Clearances, Sindh EPA ....................................................... 39 2.7 Guidelines for Environmental Assessment, Pakistan EPA ................ 39 2.8 Sindh Environmental Quality Standards (SEQS) 2016 ........................ 39 2.9 Interaction with Other Agencies ............................................................ 40 2.10 Provincial EPAs ..................................................................................... 40 2.11 Provincial Departments of Forests and Wildlife ................................. 40 2.12 Provincial Governments ........................................................................ 40 2.13 ADB’s Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS), 2009 ................................. 40 2.14 ADB’s Access to Information Policy (AIP) 2018 ................................. 41 2.15 ADB’s Accountability Mechanism Policy 2012 ................................... 41 2.16 Implications of ADB’s safeguard policies on proposed project ....... 41 2.17 Comparison of International and Local Environmental Legislations 43 3 Description of the Project ...................................................................... 54

3.1 Project Overview ..................................................................................... 54 3.2 Project Need ............................................................................................ 58 3.3 Acquisition of Land for Project Development ...................................... 58



3.4 Substrate Resource Assessment .......................................................... 58 3.5 Project Structure ..................................................................................... 60 3.6 Substrate Collection ............................................................................... 61 3.7 Digestate Handling and Fertilizer Sales ................................................ 63 3.8 Biogas Plant System Design .................................................................. 65 3.8.1Process Design ..................................................................................... 65 3.8.2Manure Collection ................................................................................. 73 3.8.3Manure delivery to Biogas Plant .......................................................... 73 3.8.4Substrate Pre-treatment ....................................................................... 74 3.9 Digestion and Biogas production .......................................................... 74 3.10 Gas Mixing System ................................................................................ 75 3.11 Gas Conditioning ................................................................................... 76 3.12 Electricity and Heat Production ............................................................ 77 3.13 Biomethane Upgrading ......................................................................... 77 3.14 Biomethane High-pressure (HP) compression and storage .............. 78 3.15 Biomethane Transportation to BRT Daughter Stations ..................... 78 3.16 Biomethane Dispensing and Sale to Public ........................................ 78 3.17 CO2 Liquefaction and storage............................................................... 79 3.18 Digestate Handling ................................................................................ 79 3.19 Composting and bio-drying .................................................................. 79 3.20 Liquid Effluent Storage and Disposal .................................................. 81 3.21 Gas Transportation ................................................................................ 82 3.22 Gas Sales ................................................................................................ 82 3.23 CO2 Sales ................................................................................................ 82 3.24 Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Emissions ...................................................... 83 3.25 Project Construction Schedule ............................................................ 84 3.26 Construction Camps and Work Force ................................................. 84 3.27 Machinery and Human Resource Requirement .................................. 85 4 Description of Environment ................................................................... 87

4.1 General ..................................................................................................... 87 4.2 Physical Resources ................................................................................ 87 4.2.1Meteorological Parameters .................................................................. 87 4.2.2Air Quality .............................................................................................. 92



4.2.3Noise ....................................................................................................... 95 4.3 Geology, Soils and Groundwater .......................................................... 99 4.3.1Seismic activity ................................................................................... 100 4.4 Hydrology, Water Quality and Sediment ............................................. 103 4.4.1Ground Water Quality ......................................................................... 105 4.4.2Climate Vulnerability—Flooding ........................................................ 107 4.5 Biological Resources ............................................................................ 112 4.5.1Flora ...................................................................................................... 112 4.5.2Fauna .................................................................................................... 113 4.6 Socioeconomic Resources .................................................................. 117 4.6.1Population ............................................................................................ 117 4.6.2Land Use .............................................................................................. 120 4.6.3Physical Infrastructure ....................................................................... 121 4.7 Physical Cultural Resources ................................................................ 125 4.7.1Religious, Historical, Cultural and Archaeological Sites ................ 125 5 Analysis of Alternatives ....................................................................... 126

5.1 Overview ................................................................................................ 126 5.2 ‘No Project’ Option ................................................................................ 126 5.3 Rationale for selected Biogas Plant Location .................................... 126 Alternative Location Options ..................................................................... 126 5.4 Effluent Treatment Options .................................................................. 129 5.5 Alternative Technology Options for other Process Operations ....... 131 6 Potential Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures ............. 133

6.1 Methodology for impact screening ..................................................... 133 6.2 Design/Pre-Construction Phase .......................................................... 134 6.2.1Development of Traffic Management Plan ........................................ 136 6.2.2Relocation of Utilities .......................................................................... 136 6.2.3Identification of Locations for Labor Camps and ancillary facilities 137 6.3 Construction Phase .............................................................................. 139 6.3.1Noise Levels ........................................................................................ 141 6.3.2Air Quality ............................................................................................ 144 6.3.3Traffic Management ............................................................................ 148



6.3.4Community Health and Safety ........................................................... 150 6.3.5Occupational Health and Safety ........................................................ 151 6.3.6Loss of Access in Project Area ......................................................... 159 6.3.7Excavated Material (Earthworks) Disposal ....................................... 159 6.3.8Hazardous and Non-Hazardous Waste Management ...................... 160 6.3.9Camp & Batching Plant Effluent ........................................................ 160 6.3.10Soil Erosion and Sedimentation ...................................................... 162 6.3.11Soil Contamination ............................................................................ 162 6.3.12Employment Conflicts ...................................................................... 162 6.3.13Communicable diseases incl. COVID-19 ........................................ 163 6.3.15Historical/Archaeological Sites ....................................................... 169 6.3.16Utilization of existing Water Resources .......................................... 169 6.3.17Natural and Man-made Hazards ....................................................... 169 6.4 Operation Phase .................................................................................... 170 6.4.1Liquid Effluent (liquid fraction of digestate) disposal ..................... 171 6.4.2Solid Waste (solid fraction of digestate) disposal ........................... 171 6.4.3Traffic Management Issues ................................................................ 172 6.4.4Noise Levels ........................................................................................ 173 6.4.5Air Quality ............................................................................................ 178 6.4.6Odor Generation .................................................................................. 179 6.4.7Spread of disease vectors .................................................................. 181 6.4.8Accidental Toxic Gas Release ........................................................... 182 6.5 Cumulative impacts .............................................................................. 193 6.6 Indirect and Induced impacts .............................................................. 193 7 Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan ............................. 194

7.1 Introduction ........................................................................................... 194 7.2 Environmental Management Plan (EMP) ............................................ 194 7.3 Objectives of EMP ................................................................................. 194 7.4 Environmental Management Framework ............................................ 195 7.4.1Roles of SMTA PIU .............................................................................. 195 7.4.2Roles of CSC Consultants during Design/Construction ................. 195 7.4.3Role of the Contractor ........................................................................ 195 7.4.4Role of Sindh EPA ............................................................................... 197



7.5 Environmental Management/Monitoring and Reporting ................... 197 7.6 Monitoring Parameters ......................................................................... 197 7.7 Environmental Training ........................................................................ 197 Capacity Building and Training ................................................................. 197 7.8 Further Additions & Updating of IEE study & EMP ............................ 198 7.9 Environmental Management Costs ..................................................... 204 8 Public Consultation and Information Disclosure ............................... 309

8.1 Introduction ........................................................................................... 309 8.2 Objective of Consultations ................................................................... 309 8.3 Identification of Main Stakeholders ..................................................... 310 8.4 Role of Stakeholders............................................................................. 310 8.5 Approach for Public Consultation ....................................................... 311 8.6 Consultations ........................................................................................ 312 8.7 Key Discussion points .......................................................................... 312 8.8 Stakeholder Consultation Survey Approach ...................................... 313 8.9 Role of Community Groups ................................................................. 328 8.10 Communication Activities ................................................................... 329 8.10.1Events ................................................................................................. 329 8.11 Consultation Plan for Construction and Operation Phase .............. 331 8.12 Information Disclosure ........................................................................ 331 9 Grievance Redress Mechanism ........................................................... 332

9.1 General ................................................................................................... 332 10 Conclusions and Recommendations .................................................. 335

11 References ............................................................................................. 336

ANNEXURES

Annexure A Rapid Environmental Assessment Checklist

Annexure B SEQS Guidelines

Annexure C Photographs of Project Area Settings

Annexure D Photographs of Public Consultations

Annexure E List of Participants of Public Consultations



Annexure F Photographs of Ambient Air Quality and Noise Monitoring

Annexure G Methodology for Air Quality and Noise Monitoring

Annexure H Results of Air Quality, Noise and Vibration Monitoring

Annexure I Traffic Management Plan

Annexure J Occupational Health and Safety Plan

Annexure K Emergency Response Plan

Annexure L Archaeological ‘Chance Find’ Procedure

Annexure M Solid Waste Management Framework

Annexure N Dust Management Plan

Annexure O Site Specific EMP (SSEMP) Guide & Template for Guidance to Contractor

Annexure P ALOHA Accidental Release Modeling Software

Annexure Q WHO advice on Use of Masks for the COVID-19 Virus


List of Figures 12 | P a g e

List of Figures

Figure 1.1: Key Map of Proposed Project ............................................................ 33

Figure 3.1: Location of Landhi Cattle Colony, Karachi ....................................... 55

Figure 3.2: Base Map of Landhi Cattle Colony, Karachi ..................................... 56

Figure 3.3: ‘Red Shaded Area’surveyed to assess substrate availability ......... 59

Figure 3.4: Step wise process for manure collection and biogas plant operation ................................................................................................................................. 62

Figure 3.5: Mass Balance of Project ..................................................................... 65

Figure 3.6: Process Flow Diagram – Manure Digestion ...................................... 66

Figure 3.7: Process Flow Diagram – Biogas treatment and Utilization ............. 67

Figure 3.8: Overall Plan Layout ............................................................................. 68

Figure 3.9: Plan Layout – Gen Set and Digester Area ......................................... 69

Figure 3.10: Plan Layout – Digestate Handling Areas ......................................... 70

Figure 3.11: Plan Layout – Biogas Upgrading Unit & Compressor Area ........... 71

Figure 3.12: Plan Layout – Main Building & Workshop Areas............................ 72

Figure 3.13: 6*4 CNG garbage dump TRUCK (1.2t lifting) .................................. 73

Figure 3.14: 1.5 Yard Wheelie Bin Dumpster for Manure Collection .................. 73

Figure 3.15:’In ground’ gas mixed biodigester .................................................... 75

Figure 3.16: Crossflow Filtration versus VSEP ................................................... 81

Figure 3.17:GHG Reduction Impact of Biogas Project ........................................ 83

Figure 4-1: Monthly Average Precipitation (mm) and Evapotranspiration (mm) at Karachi Airport ................................................................................................... 88

Figure 4-2: Minimum and maximum Precipitation (mm) and Evapotranspiration (mm) at Karachi (2009-2018) ................................................................................. 88

Figure 4-3: Monthly Averages for Mean, Maximum and Minimum Temperatures (Deg-C) at Karachi Airport ..................................................................................... 89

Figure 4-4: minimum, maximum and average temperature of Karachi (2009-2018) ........................................................................................................................ 89



Figure 4-5 Average cloud and Humidity of Karachi (2009-2018) ........................ 90

Figure 4-6: maximum and average wind speed of Karachi (2009-2018) ............ 91

Figure 4-7: Annual Wind Rose for Karachi .......................................................... 92

Figure 4.8: Monitoring Location for Ambient Air Quality and Noise Levels ..... 94

Figure 4-9: Katchi Settlements Flooded and Dry ................................................ 99

Figure 4-10: Geological Map of Karachi and Surrounding Area ...................... 102

Figure 4-11: Historical Reconstruction of Earthquakes in the Vicinity of Karachi and Southern Pakistan ........................................................................................ 103

Figure 4-12: Generalized Schematic of Drainage Basins in Karachi Metropolitan Area ................................................................................................. 105

Figure 4-13: pH groundwater monitoring results .............................................. 106

Figure 4-14: Fluoride groundwater monitoring results ..................................... 106

Figure 4-15: Chloride groundwater monitoring results .................................... 107

Figure 4-16: Bromide groundwater monitoring results .................................... 107

Figure 4-17: Nitrate groundwater monitoring results ........................................ 108

Figure 4-18: Sulfate groundwater monitoring results ....................................... 108

Figure 4-19: Sodium groundwater monitoring results ...................................... 109

Figure 4-20: Potassium groundwater monitoring results ................................. 109

Figure 4-21: Magnesium groundwater monitoring results ............................... 110

Figure 4-22: Calcium groundwater monitoring results ..................................... 110

Figure 4-13: Images of Flooding in Karachi ....................................................... 111

Figure 4-14: Administrative map of Karachi ...................................................... 119

Figure 4-15: Population Distribution by Area, Age and Sex. ............................ 119

Figure 5-1: Proposed location 8 and plant layout lay over satellite image. .... 128

Figure 5-2: Available Land Options for biogas plant in Landhi Cattle Colony, Karachi .................................................................................................................. 132

Figure 6-1: Predominant Wind Direction & Expected Impact from Dust Emissions from Construction Site ...................................................................... 146



Figure 6-2: Noise Levels at different receptors in project area ........................ 176

Figure 6-3: Noise Contours at different receptors in project area ................... 177

Figure 6-2: Toxic Vapor H2S Cloud Limits.......................................................... 186

Figure 6-3: Toxic Vapor H2S Cloud Impact Zones ............................................. 187

Figure 6-4: Closer view of Toxic Vapor H2S Cloud Impact Zones .................... 188

Figure 6-5: ‘Flammable Area’ of H2S Vapor Cloud ............................................ 189

Figure 6-6:’Flammable Area’ of H2S Vapor Cloud ............................................. 190

Figure 8.1: Stakeholder Mapping ........................................................................ 310

Figure 8.2: Stakeholder Consultation Survey Area Map ................................... 313

Figure 9.1: Grievance Redress Mechanism ....................................................... 334


LIST OF TABLES 15 | P a g e

LIST OF TABLES

Table 2.1: Other National and Sindh Government Laws and Regulations ........ 37

Table 2.2: ADB Policy Principles .......................................................................... 42

Table 2.3: IFC Work Environment Noise limits .................................................... 44

Table 2.4: Comparison of International and local Air Quality Standards* ......... 45

Table 2.5: Comparison of International and Local Noise Standards ................. 47

Table 2.6: Comparison of National and International Drinking Water Standards ................................................................................................................................. 48

Table 2.7: Comparison of National and International Surface Water Standards ................................................................................................................................. 51

Table 3-1: Projected Emission Reductions of Biogas Plant ............................... 84

Table 3.2: Estimated Contractor’s Equipment and Machinery ........................... 85

Table 4-1: Humidity and Dew Point Temperature for Karachi ............................ 90

Table 4.2: Ambient Noise Monitoring Results (24 hrs) at Biogas Plant Site ..... 95

Table 4.3: Comparison of Ambient Noise Levels with Applicable Guidelines .. 97

Table 4.4: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results (24 hrs) at Biogas Plant Proposed Site ......................................................................................................... 98

Table 4.5: Comparison of ambient air quality results versus applicable Air Quality standards ................................................................................................... 98

Table 4-6: Birds of Karachi and Dow University Campuses (1996—2015) ...... 115

Table 4-7: Mammals and Reptiles Historically Present in the Area of Karachi District ................................................................................................................... 116

Table 4-8: District-wise 2017 Population for Karachi Division ......................... 118

Table 4-9: Medical Facilities in Karachi .............................................................. 124

Table 4-10: Mortality Statistics of Karachi and Nationwide .............................. 124

Table 5-1: Comparison of available land options for biogas plant .................. 129

Table 6.1: Screening of possible Impacts during Design/Pre-construction phase ..................................................................................................................... 134

Table 6.2: Screening of Possible Impacts during Construction Phase ........... 139



Table 6.3: Construction Equipment Noise Ranges, dB(A) ................................ 142

Table 6.4: Control measures for Fugitive Dust emissions ............................... 147

Table 6.6: Screening of possible Impacts during Operation Phase ................. 170

Table 6.7: Noise generating equipment .............................................................. 174

Table 6.8: Predicted Noise Levels without Mitigation ....................................... 174

Table 6.9: Threshold values assumed for damage distance evaluation ......... 183

Table 6.10: Short term (acute) symptoms and effects of H2S exposure .......... 183

Table 6.11: ALOHA input parameters to model accidental release ................. 184

Table 6.12: Impact on Receptors from Accidental Release .............................. 191

Table 7.1: Pre-Construction Monitoring Requirements .................................... 199

Table 7.2: Construction Phase Monitoring Requirements ................................ 200

Table 7.3: Operation Phase Monitoring Requirements ..................................... 202

Table 7.4: Capacity Development and Training Programme ............................ 204

Table 7.5: Cost Estimates for ‘Pre-Construction Phase’ Environmental Monitoring ............................................................................................................. 205

Table 7.6: Cost Estimates for ‘Construction Phase’ Environmental Monitoring ............................................................................................................................... 205

Table 7.7: Annual Cost Estimates for ‘Operation Phase’ Environmental Monitoring ............................................................................................................. 206

Table 7.8: Estimated Costs for EMP Implementation ........................................ 206

Table 7.9: Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan ........................... 207

Table 8.1: Summary of Public Consultations .................................................... 314



EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Project Overview

1. This IEE study has been prepared for development of a biogas plant at the old Abattoir site in Landhi Cattle Colony in Karachi city, southern Pakistan. The biogas produced from this plant will fuel the fleet of buses for the Red Line BRT project which is proposed for Asian Development Bank (ADB) financing. The development of the proposed biogas plant will trigger ADB’s environment safeguards policies1. A map of the project area is provided as Figure ES-1.

Project Need

2. The development of the biogas facility will ensure a sustained supply of bio-methane for use by the BRT bus fleet with the remainder being used to provide electrical power and heat to the plant and any excess bio-methane and excess electricity being sold to the local energy market.

Study Methodology

3. Primary and secondary data has been collected and used to assess the environmental impacts of the Project. Detailed baseline monitoring in the project area to assess potential impacts on air quality and noise levels has been conducted and presented in this study. This IEE report highlights all potential environmental impacts associated with the Project and recommends mitigation measures. Any environmental impacts associated with the project need to be properly mitigated, through the existing institutional arrangements described in this report.

4. The significance of impacts from the proposed project were then assessed and for those impacts requiring mitigation, suitable measures were proposed to reduce impacts to within acceptable limits as per local and international applicable regulations. A detailed environmental management and monitoring plan was developed to ensure compliance to the proposed measures during the project development.

Public Consultation Process

5. Detailed and extensive consultations with different key stakeholders have been conducted to date, consisting of the local communities and local businesses located in close proximity to the proposed project site, different public sector line departments etc. and their comments/concerns/suggestions were obtained. The details of the persons consulted are provided as Annexure E.

6. The key comments and concerns raised as a result of the consultations as part of the scoping activity are as follows:

1 As explained in the ADB SPS, 2009.



Most of the people that were interviewed have supported the proposed biogas plant development.

Many of the people being requested for the consultation refused to provide any comments, apparently due to the overall increasing grudges with the current local Government and anger due to the lack of any developmental activities in the entire Cattle colony area.

Literacy rate of the entire study area is quite low and the area lacks adequate public and private schools and colleges.

The project area lacks basic facilities/infrastructure such as adequate sewerage network, water supply and road network, garbage collection and disposal mechanisms.

Majority of the people interviewed complained about issues such as shortage of water, leakage of sewerage, uncovered man holes (which has caused a number of accidents) etc.

Unemployment is also a major problem as the crime rate is high and according to the people interviewed, a large number of youth is involved in criminal activities.

Small and large heaps of garbage can be found everywhere throughout the project area. Due to this problem, the rate of spread of diseases is quite high.

There are a number of veterinary clinics at the eastern side of the plant site, however, the entire area lacks human medical facilities, both private or Government.

Analysis of Alternatives

7. The proposed biogas plant is to be developed as part of the overall Karachi BRT system being developed and will prove critical in ensuring a sustainable, uninterrupted and reliable supply of bio-methane to be used as fuel for the BRT Red Line buses since without this fuel source, keeping in view the existing shortages of CNG in the country, an uninterrupted supply of bio-methane and thus regular bus operation cannot be guaranteed.

8. In addition, the proposed biogas plant will also aim to generate sufficient power for its own captive uses and to even sell any surplus electricity to the grid while also selling the digestate to fertilizer companies.

9. Considering all these aspects, the ‘No project’ scenario is not a viable option since the BRT system will not be able to operate efficiently and economically without a biogas plant, while the commuters will also face great hardship and inconvenience in their daily commute if this facility is not developed and as a result the BRT system does not materialize.

10. Alternative Location Option: As per the initial assessment made by the project technical team, the proposed biogas plant will require around 15 acres of land, containing two to three days storage capacity. A total of eight different site options were considered with the city Abattoir site, measuring approximately 25 acres of land and lying vacant inside the abattoir boundary wall and belonging to the Abattoir Department of Karachi Metropolitan Corporation was selected. Being state land and



without any encumbrances, this was assessed to be the best available option for the purpose of developing the biogas plant.

11. Alternate Effluent Treatment Options: Four different options, were considered as a final effluent treatment step in order to ensure the effluent produced from the biogas plant will comply with applicable national discharge standards as per SEQS guidelines. These four options were as follows:

12. Option 1: Membrane Bio Reactor (MBR) plant: Many experts consulted by the project team recommended strongly to avoid MBR solutions due to the very high likelihood of repeat membrane fouling caused by the nature of digestate. Such fouling can cause significant additional operational costs, including potentially replacement of expensive membrane cartridges and pose a risk to the project’s ability to operate. Thus, this option was not considered further.

Option 2: Fixed Bed Bioreactor: Such a system requires a nitrogen removal step in advance, followed by the FBBR tank and then clarification and filtration steps. This system is large, requiring significant footprint which is difficult to provide at the site. Furthermore, it has relatively high-power demand. Thus, this option was not considered further.

Option 3: Transport of effluent from Site & Sale: Trucks would take around 20 minutes to fill with approximately 30 trucks per day being used to collect the water for its end use. This option was assessed to be quite costly along with posing considerable operational challenges such as maintaining of truck fleet, developing and maintaining final user/purchaser client base etc. Thus, this option was not considered further.

Option 4: Vibratory Shear Enhanced Processing (VSEP) technology with RO Plant for Effluent Treatment: VSEP uses polymeric permeable membranes that employ a wide feed channel between membranes to allow passage of suspended solids. It also uses a resonant frequency to vibrate the membrane surface 50 times per second. The shear waves created from this vibration resists fouling and scaling of the membrane surface and allows for efficient filtration rates and minimized cleaning frequencies compare to other membranes. VSEP stands out with its simplicity, reliability, and economical benefits and thus has been selected as the most feasible option for treatment of effluent produced from the biogas plant to ensure it meets the SEQS effluent discharge standards.

Ambient Monitoring (Air Quality & Noise Levels)

13. The EPA certified and internationally well-reputed laboratory, SGS, was engaged to conduct ambient monitoring for air quality and noise levels at the project site.



Potential Construction Phase Major Impacts

Traffic Management

14. The traffic management plan shall be prepared by the Contractor and approved by the GoS and ADB prior to commencement of the project construction activity. The main objectives of the plan shall be to maximize the safety of the workforce and the travelling public while keeping the traffic flowing as freely as possible.

Disruption to Utilities

15. The project will require demolishing and relocating some of the structures within the project area and project site such as water supply pipes, drainage structures, power and communication cables. Temporary suspension of services (planned or accidental) can affect the economy, industries, businesses and residents’ daily lives.

16. All required mitigation measures shall be implemented such as planning of activities through coordination with relevant line departments to minimize impacts on utilities at work sites in the project area, advance notices to communities to enable them to prepare for utility outages etc.

Air Quality

17. The potential impacts on air quality have been assessed for both the construction and operation phases of the project. The major impacts expected during the construction phase of the project are due to dust emissions resulting from vehicular movement, emissions from construction machinery, use of generators and construction vehicles. These impacts will be mitigated through employing of best practices such as water sprinkling, tuning and maintenance of construction equipment and vehicles, covering of materials susceptible to dust formation during transportation etc.

18. Detailed air quality monitoring at the project site has been conducted and the results have been presented in this IEE report. As can be observed, PM2.5 and PM10 are already exceeding the permissible limits, which indicates that the air shed is already quite degraded. Thus, all possible efforts will need to be made during the construction phase through adoption of best practices to minimize any further worsening of the pollutant concentrations in the air shed of the project area.

Construction Noise impacts

19. Based on the ambient monitoring, the noise levels have been observed to be considerably exceeding the permissible levels. Thus, it will need to be ensured as part of the mitigation measures that during the construction works, at no time must the noise levels be permitted to exceed 3 dB from the ambient noise levels as per IFC guidelines.

20. . Since the average ambient noise levels of 64.9 dB(A) are exceeding the noise limits for residential areas, so as per IFC guidelines, it must be ensured as part of the mitigation measures that during both the project construction works and operation



phase, at no time shall the noise levels be permitted to exceed 3 dB from these ambient noise levels i.e., 67.9 dB(A) at any of the residential settlements. In the case of the commercial areas around the project site, the baseline noise levels are already exceeding the night time limit of 55 dB(A) and equaling the day time limit of 65 dB(A). Thus, in this case too, the 3 dB(A) exceedance limit from these ambient levels is applicable and must be applied.

Land Acquisition & Resettlement

21. No land acquisition and/or resettlement shall be required for the development of the biogas facility.

Potential Operation Phase Major Impacts

Liquid Effluent (liquid fraction of digestate) disposal

22. A particular challenge for the project will be digestate handling. The liquid fraction of digestate is to be used for fertigation or used as industrial grade process water.

23. After the decanter, the effluent is still not expected to meet the levels required for surface water discharge. Dissolved solids would be approximately 2.5%, slightly lower than salt water. Initially, it was considered that the effluent could be discharged to the sea. The basis for this is that the current practice is for manure to be flushed to the sea and that following treatment in the biogas plant and separation of solids from the digestate, the effluent will be greatly improved than the current situation. Suspended solid levels will be reduced by up to 99% and dissolved solids by over 68%.

24. It shall be ensured that any liquid effluent discharged from the biogas plant, including the liquid fraction of the digestate, meets the applicable discharge standards in order to fulfill both SEPA and ADB requirements by installation of the Vibratory Shear Enhanced Processing (VSEP) technology with RO Plant for Effluent Treatment.

Solid Waste (solid fraction of digestate) disposal

25. The combined solid fractions from the screw press and the centrifuges will go to a bio-drying facility. At 30% moisture, the digestate will be ready for granularization and bagging. In this process, the fertilizer will be dried further and made into small granules for easier handling by farmers. The granules will then be bagged for sale. Sale of the fertilizer will be undertaken in partnership with the SPV established by the Dairy Cattle Farmers Association (DCFA).

26. The risk exists in this arrangement that in case the envisaged arrangement regarding marketing and sale of the compost as fertilizer does not materialize, a significant volume of compost will start accumulating at the project site and will create a major nuisance for disposal.



27. Furthermore, the laying out of the compost in win rows for longer times than required as a result of issues with finding required clientele to purchase the compost will create a breeding ground for disease vectors.

28. Thus, firm arrangements for purchase of the compost as fertilizer must be in place prior to commencement of the plant operation.

Accidental Toxic Gas Release

29. Hydrogen sulfide is a colorless, poisonous, flammable and irritant gas with a strong odor of rotten eggs. The toxicity of H₂S is similar to that of cyanide. The exposure-response relationship for acute effects can be very steep. Cases involving over-exposure have documented a variety of symptoms, such as dizziness, nausea, abrupt collapse or knockdown. Death from acute poisoning results usually from failure of respiration. Lower levels have been associated with eye, nose, and throat irritation. In theory, H₂S has excellent warning properties – the odor threshold may be as low as 3 ppb to 20 ppb. Higher concentrations quickly lead to olfactory paralysis however.

30. The danger in high concentrations is therefore easily underestimated as H₂S in small quantities is common at biogas plants and that staff may become accustomed and de-sensitized to the foul smell of the gas, which nullify the warning properties of the low odor threshold. However, there is sufficient evidence to confirm that hydrogen sulfide poisoning results in irritation of the eyes, mouth frothing, vomit, knock-down and unconsciousness.

31. ALOHA (Aerial Locations of Hazardous Atmospheres) is a USEPA approved modeling program that estimates threat zones associated with hazardous chemical releases, including toxic gas clouds, fires, and explosions. A threat zone is an area where a hazard (such as toxicity) has exceeded a user-specified Level of Concern (LOC). ALOHA is part of the CAMEO® software suite of products for emergency responders and planners.

32. Based on these input parameters, the ALOHA model was run and provided the output contours with the ‘threat zone’ of the H2S toxic vapor cloud expected to be as follows:

‘Red’ Zone: 1.4 kilometers --- (100 ppm = ERPG-3)

‘Orange’ Zone: 1.9 kilometers --- (50 ppm = AEGL-3 [60 min])

‘Yellow’ Zone: 2.7 kilometers --- (20 ppm)

33. As a next step, the flammable area, if any, of the vapor cloud was assessed using ALOHA. Localized areas of flame can occur even though the average concentration is below the LEL. ALOHA finds the flammable area by using 60 percent of the LEL. The model output showed the following:



‘Red’ Zone: 49 meters --- (24000 ppm = 60% LEL = Flame Pockets)

‘Orange’ Zone: 170 meters --- (4000 ppm = 10% LEL)

34. The third and final scenario that was also assessed was the possibility of an overpressure (blast force) from the vapor cloud explosion. The model outputs from ALOHA showed that none of the limits provided below were exceeded and thus no explosion is predicted:

LOC never exceeded for: Destruction of buildings (8 psi)

LOC never exceeded for: Serious injury being likely (3.5 psi)

LOC never exceeded for: Shattering of glass (1.0 psi)

Thus, no explosion is expected in the H2S toxic vapor cloud.

In case of an accidental release, no worker would be exposed for a duration longer than the 2 to15 minute bracket, thus at most the symptoms to be suffered by the workers would consist of coughing, eye irritation and loss of smell. Similarly, the impact on any persons such as communities and personnel operating commercial enterprises in the project area will only experience minor effects due to the H2S release incident which can be quickly remediated through proper medical attention, as long as long term exposure is prevented.

A comprehensive emergency response plan is to be prepared to avoid accidental release of gases and to minimize the impacts.

Noise Levels

35. It can be observed from Figures ES-2 and ES-3 that the noise levels at all the different receivers within the project area are within the applicable guidelines for both day and night times and thus no noise control measures are required.

Air Quality

36. The Project will have two units of high efficiency biogas engines, with a continuous load capacity of approximately 1.2MW each. While the SEQS are quite stringent on gas fired power plant NOx emissions with the limit of 400mg/Nm3 being lower than most European standards, which are 500 mg/Nm3 or higher, however based on recent data of gen sets running on biogas, achieving this standard should not be difficult.

37. Although the H2S limit is 10ppm, however, since this will all be converted to SOx emissions through combustion, this standard too should be met without any difficulty. The SOx emission limits of 1,700 mg/Nm3 is lenient and should be relatively easy to achieve. Also, Carbon Monoxide may be present, but since it is a sign of poor generator set performance, thus remaining within this limit should be easily achieved.



38. As a byproduct of the bio-methane production, CO2 will be generated from the biogas upgrading plant, which will be liquefied and sold. In general, all biogas is used gainfully. Therefore, flare emissions are expected to be very low. Ex-ante, it is estimated that 1% of biogas produced will be flared with projected annual flaring emissions expected to be approximately 184 tCO2e. It shall be ensured that:

All emissions from the different units of the biogas plant will be monitored to ensure compliance with SEQS emission and ambient standards is achieved.

All gen sets and emission equipment must be tuned on a regular basis to ensure optimal performance.

In case of failure to meet any SEQS standards, the plant must be immediately shut down until the non-performing process equipment is repaired or replaced, as applicable.

Cumulative Impacts

39. No other works are planned to be conducted in the project area while the project works for development of the biogas plant shall be conducted. Thus, no cumulative impacts are expected.

Indirect and Induced Impacts

40. The potential impact of development of the biogas plant has been examined, which indicated that the existing and planned infrastructure such as water supply, wastewater collection and treatment, municipal solid waste collection and disposal would be adequate to accommodate any potential population intake as a result of the proposed project development. Impacts on the environment from air emissions, traffic and community noise, and treated effluent discharge have also been assessed and have found to be acceptable and within the carrying capacities of the environmental media. Thus, negative indirect and induced impacts from this project are not expected.

41. Negative indirect and induced impacts from this biogas project are not expected.

Institutional Arrangements

42. During the construction phase, the overall responsibility for the implementation and monitoring of the EMP rests with the Project Director (PD). The PD through assistance from the Supervision Consultant’s Environmental staff and the Environment team of TransKarachi, will supervise the implementation of the proposed mitigation measures and monitor the implementation progress in the field. Monthly environmental monitoring data/reports will be incorporated in the project implementation progress reports to be shared with ADB and such monthly reports will be consolidated into bi-annual monitoring reports and submitted to ADB for review and clearance. Upon clearance, all such reports will be uploaded on the TransKarachi and ADB websites.



Conclusion & Recommendations

43. An action plan with clear roles and responsibilities of stakeholders has been provided in the report. The Trans Karachi, Contractors and the Construction Supervision Consultant (CSC) are the major stakeholders responsible for the action plan. The action plan must be implemented prior to commencement of construction work.

44. Mitigation will be assured by a program of environmental monitoring conducted during construction and operation to ensure that all measures in the EMP are implemented and to determine whether the environment is protected as intended. This will include observations on and off-site, document checks, and interviews with workers and beneficiaries, and any requirements for remedial action will be reported. The engaging of external environmental monitoring consultants for ensuring efficient and effective implementation of the mitigation measures is also under consideration.

45. The EMP contained within this IEE document is considered sufficient for issuance as part of the Contracts to the successful bidder(s) and for subsequent use during the project works. It should be mentioned that prior to the commencement of works, this EMP must be further updated by the Contractor into site specific EMPs (SSEMPs) for review and approval of ADB. In these SSEMPs, aspects such as a detailed traffic management plan, identification of locations for disposal of debris and spoil and any other details which shall become available later must be included for efficient implementation of all proposed mitigation measures and the subsequent monitoring of these measures.

46. Therefore, the proposed biogas plant development is likely to cause certain significant adverse impacts, mostly during the construction phase, that shall be mitigated through necessary measures. The potential adverse impacts that are associated with design, construction, and operation can be mitigated to standard levels without difficulty through proper engineering design and the incorporation or application of recommended mitigation measures and procedures. Based on the findings of this IEE study, the classification of the Project as Category ‘B’ is confirmed. It is concluded that the proposed biogas project should proceed, with appropriate mitigation measures and monitoring programs identified in the IEE.

47. As a result of this IEE study, it has been determined that any adverse or harmful impacts shall be effectively mitigated through implementation of necessary measures and through regular monitoring. The project falls under the Category ‘B’ of ADB's Guidelines and thus an IEE has been prepared for the proposed biogas project.



Figure ES-1: Project Area Map



Figure ES-2: Noise levels at receptors in project area



Figure ES-3: Day/Night time noise contours in project area


Introduction 29 | P a g e

1 Introduction

1.1 Project Background

48. Karachi is the largest city of Pakistan and the country's main seaport, economic, and financial center. The population of this fast-expanding megacity is estimated at 14.9 million in the last 2017 census, and 23 million for the metropolitan area. One of the most densely populated cities in the world, Karachi is consistently ranked as one of the world's most unlivable cities. Traffic congestion and induced air and noise pollution play a major role in these poor rankings. Karachi is one of the largest cities in the world that lacks a formal public transport and mass-transit system.

49. The Karachi Bus Rapid Transit (BRT) Red Line Project is being financed by the Asian Development Bank (ADB) and will deliver a sustainable transportation system that is affordable, comfortable, fast, safe, and secure. The completed Red Line BRT Corridor will directly benefit 1.5 million people. The project will comprise two interlinked outputs: (i) the construction of a 27.5-kilometer (km) BRT corridor and associated facilities, and (ii) sustainable BRT operations through institutional improvements. The project is economically justified by major time savings for future BRT passengers, vehicle operating cost savings, better air quality and carbon emissions savings, which will improve the health of Karachi's citizens and mitigate climate change. The BRT is being implemented by TransKarachi.

50. After an evaluation of the fuel options for the BRT vehicles, bio-methane produced from animal waste has been determined to be both the most cost effective and the most environmentally beneficial. The specified vehicle technology will be CNG-electric hybrid in order to maximize efficiencies from the bio-methane fuel. The development of a biogas plant to be fueled by cattle waste will be the source of the bio-methane. Bio-methane is produced by upgrading biogas through the removal of contaminants to produce a fuel that is essentially pure methane and which can be used as a direct replacement of natural gas. For this reason, bio-methane is also known as Renewable Natural Gas.

51. The biogas plant is envisioned to be delivered through a Design Build Operate contract in which a private firm will bid to provide the detailed design of the plant, construct the plant on behalf of Trans Karachi and then operate and maintain the plant through the contract period.

52. The biogas plant is to be located in Karachi's Landhi Cattle Colony, also known as Bhains Colony (Bhains means water buffalo in Urdu). This area contains approximately 155,000 animals producing milk and meat for local consumption. The waste from the cattle is flushed through open drains adjacent to the cattle yards, through the community and discharged to Karachi Bay. In total, approximately 2,600 tons of manure is produced daily, although this amount increases when considering the surrounding areas. Currently, a very small proportion of this waste is collected to be sold as fertilizer, whilst the majority is allowed to flow to the sea each day.



53. The Karachi Breeze biogas project is ambitious, challenging but also hugely impactful and positive. The Project will collect approximately 1,800 tons per day of manure from the Landhi Cattle Colony. This will be digested in the biogas plant, producing approximately 69,000 m3 of biogas per day. Approximately two thirds of the gas will be upgraded to bio-methane for use by the bus fleet as fuel and the remainder used in a biogas cogeneration system to provide electrical power and heat to the plant. Excess bio-methane and excess electricity will be sold in the local energy market.

54. As a byproduct of the bio-methane production, CO2 will be generated from the biogas upgrading plant, this will be liquefied and sold. Effluent from the plant will be separated into a solid fraction which will be composted and sold as fertilizer and a liquid fraction, which will be used as a feedstock for local industrial water consumers, for irrigation water in parks or nearby agricultural land.

55. This IEE study report presents the screening of potential environmental impacts of the proposed biogas project and contains the mitigation measures in order to eliminate or reduce the negative impacts to an acceptable level, describes the institutional requirements and provides an environmental management plan.

The project area map of the proposed project is provided as Figure 1.1 below.

1.2 Project Objective

56. The development of the biogas facility will ensure a sustained supply of bio-methane for use by the BRT bus fleet with the remainder being used to provide electrical power and heat to the plant and any excess bio-methane and excess electricity being sold to the local energy market.

1.3 Environmental Category of the Project

57. According to ADB’s Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS) 2009, a Rapid Environmental Assessment (REA) Checklist was prepared (Annexure-A). The Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency’s “Guidelines for the Preparation and Review of Environmental Reports (2000)” were also consulted. Based on the initial findings, it was ascertained that limited adverse environmental impacts are expected due to development of the proposed Biogas facility and thus it has been classified as Category ‘B’ from environmental safeguards perspective and Schedule I as per Sindh EPA, IEE and EIA Gazette Notification, 2000. Thus, this IEE study has been prepared

1.4 Methodology of IEE Study

The following methodology was employed for this IEE study:

58. The main source of technical information has been the feasibility study that has been conducted for this project along with any other documents that were found to be relevant to the environmental assessment of this proposed biogas facility.

59. Field visits were undertaken consisting of preliminary scoping through surveys and assessment activities along with primary data collection such as ambient monitoring



(air quality and noise levels) and stakeholder consultations to establish the potential impacts and categorization of activities and the Rapid Environmental Assessment (REA) was completed, provided as Annexure A. The key receptors and stakeholders within the project area were identified.

60. Detailed and extensive stakeholder consultations have been conducted with key stakeholders consisting of local communities, local businesses, government and local government bodies in line with the national and ADB requirements.

61. The significance of impacts from the proposed biogas project were then assessed and for those impacts requiring mitigation, suitable measures were proposed to reduce impacts to within acceptable limits as per local and international applicable regulations.

62. A detailed environmental management and monitoring plan was developed to ensure compliance to the proposed measures during the project development.

1.5 Proponent of Project

63. Trans Karachi, Government of Sindh (GoS) is the implementing agency and all planning and execution activities will be accomplished through a Project Implementation Unit (PIU), headed by a designated Project Director (PD).

1.6 Structure of the Report

64. The IEE report contains eleven chapters as follows:

Introduction

Policy and Legal Framework

Description of the Project

Description of Environment

Analysis of Alternatives

Assessment of Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures

Institutional Requirements Environmental Management Plan

Public Consultation

Grievance Redress Mechanism

Findings, Recommendations and Conclusions

References



1.7 Further Additions & Updating of IEE study

65. This version of the report shall be further updated once the detailed design is completed and any other details of the proposed biogas facility become available over the coming weeks and months. These revisions shall be incorporated into any subsequent updated versions of this IEE report.

66. Ideally at the detailed design stage and as a minimum, prior to commencement of plant operation, at the latest, additional ambient air quality monitoring will be conducted by the Plant Operator on behalf of Trans Karachi, with a particular focus on assessing H2S concentrations in ambient air in the project area. Similarly, the water quality of the Arabian sea at the expected point of discharge of the effluent from the biogas plant will also be monitored and recorded prior to commencement of the plant operation.



Figure 1.1: Key Map of Proposed Project


Policy and Legal Framework 34 | P a g e

2 Policy and Legal Framework

2.1 General

67. This section provides an overview of the policy framework and national legislation that applies to the proposed biogas plant. The project is expected to comply with all national legislation relating to the environment in Pakistan as well as the safeguard requirements of the financing agency, the ADB and to obtain all the regulatory clearances required in this regard.

2.2 National Policy and Legal Framework

68. The Pakistan National Conservation Strategy (NCS) that was approved by the federal cabinet in March 1992 is the principal policy document on environmental issues in the country (EUAD/IUCN, 1992). The NCS outlines the country's primary approach towards encouraging sustainable development, conserving natural resources, and improving efficiency in the use and management of resources. The NCS has 68 specific programs in 14 core areas in which policy intervention is considered crucial for the preservation of Pakistan's natural and physical environment. The core areas that are relevant in the context of the proposed project are pollution prevention and abatement and increasing energy efficiency while conserving biodiversity.

69. Prior to the adoption of the 18th Constitutional Amendment, the Pakistan Environmental Protection Act (PEPA) 1997 was the governing law for environmental conservation in the country. Under PEPA 1997, the Pakistan Environmental Protection Council (PEPC) and Pak EPA were primarily responsible for administering PEPA 1997. Post the adoption of the 18th Constitutional Amendment in 2011, the subject of environment was devolved and the provinces have been empowered for environmental protection and conservation.

2.3 Regulations for Environmental Assessment, Pakistan EPA

70. Under Section 12 (and subsequent amendment) of the PEPA (1997), a project falling under any category specified in Schedule I of the IEE/EIA Regulations (SRO 339 (I0/2000), requires the proponent of the project to file an IEE with the concerned provincial EPA. Projects falling under any category specified in Schedule II require the proponent to file an EIA with the provincial agency, which is responsible for its review and accordance of approval or request any additional information deemed necessary.

2.4 Sindh Environmental Protection Act, 2014

71. The following articles of the SEPA 2014 have a direct bearing on the proposed Project:

72. Article 11(1): ‘Subject to the provisions of this Act and the rules and regulations therein, no person shall discharge or emit or allow the discharge or emission of any



effluent, waste, pollutant, noise or any other matter that may cause or likely cause pollution or adverse environmental effects, as defined in Section 2 of this Act, in an amount, concentration or level which is in excess to that specified in Sindh Environmental Quality Standards.

73. Article 11(2): ‘All persons, in industrial or commercial or other operations, shall ensure compliance with the Environmental Quality Standards for ambient air, drinking water, noise or any other Standards established under section 6(1)(g)(i); shall maintain monitoring records for such compliances; shall make available these records to the authorized person for inspection; and shall report or communicate the record to the Agency as required under any directions issued, notified or required under any rules and regulations.

74. Section 11(3): Monitoring and analysis under sub-section (1) and (2), shall be acceptable only when carried out by the Environmental Laboratory certified by the Agency as prescribed in the rules. All stipulated tests will be regularly performed from designated laboratories approved by Sindh EPA.

75. Article 14 (1): ‘Subject to the provisions of this Act and the rules and regulations, no person shall cause any act, deed or any activity’, including; (b) disposal of solid and hazardous wastes at unauthorized places as prescribed; (c) dumping of wastes or hazardous substances into coastal waters and inland water bodies; and (d) release of emissions or discharges from industrial or commercial operations as prescribed.

76. Article 15 (1): ‘Subject to the provisions of this Act, no person shall operate or manufacture a motor vehicle or class of vehicles from which air pollutants or noise are being emitted in an amount, concentration or level which is in excess of the Sindh Environmental Quality Standards or, where applicable, the standards established under sub-clause (i) of clause (g) of sub-section (1) of section 6’.

77. Article 17(1): ‘No proponent of a project shall commence construction or operation unless he has filed with the Agency an initial environmental examination or environmental impact assessment, and has obtained from the Agency approval in respect thereof.

78. Article 17(2): The agency shall; o a) review the initial environmental examination and accord its approval, subject to such terms and conditions as it may prescribe, or require submission of an environmental impact assessment by the proponent; or o (b) review the environmental impact assessment and accord its approval subject to such terms and conditions as it may deem fit to impose or require that the environmental impact assessment be re-submitted after such modifications as may be stipulated or decline approval of the environmental impact assessment as being contrary to environmental objectives.

79. Article 17(3): ‘Every review of an environment impact assessment shall be carried out with public participation and, subject to the provisions of this Act, after full disclosure of the particulars of the project’.



80. Article 17(4): ‘The Agency shall communicate its approval or otherwise within a period of two months from the date that the initial environmental examination is filed, and within a period of four months from the date that the environmental impact assessment is filed complete in all respects in accordance with the regulations, failing which the initial environmental examination or, as the case may be, the environmental impact assessment shall be deemed to have been approved, to the extent to which it does not contravene the provisions of this Act and the rules and regulations’.

81. Article 20(1): ‘The Agency shall from time to time require the person in charge of a project to furnish, within such period as may be specified, an environmental audit or environmental review report or environmental management plan containing a comprehensive appraisal of the environmental aspects of the project’.

82. Article 20(2): The report of a project prepared under sub-section (1) shall include: (a) analysis of the predicted qualitative and quantitative impact of the project as compared to the actual impact; (b) evaluation of the efficacy of the preventive, mitigation and compensatory measures taken with respect to the project; and (c) Recommendations for further minimizing or mitigating the adverse environmental impact of the project.

83. Article 20(3): ‘Based on its review of the environmental audit report, the Agency may, after giving the person in charge of the project an opportunity of being heard, direct that specified mitigation and compensatory measures be adopted within a specified time period and may also, where necessary, modify the approval granted by it under section 17’.

84. Section 31(1): The Agency shall cause relevant details of any proposed project regarding which an Environmental Impact Assessment has been received to be published, along with an invitation to the public to furnish their comments thereon within a specified period. (2) In accordance with such procedure as may be prescribed, the Agency shall hold public hearings to receive additional comments and hear oral submissions. (3) All comments received under sub-sections (1) and (2) shall be duly considered by the Agency while reviewing the environmental impact assessment or strategic impact assessment, and decision or action taken thereon shall be communicated to the persons who have furnished the said comments.

2.5 Other National and Sindh Government Laws and Regulations

85. The national laws and regulations are provided in Table 2.1 below.



Table 2.1: Other National and Sindh Government Laws and Regulations

National and Provincial Legislation

Brief Description

Sindh Factories Act 2015 The Sindh Factories Act 2015 deals with regulations related to project area, workers and workplace Environment Health and Safety (EH&S) requirements. The Factories Act also provides regulations for handling and disposal of toxic and hazardous materials. As construction activity is classified as ‘industry’, these regulations will be applicable to the project & construction contractors’ scope of work also.

The Protection against Harassment of women at the work place Act 2010

It shall be the responsibility of the employer to ensure implementation of this Act, including but not limited to incorporate the Code of Conduct for protection against harassment at the workplace as a part of their management policy and to form Inquiry Committee referred to in section 3 and designate a competent authority referred to in section 4 of this act.

Employment of Child Act 1991 Article 11(3) of the Constitution of Pakistan prohibits employment of children below the age of 14 years in any factory, mines or any other hazardous employment. In accordance with this Article, the Employment of Child Act (ECA) 1991 disallows the child labour in the country. The ECA defines a child to mean a person who has not completed his/her fourteenth year of age. The ECA states that no child shall be employed or permitted to work in any of the occupation set forth in the ECA (such as transport sector, railways, construction, and ports) or in any workshop wherein any of the processes defined in the Act is carried out. The contractor will be bound by this Act to disallow any child labour at the project sites or campsites.

Bonded labor system (Abolition) Act 1992

On the commencement of this act, the bonded labor system shall stand abolished and every bonded labourer shall stand freed and discharged from any obligations to render any bonded labor.

Sindh Cultural Heritage Act 1994

This provincial Act empowers the Government of Sindh to preserve and protect any premises or objects of archaeological, architectural, historical, cultural, or national interest in Sindh by declaring them protected.

Antiquity act 1975 The Antiquities Act relates to the protection, preservation and conservation of archaeological/historical sites and monuments.

The Sindh Minimum Wages Act, 2015

To provide for the regulation of minimum rates of wages and various allowances for different categories of workers employed in certain industrial and commercial undertakings and establishments.

Workmen’s compensation 1923 The liability of an employer is confined to payment of compensation to a “workman” and then only in respect of an injury caused by “accident arising out of and in the course of his employment”. The liability of employer is limited by ceiling fixed in Schedule to the Act.



Land Acquisition Act, 1894 This Legislation relates to land acquisition and compensation. The LAA 1894 is, however, is limited to a cash compensation policy for the acquisition of land and built-up property and damage to other owned assets, such as crops, trees and infrastructure. The LAA does not consider the rehabilitation and resettlement of disrupted populations and the restoration of their livelihoods.

The Pollution Charge for Industries (calculation and Collection) Rules 2001

Related to methods for evaluation and collection of fee for not meeting environmental standards.

The Sindh Forest Act 2012 The law requires review and revision to meet the challenges of management and empower the forest managers to carryout management interventions with full legal support. The new legal instrument should amply address the provision and requirements of UNFCCC, CBD and Convention on Combating Desertification. Legal aspects of carbon sequestration and carbon credit marketing should also be kept in view.

The Cutting of Trees (prohibition) Act, 1992

It mandates that no person shall, without prior written approval from authorized officer shall cut, fell or damage trees growing in: First Zone (Area adjacent to and beyond the external frontier of Pakistan to a line at four kilometers measured from the external frontiers of Pakistan) if the number of remaining trees in any field falls short of the number to be calculated at the rate of fifteen trees per acre; and Second Zone (Area adjacent to and beyond the first one extending towards Pakistan to a line at four kilometers measured from the first zone) if the number of remaining trees in any field falls short of the number to be calculated at the rate of ten trees per acre.

Sindh Wildlife Protection Ordinance, 1972 (SWPO)

This ordinance provides for the preservation, protection and conservation of wildlife by the formation and management of protected areas and prohibition of hunting of wildlife species declared protected under the ordinance. The ordinance also specifies three broad classifications of the protected areas; national parks, wildlife sanctuaries and game reserves. Activities such as hunting and breaking of land for mining are prohibited in national parks, as are removing vegetation or polluting water flowing through the park. Wildlife sanctuaries are areas that have been set aside as undisturbed breeding grounds and cultivation and grazing is prohibited in the demarked areas. Nobody is allowed to reside in a wildlife sanctuary and entrance for the general public is by special dispensation. However, these restrictions may be relaxed for scientific purpose or betterment of the respective area on the discretion of the governing authority in exceptional circumstances. Game reserves are designated as areas where hunting and shooting is not allowed except under special permits.



Hazardous Substance Rule, 2014

These Rules were notified to streamline procedures for issuance of licenses to industries / businesses that generate hazardous waste, safety precautions for workers and devices them methods for the removal of hazardous wastes in an environmentally friendly manner. The rules also specify procedures to be adopted for import, transport and disposal of hazardous waste; and identify two hundred and forty-three hazardous substances and synthetic chemicals. The rules also specify the requirement of obtaining license from Sindh EPA for the import, transport, storage and disposal of hazardous substances as specified in the rules

2.6 Regulatory Clearances, Sindh EPA

86. In accordance with provincial regulatory requirements, an IEE/EIA satisfying the requirements of the Sindh Environmental Protection Act (2014) is to be submitted to Sindh environmental protection agency (SEPA) for review and approval, and subsequent issuance of NOC before the commencement of construction.

2.7 Guidelines for Environmental Assessment, Pakistan EPA

87. The Pak-EPA has published a set of environmental guidelines for conducting environmental assessments and the environmental management of different types of development projects. The guidelines that are relevant to the proposed project are listed below:

Guidelines for the Preparation and Review of Environmental Reports, Pakistan, EPA1997;

Guidelines for Public Consultations; Pakistan EPA May 1997;

2.8 Sindh Environmental Quality Standards (SEQS) 2016

88. The Sindh Environmental Quality Standards (SEQS), 2016, specify the following standards:

Maximum allowable concentration of pollutants (32 parameters) in municipal and liquid industrial effluents discharged to inland waters, sewage treatment facilities, and the sea (three separate sets of numbers);

Maximum allowable concentration of pollutants (16 parameters) in gaseous emissions from industrial sources;

Maximum allowable concentration of pollutants (two parameters) in gaseous emissions from vehicle exhaust and noise emission from vehicles;

Maximum allowable noise levels from vehicles;



89. These standards apply to the gaseous emissions and liquid effluents discharged by batching plants, campsites and construction machinery. The standards for vehicles will apply during the construction as well as operation phase of the project. Standards for ambient air quality have also been prescribed.

2.9 Interaction with Other Agencies

90. Trans Karachi, GoS is responsible for ensuring that the project complies with the laws and regulations controlling the environmental concerns of the biogas plant construction and operation and that all preconstruction requisites, such as permits and clearances are met.

2.10 Provincial EPAs

91. Trans Karachi will be responsible for providing the complete environmental documentation required by the SEPA and remain committed to the approved project design. No deviation is permitted during project implementation without prior and explicit permission of the SEPA.

2.11 Provincial Departments of Forests and Wildlife

92. No uprooting or clearing of trees is expected for the proposed biogas plant project. However, any removed trees or vegetation under private ownership will be compensated as per provision that in case of disruption to vegetation or trees, the project contractor will be responsible for acquiring a 'No-Objection Certificate' (NOC) from the concerned forest department. The application for an NOC will need to be endorsed by Trans Karachian.

2.12 Provincial Governments

93. Trans Karachi and its contractors must ensure that the project meets the criteria of provincial/district governments as related to the establishment of construction camps and plants, and the safe disposal of wastewater, solid waste, and toxic materials. Trans Karachi will coordinate and monitor environment related issues.

2.13 ADB’s Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS), 2009

94. The ADB’s SPS 2009 requires that environmental considerations be incorporated into ADB funded projects to ensure that the project will have minimal environmental impacts and be environmentally sound. Occupational health & safety of the local population should also be addressed as well as the project workers as stated in SPS. A Grievance Redress Mechanism (GRM) to receive application and facilitate resolution of affected peoples’ concerns, complaints, and grievances about the project’s environmental performance is also established.

95. All loans and investments are subject to categorization to determine environmental assessment requirements. Categorization is to be undertaken using Rapid Environmental Assessment (REA) checklists, consisting of questions relating to (i) the sensitivity and vulnerability of environmental resources in project area, and (ii) the



potential for the project to cause significant adverse environmental impacts. Projects are classified into one of the following environmental categories:

Category A: A proposed project is classified as category A if it is likely to have significant adverse environmental impacts that are irreversible, diverse or unprecedented. These impacts may affect an area larger than the sites or facilities subject to physical works. An environmental impact assessment (EIA) is required.

Category B: A proposed project is classified as category B if its potential adverse environmental impacts are less adverse than those of category A projects. These impacts are site-specific, few if any of them are irreversible, and in most cases mitigation measures can be designed more readily than for category A projects. An initial environmental examination (IEE) is required.

Category C: A proposed project is classified as category C if it is likely to have minimal or no adverse environmental impacts. No environmental assessment is required although environmental implications need to be reviewed.

Category FI: A proposed project is classified as category FI if it involves investment of ADB funds to or through a financial intermediary (FI).

2.14 ADB’s Access to Information Policy (AIP) 2018

96. ADB’s new Access to Information Policy (AIP), reflects the ADB’s ongoing commitment to transparency, accountability, and participation by stakeholders. The policy contains principles and exceptions to information sharing with external stakeholders, led by a new overarching principle of “clear, timely, and appropriate disclosure.”

2.15 ADB’s Accountability Mechanism Policy 2012

97. The objectives of the Accountability Mechanism is providing an independent and effective forum for people adversely affected by ADB-assisted projects to voice their concerns and seek solutions to their problems, and to request compliance review of the alleged noncompliance by ADB with its operational policies and procedures that may have caused, or is likely to cause, them direct and material harm. The Accountability Mechanism is a “last resort” mechanism.

2.16 Implications of ADB’s safeguard policies on proposed project

98. The objectives of ADB’s safeguards are to:

avoid adverse impacts of projects on the environment and affected people, where possible;

minimize, mitigate, and/or compensate for adverse project impacts on the environment and affected people when avoidance is not possible; and

help borrowers/clients to strengthen their safeguard systems.



99. ADB’s SPS sets out the policy objectives, scope and triggers, and principles for three key safeguard areas:

environmental safeguards,

involuntary resettlement safeguards, and

Indigenous Peoples safeguards.

100. The objective of the environmental safeguards is to ensure the environmental soundness and sustainability of projects and to support the integration of environmental considerations into the project decision-making process. ADB’s policy principles are summarized in Table 2.2 below.

Table 2.2: ADB Policy Principles

Policy principle Summary

1 Screening and categorization

Screening process initiated early to determine the appropriate extent and type of environmental assessment.

2 Environmental assessment

Conduct an environmental assessment to identify potential impacts and risks in the context of the project’s area of influence.

3 Alternatives Examine alternatives to the project’s location, design, technology, and components and their potential environmental and social impacts, including no project alternative.

4 Impact mitigation Avoid, and where avoidance is not possible, minimize, mitigate, and/or offset adverse impacts and enhance positive impacts. Prepare an environmental management plan (EMP).

5 Public consultations Carry out meaningful consultation with affected people and facilitate their informed participation. Involve stakeholders early in the project preparation process and ensure that their views and concerns are made known to and understood by decision makers and taken into account. Continue consultations with stakeholders throughout project implementation. Establish a grievance redress mechanism.

6 Disclosure of environmental

Disclose a draft environmental assessment in a timely manner, in an accessible place and in a form and language(s) understandable to stakeholders.



assessment Disclose the final environmental assessment to stakeholders.

7 Environmental management plan

Implement the EMP and monitor its effectiveness. Document monitoring results, and disclose monitoring reports.

8 Biodiversity Do not implement project activities in areas of critical habitats.

9 Pollution prevention Apply pollution prevention and control technologies and practices consistent with international good practices. Adopt cleaner production processes and good energy efficiency practices. Avoid pollution, or, when avoidance is not possible, minimize or control the intensity or load of pollutant emissions and discharges. Avoid the use of hazardous materials subject to international bans or phaseouts.

10 Occupational health and safety

Community safety.

Provide workers with safe and healthy working conditions and prevent accidents, injuries, and disease. Establish preventive and emergency preparedness and response measures to avoid, and where avoidance is not possible, to minimize, adverse impacts and risks to the health and safety of local communities

11 Physical cultural resources

Conserve physical cultural resources and avoid destroying or damaging them. Provide for the use of “chance find” procedures.

2.17 Comparison of International and Local Environmental Legislations

101. The ADB SPS requires application of pollution prevention and control technologies and practices consistent with international good practice, as reflected in internationally recognized standards. The SPS states that when host country regulations differ from these standards, the EA will achieve whichever is more stringent.

102. In order to select the most stringent standards applicable, a mix of local (SEQS) and international (IFC) regulations have been selected. The IFC Environmental, Health, and Safety (EHS) Guidelines, General EHS Guidelines: Environmental, Noise Management has noise level guidelines for daytime and nighttime, which are applicable. Considering the high baseline noise levels in the project area, it shall be ensured that the increase in noise levels is minimized as far as possible. Also, project related noise levels in the project area are not allowed to increase the existing levels by 3 dB or more. Furthermore, it shall be ensured that all necessary noise mitigation measures are implemented to minimize the noise levels in the project area.



103. The Table 2.3 presents IFC workplace noise standards that are applicable to the construction workers. It should also be noted that IFC EHS guidelines advise that where existing ambient noise levels already exceed thresholds, the Project should not result in an increase of more than 3 dB over existing ambient noise at the nearest receptor location off-site.

104. Since measured existing average background noise levels in the project area are 64.9 dB, which exceed the ‘residential area’ noise limits for both daytime and night time as well as the ‘commercial area’ noise limits for nighttime, while being equivalent to the daytime limits, thus as per IFC guidelines, noise limits could be set at 3 dB above these existing background levels i.e 67.9 dB.

105. A comparison of applicable local and international guidelines for ambient air quality has been provided in Table 2.4 below. In the case of most pollutants, the SEQS standards for ambient air quality are more stringent in comparison to USEPA and WHO/IFC standards. The applicable and most stringent parameters for each respective pollutant are highlighted in green.

106. Similar to the standards for air quality, the comparison of noise standards provided in Table 2.5 clearly shows that SEQS standards for noise are more stringent in comparison to the IFC standards. The only exception is the daytime noise level standard for Industrial areas where the IFC standard is more stringent (70 dB(A)) in comparison to SEQS (75 dB(A)) and so for this particular parameter, the IFC standard will be used. Apart from this one exception, the SEQS standards have been used for the proposed biogas plant project. The SEQS standards for vehicular emissions are provided as Annexure B.

107. As far as regulations regarding other environmental parameters are concerned such as acceptable effluent disposal parameters, the local regulations i.e., SEQS take precedence over any other international regulations such as IFC.

108. The comparison of water quality standards is provided in Table 2.6 and 2.7 which shows the SEQS standards for surface and drinking water quality as compared to WHO and FAO standards.

Table 2.3: IFC Work Environment Noise limits

Type of Work, workplace IFC General EHS Guidelines

Heavy Industry (no demand for oral communication) 85 Equivalent level Leq,8h

Light industry (decreasing demand for oral communication) 50-65 Equivalent level Leq,8h



Table 2.4: Comparison of International and local Air Quality Standards*

Pollutants USEPA WHO/IFC Pak. SEQS

Avg. Time Standard Avg. Time Standard Avg. Time Standard

SO2 3 hrs

1 hr

0.5 ppm

75 ppb

24 hr

10 min

20 ug/m3

500 ug/m3

Annual Mean

24 hrs

80 ug/m3

120 ug/m3

CO

8 hrs

1 hr

9 ppm (11 mg/m3)

35 ppm (43 mg/m3)

- - 8 hrs

1 hr

5 mg/m3

10 mg/m3

NO2

Annual Mean

1 hr

100 ug/m3 (53 ppb)

100 ppb

1 yr

1 hr

40 ug/m3

200 ug/m3

Annual Mean

24 hrs

40 ug/m3

80 ug/m3

O3 8 hrs 0.07ppm (148

ug/m3)

8 hrs

100 ug/m3

1 hr

130 ug/m3

TSP - - - - Annual Mean

24 hrs

360 ug/m3

500 ug/m3

PM10 24 hrs 150 ug/m3 1 yr 20 ug/m3 Annual Mean 120 ug/m3



*: The standards highlighted in green for each respective pollutant are the most stringent based on a comparison between local and international regulations and thus shall be applicable for the proposed project.

* In instances where the airshed is significantly degraded and the pollutant levels are already exceeding the ambient pollutant concentrations provided in the table above, it shall be ensured that the project activities cause as small an increase in pollution levels as feasible, and amounts to a fraction of the applicable short term and annual average air quality guidelines or standards as established in the project specific environmental assessment.

24 hr 50 ug/m3 24 hrs 150 ug/m3

PM2.5

Annual Mean

24 hrs

15 ug/m3

35 ug/m3

1 yr

24 hr

10 ug/m3

25 ug/m3

Annual Average

24 hrs

1 hr

15 ug/m3

35 ug/m3

15 ug/m3



Table 2.5: Comparison of International and Local Noise Standards

*: The standards highlighted in green for each respective Area/Zone are the most stringent based on a comparison between local and international regulations and thus shall be applicable for the proposed project.

* In instances where baseline noise levels are already exceeding the standards above, it will need to be ensured that the project activities do not cause an increment of more than 3 dB(A) from the baseline noise levels.

Category of Area/Zone

Limit in dB(A) Leq

SEQS WHO/IFC

Day Time

06:00 – 22:00

Night Time

22:00-06:00

Day Time

07:00 – 22:00

Night Time

22:00-07:00

Residential area (A) 55 45 55 45

Commercial area (B) 65 55 70 70

Industrial area (C) 75 65 70 70

Silence zone (D) 50 45 55 45



Table 2.6: Comparison of National and International Drinking Water Standards Sr. No. Parameter Units SEQS WHO Standards

1 Temperature (During Sample Collection)

OC NS

NS

2 Color Pt-Co ≤15TCU <15TCU

3 pH pH unit 6.5-8.5 6.5-8.5

4 Turbidity NTU <5 <5

5 Total Hardness mg/L <500.00 NS

6 Total Dissolved Solid (TDS) mg/L

<1000.00

<1000.00

7 Total Suspended Solid (TSS) mg/L NS NS

8 Ammonia mg/L NS NS

9 Fluoride F- mg/L <1.50 1.50

10 Sulfate (SO4-2) mg/L NS NS

11 Chloride(Cl-) mg/L <250.00 250

12 Nitrate (NO3)- mg/L <50.00 50.00

13 Odor - Non-Objectionable / Acceptable Non-Objectionable/Acceptable



Sr. No. Parameter Units SEQS WHO Standards

14 Taste - Non Objectionable / Acceptable Non Objectionable / Acceptable

15 Sodium mg/L NS NS

16 Iodine ppm NS NS

17 Arsenic (As) mg/L < 0.05 0.01

18 Iron (Fe 3+) mg/L NS NS

19 Zinc (Zn 2+) mg/L 5.0 3.0

20 Conductivity µS/cm NS NS

21 Bicarbonate mg/L NS NS

22 Nitrite mg/L <3 3

23 Magnesium mg/L NS NS

24 Calcium as Ca mg/L NS NS

25 Phosphate mg/L NS NS

26 Potassium mg/L NS NS

27 Boron mg/L <0.3 0.3

28 SAR Iodine (I) mg/L NS NS

29 Aluminum mg/L < 0.2 0.2

30 Antimony mg/L <0.005 0.02



Sr. No. Parameter Units SEQS WHO Standards

31 Cadmium mg/L 0.01 0.003

32 Mercury mg/L <0.001 0.001

33 Nickel mg/L <0.02 0.02

34 Selenium mg/L 0.01 0.01

35 Barium mg/L 0.7 0.7

36 Total Chromium mg/L <0.05 0.05

37 Copper mg/L 2 2

38 Lead mg/L <0.05 0.01

39 Cyanide (CN) mg/L <0.05 0.07

40 Manganese mg/L <0.5 0.5

41 Total Coliforms cfu/100ml 0/100 ml 0/100 ml

42 Fecal Coli forms (E.Coli) cfu/ml 0/100 ml 0/100 ml

NS = Not Specified

* The standards highlighted in green for each respective pollutant are the most stringent based on a comparison between local and international regulations and thus shall be applicable for the proposed Project. Other are same in both case.



Table 2.7: Comparison of National and International Surface Water Standards Sr. No. Parameter Units SEQS WHO Class V

(Agriculture) FAO Standards

1 Temperature OC -- -- --

2 pH pH unit 6-9 <5.3 6.0-8.5

3 COD mg/L 150 >30 --

4 (BOD5) mg/L 80 -- --

5 Solids, Total dissolved (TDS) mg/L 3500 -- 0-2000

6 Solids, Total suspended (TSS) mg/L 200 -- --

7 Chloride mg/L 1000 -- 0-1065

8 Fluoride (F-) mg/L 10 -- --

9 Oil & grease mg/L 10 -- --

10 Phenols, Total (Phenolic Compounds) mg/L

0.10

-- --

11 Cyanide(CN-) mg/L 01.00 -- --

12 Anionic Detergents as MBAS mg/L 20.00 -- --

13 Sulfate (SO4-2) mg/L 600 -- 0-960

14 Sulfide (S) mg/L 01.00 -- --

15 Ammonia NH3 mg/L 40.00 -- --



Sr. No. Parameter Units SEQS WHO Class V


16 Cadmium (Cd) mg/L 0.10 >0.0039 mg/L --

17 Chromium (Cr) as Hexavalent & Trivalent mg/L 1.00 >0.016 mg/L --

18 Copper (Cu) mg/L 1.00 >0.018 mg/L --

19 Lead mg/L 0.50 >0.082 mg/L --

20 Nickel mg/L 1.00 >1.4 mg/L --

21 Zinc mg/L 5.00 >0.12 mg/L --

22 Iron mg/L 8.00 -- --

23 Manganese mg/L 1.50 -- --

24 Selenium mg/L 0.50 -- --

25 Silver mg/L 1.00 -- --

26 Arsenic mg/L 1.00 >0.36 mg/L --

27 Barium mg/L 1.50 -- --

28 Magnesium mg/L -- -- 0-61

29 Nitrate mg/L -- -- 0-10

30 Sodium mg/L -- -- 0-920

31 Boron mg/L 6.00 -- 0-2



Sr. No. Parameter Units SEQS WHO Class V


32 Mercury mg/L 0.01 >0.0024 mg/L --

33 Chlorine mg/L 01.00 -- --

34 Total Toxic Metals mg/L 02.00 -- --

35 Turbidity NTU NS -- --

36 Oxygen, Dissolved mg/L NS -- --

37 Pesticides µg/L NS -- --

38 Nutrients as Potassium mg/L -- -- 0-2

39 Nutrients as Nitrogen mg/L -- -- --

40 Nutrients as Phosphorous mg/L -- -- --

41 Total Coliform MPN/100ml -- -- --

42 Fecal Coliform MPN/100ml -- -- --

NS = Not Specified

* The standards highlighted in green for each respective pollutant are the most stringent based on a comparison between local and international regulations and thus shall be applicable for the proposed Project. Other are same in both cases.


Description of the Project 54 | P a g e

3 Description of the Project

3.1 Project Overview

109. The Karachi Bus Rapid Transit (BRT) Red Line plans to provide services from downtown Karachi to near the Jinnah international airport. The BRT line proposes to use natural gas-powered buses to reduce environmental and social impacts created by diesel vehicles. The BRT red line will require 10,725 kg per day of compressed natural gas (CNG) in the first year of operations and 14,611 kg per day of CNG by year 12 of its operations. Natural gas is high demand in Karachi city with only two import terminals available and limited supply of gas from the local gas fields resulting in a considerable gap between supply and demand.

110. Currently, over 3,200 tons of cattle waste is produced at farms in the Cattle Colony area of Karachi and this waste is then discarded into Karachi Bay. To wash the waste into the Bay, about 50,000 cubic meters of freshwater are lost. The resulting impact of this process is catastrophic both to the local ecology and the global environment. The waste overwhelms the Bay with bacteria that wipe out the marine life, and as the waste undergoes anaerobic digestion, large quantities of methane bubble through the surface. Methane is a greenhouse gas that is 30 times more powerful in its global warming impact than carbon dioxide.

111. Karachi Bhens Colony is located on Mehran highway in the east of Karachi, approximately 30 km from city center and 15 km from Jinnah international airport, Karachi. The site is connected from Shahra-e-Faisal N-5 through a 2 km long link road. Area of cattle colony is around 7.5 sq.km (1853 acres). The cattle colony is bounded by Port Qasim export processing zone in east, Arabian Sea in south, Landhi industrial estate in west and thickly populated “Jumma Goth Village” in the north. Administratively, the Cattle Colony is situated with revenue estate of “Gangiaro”, Taluka Ibrahim Haidri, District Malir, Karachi as shown in Figures 3.1 and 3.2 below.

112. It is proposed to build a plant to convert buffalo faeces from the Cattle Colony into biogas. This biogas will then be upgraded to 88.9% bio-methane and injected into the Sui Southern gas pipeline. Under a loan and supply contract, gas will be extracted from the Sui Southern gas pipeline at the depot near Jinnah International Airport.

113. The Buffalos faeces effluent will be fed into a closed digestor - a CIGAR® (Covered In Ground Anaerobic Reactor) and processed into a biogas through an advanced anaerobic digestion process. The CIGAR® is deigned to take the waste from 60,000 buffaloes which is approximately 8,400 cubic meters of wastewater per day.

114. After an evaluation of the fuel options for the BRT vehicles, bio-methane produced from the cattle waste has been determined to be both cost effective and the most environmentally beneficial. Hence, the development of biogas plant to be fueled by cattle waste will be a source for CNG (i.e. bio-methane) for the buses. After an initial assessment and discussion, the area requirement of the proposed biogas plant would be around 15 acres which is to be acquired/allotted by the Project Implementation



Figure 3.1: Location of Landhi Cattle Colony, Karachi



Figure 3.2: Base Map of Landhi Cattle Colony, Karachi



Unit, Karachi BRT Red Line Project, Transport and Mass Transit Department, Government of Sindh.

115. The biogas plant will also produce positive social and environmental impacts through the reduction of greenhouse gas emissions through the treatment of the toxic wastewater, as well as significantly reducing the possibility of soil and ground water pollution that may be generated by the yard. The project will meet all environmental laws as mandated by the Pakistan Government.

116. The biogas plant will convert the waste into bio-methane and will be funded under the project by the GCF through a highly concessional loan. This enhances further the project financial viability by ensuring the stability and reducing the cost of fuel, one of the system’s main operational cost.

117. The biogas plant will be implemented through a Design-Build-Operate (DBO) contract managed by Trans Karachi. The Request for Proposal and the draft contract are currently being prepared through ADB’s Clean Energy Fund (additional grant), including all necessary due diligences.

118. Some of the key project impacts for this project are:

US $ 10.2 million Capital Expenditure,

The production of approximately 64,000 cubic meters of methane gas per day, with a portion of that used in a biogas cogeneration system to provide electrical power to the plant and neighboring cattle yards and the balance being converted to bio-methane to meet the BRT Red Line’s needs,

The production of approximately 29,200 metric tonnes per year of fertilizer that is high in Nitrogen, Phosphorous and Potassium (NPK),

Compliance to Pakistani law that the yard meets all environmental laws and regulations,

Reduction of the risk of soil and water pollution of dairy operations,

Provision of wash water to dairy operators to reduce depletion of ground wells,

A reduction in disease and pest problems due to removal of faeces in timely manner,

An opportunity to change the urban environment in the cattle colony; and

The possibility of establishment of new downstream industries that can make use of the excess biogas/waste heat from the project’s operational processes (subject to further investigation).



3.2 Project Need

119. The proposed biogas plant will prove critical in ensuring a sustainable, uninterrupted and reliable supply of bio-methane to be used as fuel for the BRT Red Line buses since without this fuel source, keeping in view the existing shortages of CNG in the country, an uninterrupted supply of bio-methane cannot be guaranteed.

3.3 Acquisition of Land for Project Development

120. As per the initial assessment made by the project technical team, the proposed biogas plant will require around 15 acres land, containing two to three days storage capacity. In addition to this, following considerations were made for the identification of land options for biogas plant:

Availability of gas network, Regular and plain piece of land, Not prone to flooding and located above the sea level, Availability of road network and power supply lines, Near to cattle farms, Land should be free from all encumbrances and ease of acquisition. Preferably it should be state land. Environmentally safe. Possibility of future extension.

Based on all these factors, the identified site was selected for development of the proposed biogas plant.

3.4 Substrate Resource Assessment

121. It is intended that the substrate for biogas production will be the manure from the cattle farms of Landhi Cattle Colony. The Colony along with Qasim town areas contains a large number of animals producing milk and meat for local consumption. In discussions with stakeholders and review of literature the population of animals was reported as being between 200,000 and 1,000,000 head of animals. Since, different sources were referring different livestock figures, ADB decided to conduct a survey to confirm actual population.

122. In addition to this, it was considered necessary to also study the nature of the manure. While biogas plants running on European or North American dairy herds are common there is much less experience of large projects in Pakistan and the health and natural variation in the local dairy population compared to Europe or North America could mean that the quality of the manure and the potential gas available from it would be very different. Therefore, in addition to the cattle population survey which was designed to ascertain the quantity of resource available, a second study was undertaken in conjunction with Pakistan Council of Scientific and Industrial Research (PCSIR) to investigate the quality of the manure and the potential methane which could be realistically produced from it. The actual survey area is shown in Figure 3.3 below.



Figure 3.3: ‘Red Shaded Area’surveyed to assess substrate availability



3.5 Project Structure

123. The Project was initially envisaged as simply a biogas plant and upgrading facility to produce 11 to 15 tons per day of bio-methane for the bus fleet. This would be simpler, and in a city with better infrastructure the project boundaries could have been drawn at a substrate receiving point on the project site and with power supplied by the local power grid. During development of the project, it was clear that institutional and infrastructure weaknesses in Karachi made it necessary for the project to broaden its boundaries and take responsibility for a wide range of linked activities such as manure collection, self-generation of electricity, gas delivery and digestate processing. This broad range of activities within the project increase the project’s complexity and risk of successful implementation.

124. Funding for the project is coming out of the total Red Line BRT budget and thus fuel from the project will be delivered as a priority to the bus fleet at a price of PKR 13 per kg. This price was determined to ensure that the bus fleet operations will not require any operating subsidies. However, it is an extremely low price, and risks creating a need for the biogas plant to be subsidised. A price of PKR 13 per kg amounts to approximately 10% of the retail price of CNG in Karachi. Given the biogas plant needs to be responsible for manure collection and gas delivery, such a large discount to the market price is extremely challenging and it needs to be made up through other revenue streams. Therefore, the project needs to identify each and every opportunity to monetise value so that it can deliver what is effectively the operating subsidy to the bus fleet, while itself remaining viable.

CNG market price (net of tax): PKR 105.13 / kg Electricity sale price: PKR 13.95 / kWh Digestate price: PKR 300.00 / ton SDE share of digestate revenues: 80.00% Liquid CO2 price: PKR 8.00 / kg

125. The products which the project will monetize are:

Bio-methane: Initially 12 tons per day of bio-methane will be sold to the Bus Fleet at a price of PKR13 per kg. Bus Fleet demand is expected to grow over the life of the project. 8 tons per day of excess bio-methane will be available to be sold as vehicle fuel at market prices, currently approximately PKR105 per kg excluding taxes. The amount of excess bio-methane will decline as demand from the bus fleet increases.

Liquid CO2: 34 tons per day produced from the upgrading plant offgas at market prices, currently approximately PKR 8,000 per ton.

Excess electricity not used inside the project boundary at a price expected to be PKR 13.95 per kWh, but subject to contract with K-Electric.



Organic Fertiliser: Solid fraction of digestate as the feedstock for an organic fertiliser2 product, with the final product sold by an entity proposed by the Dairy Cattle Farmers Association. Revenue will be shared with the DCFA proposed entity. To ensure costs are covered, the initial PKR 60 per ton should be kept by the project, with only additional revenue above PKR 60 per ton being shared on a [80:20] between the DCFA nominee and the project.

Liquid fraction of digestate to be used for fertigation or used as industrial grade process water, value is likely to be negligible but not negative.

126. To achieve all of these goals the following activities will need to be undertaken by the Project:

Manure Collection Manure Delivery to Biogas Plant Substrate Pre-treatment Digestion and Biogas Production Biogas Conditioning Electricity and Heat Production Bio-methane Upgrading Bio-methane Compression and Storage Bio-methane Transportation to BRT Daughter Stations Bio-methane Dispensing and Sale to Public CO2 Liquefaction and storage Digestate separation into solid and liquid fractions Composting / Bio-Drying of Solid Fraction, granularisation and bagging Storage of Liquid fraction for delivery to end user This step wise process is also shown in Figure 3.4 below.

3.6 Substrate Collection

127. The availability and reliable delivery of substrate to the project is the most critical factor to ensure the success of the project. A detailed study was conducted to examine the amount of substrate potentially available in the colony. The results were promising, there is sufficient substrate available.

2 Note the fertiliser is organic in the sense that it is not mineral fertiliser. However, due to the feeds of the animals

and the animal husbandry, it could not be considered “certified organic”.



Figure 3.4: Step wise process for manure collection and biogas plant operation



128. During the initial evaluation of the project, it was thought that the flush water which is washed through the open drains of the colony could be collected and used as the substrate for the biogas plant. This was quickly dismissed following analysis of the volume of wastewater and the results of analysis at PCSIR, which showed the COD of the waste water was low. It was decided instead to consider a design which would take the substrate as solid manure and if necessary, dilute in the digesters to achieve the desired moisture level in the plant.

129. The substrate was studied to determine methane yield through Bio-methane Potential Tests conducted by PCSIR laboratories. As evidenced by the PCSIR testing, the substrate has a low methane yield, approximately 0.13 Nm3 CH4 per kg Volatile Solids. PCSIR also tested the characteristics of the manure and it was found to have an average Total Solid content of 20% of which 78% is Volatile Solid. 100 tons of manure therefore consists of 80 tons of water, 20 tons of solids of which 15.6 tons are volatile solids. Volatile solids are a good indicator for organic matter which is what the microorganisms in the biodigester digest to produce biogas. The project expects to digest 1,800 to 2,000 tons of manure per day. This may vary through the year for example if the manure is wetter, more will need to be collected to ensure sufficient volatile solids are being fed to the reactor. The Project will be designed to handle this variation, with the amount of water recycled internally in the Project adjusted as appropriate.

130. A number of options were considered for the collection of manure. Firstly, a pipe network with high solid pumps to pump the manure. Due to the high TS of the manure as tested by PCSIR, it was clear that getting it to flow through a sewer system would require large

131. The solution selected was for each farm to have a set of wheelie bins into which manure is dumped through the day. These bins will be collected by a dedicated fleet of trucks, running on CBG. Each truck will be provided with a data logger and sensors to measure and record the weight of each bin collected. This data will be shared with the Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) to allow for appropriate distribution of money to the farmers.

132. To maneuver wheelie bins and to hoist them on trucks requires hard level surfaces. Currently the road conditions in the colony area are extremely poor. Local government in conjunction with ADB are considering funding infrastructure improvement works in the colony which will deliver resurfaced roads amongst other public amenities. This will be vital for the success of the manure collection system.

3.7 Digestate Handling and Fertilizer Sales

133. A particular challenge for the project will be digestate handling. A number of technologies were considered to separate solids from the digestate, to dry those solids and to treat the effluent wastewater. In almost all arrangements for the digestate handling, the first step is the separation of larger suspended solids from the digestate by means of a screw press.



134. Approximately 50% of total solids from manure digestate or 55% of suspended solids can be captured in the screw press. The press cake will have a moisture content of approximately 40%. Every digestate is somewhat different and so these numbers are approximate. During operation equipment can be tuned to achieve a higher solid concentration in the press cake, but this may reduce the amount of solids captured.

135. The reject water from the screw press will still have a high solid concentration, approximately 7% to 8%. At the next step smaller suspended solids are removed. A number of options were considered, in particular a belt filter press, however in the end it was proposed for the feasibility study to consider a decanter centrifuge as they are considered more robust and have wider operating envelopes and so this option was selected.

136. To maximise the effectiveness of the decanter a polymer can be added to the feed to help coagulation. In the absence of a polymer the decanter will capture approximately 65% of the suspended solids in the effluent, but with the use of a polymer, this can be increased to 95%, producing a centrate stream with less than 0.5% Total Suspended Solids. Decanters use significant amounts of power which in addition to the polymer use have a major impact on operating costs of the project. Therefore to minimize processing of effluent in the decanter the recycle stream to dilute substrate going to the digester should come from the screw press effluent.

137. The combined solid fractions from the screw press and the centrifuges will then go to a bio-drying facility. Bio-drying promotes the growth of aerobic bacteria to further break down remaining organics in the digestate. As these bacteria ferment the organics they release significant amounts of heat, heating the substrate to enable faster drying than would otherwise happen. To prevent anaerobic degradation and therefore release of methane to the atmosphere it will be essential that this process is well controlled. The digestate will be laid out in winrows no more than xm high and y m wide. A compost turner will be used to turn the material regularly, preventing anaerobic conditions to develop. Furthermore, the moisture content of the digestate will be approximately 70% initially, declining to 30% during the bio-drying process. A moisture content of over 70% is typically required for anaerobic conditions to develop.

138. At 30% moisture, the digestate will be ready for granularization and bagging. In this process, the fertilizer is dried further and made into small granules for easier handling by farmers. The granules are then bagged for sale. Sale of the fertilizer will be undertaken in partnership with the SPV established by the DCFA.

139. By taking the recycle wastewater stream from the screw press the amount of digestate passing through the decanter is halved. But at a TS of 7 to 8% more is required to be recycled to dilute the incoming substrate and this then requires larger digester volume and a higher TS feeding rate to the digesters. This is manageable, the only real concern it creates is of high ammonium levels in the reactor. Simple modelling of the digester ammonium levels was done and shows that reactor ammonium levels should stay within an acceptable range and therefore this risk is not considered high, but would need to be observed during actual operations.



140. After the decanter, the effluent would still not meet levels required for surface water discharge. Dissolved solids would be approximately 2.5%, slightly lower than salt water. Initially it was considered that the effluent could be discharged to the sea. The basis for this is that the current practice is for manure to be flushed to the ocean and that following treatment in the biogas plant and separation of solids from the digestate, the effluent will be greatly improved than the current situation. Suspended solid levels will be reduced by up to 99% and dissolved solids by over 68%.

3.8 Biogas Plant System Design

3.8.1 Process Design

141. The Project size was initially determined by ADB’s terms of reference for the Project and the need of the Bus Fleet, initially expected to be approximately 12 tons of biomethane gas per day, increasing over the life of the Project as the bus fleet grows. Due to high electricity costs and relative grid instability it was also decided the Project needed to be large enough to produce its own power through biogas engine gensets. Finally the project site was reviewed and digester sizes were maximized, while leaving sufficient space for auxiliary activities, including substrate handling, liquid and solid digestate handling, fertilizer production, power production, gas processing, Compression and Storage of CNG for Bus fleet fueling station, retail sales of CNG, liquid Carbon dioxide and fertilizer.

142. In order to reduce cost, existing buildings where possible are considered, but will require some modification or refurbishment works. The main building at the site will include employee parking, technical and administrative offices, meeting rooms, IT rooms, Biogas plant workshop, vehicle workshop, Biogas plant laboratories, Clinic, prayer room, locker rooms with showers and a rooftop Basketball court. The mass balance for the project is shown as Figure 3.5 and the process flow diagrams are provided as Figures 3.6 to 3.12 below.

Figure 3.5: Mass Balance of Project



Figure 3.6: Process Flow Diagram – Manure Digestion



Figure 3.7: Process Flow Diagram – Biogas treatment and Utilization



Figure 3.8: Overall Plan Layout



Figure 3.9: Plan Layout – Gen Set and Digester Area



Figure 3.10: Plan Layout – Digestate Handling Areas



Figure 3.11: Plan Layout – Biogas Upgrading Unit & Compressor Area



Figure 3.12: Plan Layout – Main Building & Workshop Areas



3.8.2 Manure Collection

143. For sizing the manure collection truck fleet and set a data collection weighing procedure, a proper evaluation of the truck type, Manure bin and an analysis of collection times and routes was undertaken. The truck specifications are provided in Figure 3.13 below.

Figure 3.13: 6*4 CNG garbage dump TRUCK (1.2t lifting)

The weighing sensors installed at the garbage bin fork will be able to collect data for every single farm. The Wheelie bin to be used is shown in Figure 3.14 below.

Figure 3.14: 1.5 Yard Wheelie Bin Dumpster for Manure Collection

3.8.3 Manure delivery to Biogas Plant

144. Manure feedstock will be delivered by the truck to one of two receiving ramps. The road layout will be established to ensure safe vehicle movements within the site and to allow for one truck to reverse into position at a time on the receiving ramp.



3.8.4 Substrate Pre-treatment

145. Manure will be dumped by the truck to a receiving hopper with a large screw feed and fed into a machine called Premix with total capacity of approx. 90 m3/h that will be fed to the digesters.

146. It is a combination of a progressive cavity pump (CC series) with the RotaCut RCX cutter, equipped with the Debris Removal System (DRS). It is a universal 4-in-1 fluid feeding system that mashes a wide variety of biomass to a homogeneous organic suspension, separates out heavy material and shreds the solids before the pump unit. Premix due to the compact dimensions is easy to link in so its integration is uncomplicated. Easy and quick service on site.

147. In a Premix, heavy material is separated out and material with long fibers is shredded before entering the pump unit. This enables even difficult and demanding input materials to be reliably prepared, protecting the pump unit and significantly extending the service life.

148. As mentioned before, it is provided by the Debris Removal System (DRS) and removes the separated heavy material during ongoing operation with no need to switch off or open the solid matter feeder or foreign matter separator. The system removes the heavy material with only minimal loss of medium (only around 15 l). In comparison to conventional solutions, the DRS reduces the work required by up to 80%.

3.9 Digestion and Biogas production

149. The feed from the mixing sump is pumped into the digester through heat exchangers to control digester temperature. To ensure optimum gas production both temperature should be controlled within the ideal mesophilic range of 38 to 42 degrees Celsius, and an high mixing ratio of the substrate inside the digester using a gas mixing system supplied. Ambient temperature in Karachi can be high and during some times of the year the heat exchangers may not be required. However, winter daily average temperature can drop to 10 degrees, requiring the feedstock to be heated prior to feeding the reactor. For this purpose, design of heating and gas mixing system was undertaken.

150. For an efficient waste heat recovery system, modular heat exchange components are used to fully utilize the high-temperature cylinder heat water jacket and high-temperature exhaust heat generated by the engine, and are converted into heat energy through high-efficiency heat exchanger, waste heat boilers and other equipment, and the thermal efficiency exceeds 45% .

151. It is proposed two digesters would operate in parallel, as shown in Figure 3.15 below. However, during the detailed design phase, it would be beneficial if the plant is set up so that it can also run with the digesters in series.

152. The digesters are large in ground lagoons, lined with HDPE and covered with a HDPE single sheet cover. These systems are well proven in Southeast Asia and



North America for wastewater digestion. Due to the dry conditions in Karachi, it will be necessary for the digesters to operate at high solid concentration of approximately 10%. Otherwise, significant dilution water is required, increasing the load on subsequent wastewater treatment plant.

153. The size of the digesters is set to achieve an adequate hydraulic retention time, while also considering the Organic loading rate of the reactors, to ensure that the microbiology of the reactor is able to reproduce and consume the organics being fed to it.

Figure 3.15:’In ground’ gas mixed biodigester

154. The process of biogas production is complex and involves many steps in which complex organic polymers like proteins, fats and carbohydrates are broken down into simpler and simpler structures. The biogas produced in the reactor is captured under the HDPE cover. Pressure under the cover is maintained at around 2 millibar, keeping the cover inflated. The biogas is continuously recycled from the head space of the reactor to the floor of the reactor, where it is injected through pipes into the reactor substrate. As the gas is injected it creates a mixing effect, ensuring the reactor can be thoroughly mixed.

3.10 Gas Mixing System

155. The design of mixing utilizes biogas recirculation, consisting of injecting a large quantity of biogas into the waste sequentially through a series of mixing pipes in the base and sides of the digester. The volume of biogas displaces the equivalent volume of digestate in the digester causing mixing as it rises through the tank contents. The



volume of biogas expands as it rises, enabling better mixing for inground systems. Generally the amount of electrical power required by gas recirculation to achieve the same mixing effort is 30% that of mechanical mixing.

156. Since all equipment is exterior to the tank, this facilitates maintenance and replacement without the problems by having parts or all of the equipment inside the tank. Gas mixing pipes do occasionally block, but these are cleared easily by the use of rodding/water flushing points.

157. The fully automatic system comprises of:

Gas compressor Gas mixing pipes Port rodders (water flushing for cleaning purpose) Valve manifold for diverting gas Double non-return valves after the gas compressor. Water trap Pneumatic valves Knife Type Instrumentation and control system, for compressor and pneumatic valve

sequential operation

3.11 Gas Conditioning

158. Gas produced in the reactor is removed through a pipe system using a number of blowers. The gas from both reactors will be combined and pass through a scrubber for removing H2S down to a level of 100ppm. For cost effective operations often bio-scrubbers are used for bulk H2S removal. These systems use aerobic bacteria which consume H2S in the gas. As the bacteria are aerobic oxygen or air needs to be introduced into the biogas stream. However, caution in the final design is needed to ensure that the scrubber does not introduce too much air into the biogas which may impact final gas quality. It would be preferable if the scrubber system used a caustic wash with a biological regeneration process. In such systems the biological process and H2S stripping of the gas happen in separate vessels, meaning there is no dilution of the biogas with residual air.

159. After bulk H2S removal, the gas needs to be dried and filtered. Biogas is saturated with moisture at the digester temperature. The chilling system forces moisture in the biogas to condense and this is drained in a knock out pot or cyclone. Cooling the gas not only forces the water to condense, it also increases gas density. Due to the high ambient temperature in Karachi it is recommended that the biogas drying system operates with a dual heat exchanger, before and after the blower. The first step will help dry the gas, while the second step helps improve gas density and therefore engine genset performance.

160. At this stage, approximately one third of the gas will go to the power plant to produce electricity and heat while two thirds will go to the biomethane plant for upgrading. In case there is biogas remaining, it will be flared for safety reasons.



3.12 Electricity and Heat Production

161. The project will require up to 2.4MW of power to run the pumps for the digester, the mixing system, the digestate drying and post treatment system and the biomethane production and compression system. The largest demand will come from the CO2

liquefaction process, which makes up almost one third of all consumption. The Project will have two units of high efficiency biogas engines, with a continuous load capacity of approximately 1.2MW each.

162. As well as producing power the gensets will produce hot water which will be used for heating the biogas digesters during winter time. The digesters operate at optimum conditions of 38 to 42 degrees C. Substrate will be heated prior to pumping into the digesters, to ensure the temperature in the reactors remains in this range.

3.13 Biomethane Upgrading

163. Biomethane upgrading will be undertaken using a proven technology, most likely either Pressure Swing Adsorption system (PSA) or a membrane system. Such systems produce a product gas which will be approximately 97% CH4 and less than 3% CO2. A number of gas quality criteria will be specified which the gas will need to achieve, requiring removal of H2S and moisture from the biogas.

164. For the purpose of the feasibility study it is assumed a PSA system is adopted. PSA systems are robust, relatively simple to operate and cost effective. The chosen PSA system is able produce product gas in the range of up to 97% CH4 sufficient for use as vehicle fuel.

165. The gas is pressurized up to 8.5 bar(g) in an oil-flooded screw compressor. The cooling for the screw compressor is from ambient temperature water from a cooling tower and chilled water from an air-cooled electrical chiller. The main compressor motor is operated with variable speed drive.

166. Gas is fed into the PSA beds from the bottom and flows up through the bed. The CO2 in the gas is removed by adsorption onto molecular sieve packing media. The molecular sieves are small beads with high porosity and with consistent pore sizes. This leads to selective adsorption of target gases on the molecular sieve as other gases pass through. Upgraded gas at >95% CH4 exits the bed on the top.

167. There are multiple adsorbent beds per line and a valve system which controls to which bed the incoming gas goes to. Once the packing media in the active bed is saturated with CO2 the valves switch to a new bed and the saturated bed goes into regeneration mode.

168. The packing media in the bed is regenerated by applying a vacuum to the bed. Under vacuum the CO2 is released by the packing media and discharged from the system as off-gas. The vacuum is created by a vacuum pump. This offgas contains small amounts of CH4 and some suppliers of PSA systems use a smaller secondary system to recover this methane.



3.14 Biomethane High-pressure (HP) compression and storage

169. The final pressure is increase from 7 bar(g) out from the PSA to 250 bar(g) is done in two oil-free 4-stage piston compressors (2 compressors in operation one in standby). The motor is operated with VSD and the compressor is air-cooled.

170. CBG from the HP compressor passes through the Priority Panel n.1 which directs the CBG either to Gas public filling station and Mother Station Trailer Unit.

3.15 Biomethane Transportation to BRT Daughter Stations

171. CBG will be transported by steel tube trailer. Each trailer consists of a wheel base and a tube skid. The tube skid consists of a number of vessels which can store gas at high pressure >250 Bar. Due to the requirement to contain the gas at such high pressure the vessel walls need to be very strong, resulting in thick walls. These thick walls make the tube skids very heavy, approximately 30 tonnes unfilled. It is the weight of the steel which limits the amount of gas that can be transported.

172. Lighter alternatives to steel are available. Typically using a plastic liner inside a carbon fibre vessel. As the vessels are so light more can be fitted on the trailers and therefore significantly more gas can be transported. However, these alternatives are expensive, approximately four times the price of steel and unless transport distances are very significant the added cost cannot be justified.

173. Tube trailers will be filled at the mother station. Filling will be controlled by the filling station priority panel. There will be three bays for tube trailers to fill, each with a decanting panel to enable the trailer to connect. The trailers deliver the gas, with pressure inside the vessels dropping from 250 Bar to close to zero Bar. At zero Bar there is still some gas inside the tubes and so the effective amount of gas delivered is less than the total volume of gas in the tubes. Actual mass of gas that can be stored in the trailers will vary with operating temperature as gas pressure increases significantly as temperatures increase.

174. At a filling rate of 70kg/min a tube trailer can be filled within one hour, but actual gas production rate and gas available in buffer store will impact filling rate achieved.

3.16 Biomethane Dispensing and Sale to Public

175. The CNG refueling station was designed as a function of different site specific parameters such as:

Availability of natural gas from the upgrading Unit Pipeline pressure Average daily demand of natural gas (flow rate) Peaks hours CNG demand Power capacity available at site Type of vehicles to be refueled

176. The CNG station design consider all of the above variables with the aim of obtaining the best performances with the minimum investment as per the following:



Maximum refueling speed Minimum engagement of electric power and the minimum energy

consumption for the compression Bigger reliability with minimum risks of station stopped for maintenance Minimum encumbrance for installation of a gas handling plant Plant modularity for a proper installation, operation and maintenance

3.17 CO2 Liquefaction and storage

177. As well as biomethane the upgrading process produces an offgas stream. This is mostly CO2 and will be either vented to the atmosphere or used to produce liquid CO2 for industrial customers.

The CO2 Liquefaction Refrigeration system provides sufficient condensing capacity to liquefy dry incoming CO2 gas through a CO2 condenser. During the liquefaction process non-condensables such as O2 and N2 are separated and removed, further purifying the liquid CO2.

3.18 Digestate Handling

178. Digestate will be fed from the digesters initially to series of solid separation unit. These are two step of solid removal:

- 1st Step – Dewatering Screw Press

In this step, screw press will reduce total solid from 11% that discharge from the digester to around 6%.

2nd Step – Dewatering Decanter Centrifuge

179. After the screw press, the digestate is feed into further solid removal process. By using the decanter centrifuge, it would reduce the % total solid to less than 1%.

By this process, it will remove the majority of the suspended solids. This solid fraction will be dried and sold in collaboration with the local farmers association as an organic compost product.

The liquid fraction from the process will in part be used to recirculate for dilution water. The remaining will be sent for storage before final use.

3.19 Composting and bio-drying

180. The Press Cake and Decanter Cake will be combined as the solid fraction of the digestate and composted in windrows. The area at the Abattoir Site is sufficient for approximately 30 days of composting. During the composting process the material is stored in windrows approximately 3m wide by 1.5m high. These rows are regularly turned to ensure a supply of oxygen for the aerobic bacteria which drive the composting process. In the biogas plant anaerobic microorganisms have broken down the organics, releasing energy mostly as CH4, in compost the aerobic bacteria utilize



oxygen to breakdown the substrate to produce CO2, releasing significant amounts of energy as heat.

181. The solid fraction coming into the composting process will have a TS content of 35%, meaning a moisture content of 65%. This an acceptable starting moisture content. Any higher and conditions may promote anaerobic decomposition over aerobic. Moisture in the compost is essential to support biological process of the aerobic bacteria and if it drops below 30% composting process will stop. Moisture content will be lost due to both solar drying, that is, the energy received from the sun and from drying forced by heat given off in the aerobic process of composting.

182. Actual solar drying capacity will vary based upon temperature and humidity, but in Karachi the arid climate is ideal for solar drying and the drying capacity will be somewhere over 2 tons of water per m2 per year. Given the windrows have sufficient capacity for around 30 days residence time that means for each days production of digestate approximately 110 tons of water can be evaporated by solar effect.

183. Heat from the aerobic process is more difficult to predict. The manure has a low methane yield, meaning the organics in it are relatively difficult to breakdown for anaerobes. The digestate produced comprises of undigested fibers from the biogas plant and also biomass which has grown in the biogas plant. Volatile Solid destruction rates in composting process for digested sewage sludge can be as low as 10%, but in those systems there is mostly only microbial biomass to degrade. In this system the digestate will have a large fraction of plant fibers which will be more biodegradable to aerobic microorganisms. It is estimated that at least 25% of VS will be degraded in the composting process, with each KG of VS degraded releasing around 9 MJ of heat. This would evaporate approximately 146 tons of water from each days production of digestate.

184. In addition to moisture content, the C:N ratio of the substrate to be composted needs to be considered. An acceptable range is from 10:1 to 40:1. If the ratio is too low it means there is too much nitrogen which may volatize leading to NH3 and possibly N2O emissions. If the ratio is too high it means the process will operate slowly due to a shortage of nitrogen. An ideal range is 25:1 to 30:1 (Natural Resource, Agriculture, and Engineering Service, 1999). The estimated C:N ratio of the solid fraction of the digestate is 35:1, within the acceptable range. During the composting process the C:N ratio will drop as more carbon is released as CO2.

185. All of this heat causes compost piles to heat up, with large compost systems reaching temperatures of 60 to 70 degrees C in a matter of days. The ideal temperature of the compost is lower than 65 degrees C and moisture can be added to lower the temperature and to moderate the temperature swings in the compost. A compost crawler which turns the compost over helps to dissipate heat and to keep the process aerobic. During operations if the compost becomes too dry or too hot it is possible to use the liquid fraction of the digestate to maintain moisture levels as appropriate. However as the digestate has already been largely digested the main



purpose is to dry the material and so heat is welcomed as it helps evaporate off remaining water.

186. The final compost will have a moisture content of around 30% and a mass of 410 tons. The biodrying facility performance will vary based upon weather factors. A rotary drier is therefore also planned as a final step to dry the compost if required.

3.20 Liquid Effluent Storage and Disposal

187. The Liquid effluent, which has low odour and does not smell and does not attract flies will be conveyed from the Dewatering Unit (Screw Press, Decanter Centrifuge) to an open lagoon with 6400 cubic meter volume, 6 days HRT retention time.

188. This effluent will have very low suspended solids, less than 0.5%, possibly even as low as 0.1%. The dissolved solids will be less than 3%, similar to sea water, likely to be less than 2%. The dissolved solids will be predominantly Nitrogen and Phosphorous salts rather than sodium chloride in sea water. As such, the water is an excellent choice for irrigation.

189. The Vibratory Shear Enhanced Processing (VSEP) technology with RO Plant for Effluent Treatment will be used. VSEP uses polymeric permeable membranes that employ a wide feed channel between membranes to allow passage of suspended solids. It also uses a resonant frequency to vibrate the membrane surface 50 times per second. The shear waves created from this vibration resists fouling and scaling of the membrane surface and allows for efficient filtration rates and minimized cleaning frequencies compare to other membranes as shown in Figure 3.16 below. VSEP stands out with its simplicity, reliability, and economical benefits.

Figure 3.16: Crossflow Filtration versus VSEP

190. The VSEP is a cross flow membrane that is able to produce economical flow rates and reliability with fouling resistance due to the vibrations. The membrane vibrates at a 3/4” displacement at 50Hz. The vibration keeps the turbulent flow at the surface of the membrane allowing large molecules to continue movement away from the surface, avoiding fouling and allowing the water to pass through the membrane. VSEP comes



in a variety of sizes to accommodate different process sizes and the number of units required is calculated based on total process flow. Being modular, the ability to add additional machines is simple. Filter packs can be changed and different membranes can be used on the same machine for a variety of applications. This unique system has many advantages over conventional membranes and also other technologies for the same application. VSEP can process much higher concentrations of feed. The feed can come from a variety of sources and can vary in composition. The VSEP is designed to handle this variation in feed quality without sacrificing product quality.

3.21 Gas Transportation

191. Initial plan was for gas to be transported to the bus depots via the existing gas pipeline network in Karachi. The network is owned and operated by Sui Southern Gas Company (“SSGC”). By injecting into the pipeline network, the biomethane produced by the Project would be subject to OGRA regulations. A number of meetings were held with SSGC and separately with OGRA to discuss the feasibility of transporting the gas through the SSGC pipeline but considering the issues related to line losses and possible issues with SSGS in this regard, this option was not considered further.

192. Finally, it is proposed that the best means to transport the gas to the bus fleet is by tube trailer. Tube trailers offer three major benefits over the pipeline:

Avoid gas losses and fugitive methane emissions to the atmosphere

Control of gas quality

Security of supply

3.22 Gas Sales

193. Sales of gas from the project will be made directly to the bus fleet through tube trailer. The metering point for the sales will need to be at a daughter station decanting panel into which the tube trailers will connect at the bus depot.

194. Excess gas will be sold to the public at a filling station at the site boundary. CNG is a commodity and in Pakistan there are often shortages. Therefore, the project has an opportunity to sell into the market at the project boundary by offering a small discount to fossil fuel prices. In this scenario, the filling station would have a dedicated pipeline and not require any agreement with SSGC for gas supply.

3.23 CO2 Sales

195. Liquid CO2 is an industrial gas and sales of it are best managed through co-operation with a large industrial gas company who can be an off taker and supply the gas to its customers.



3.24 Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Emissions

196. The project has a potential Greenhouse Gas (GHG) reduction in the following areas as shown in Figure 3.17 below:

Avoided methane emissions from manure entering the sea

Avoided transport emissions due to substitution of fossil CNG with biomethane;

Avoided electricity production emissions due to production of electricity with biomethane and insertion into the electric grid of Pakistan.

Figure 3.17:GHG Reduction Impact of Biogas Project

197. The fraction of manure handled per manure management system is estimated at 90% liquid slurry and 10% dry lot. The project will draw its manure from paved sites (these represent around 80% of total manure). At paved sites, manure is primarily disposed off through gutters which then go as liquid/slurry through streams into the sea. As a conservative approach, it is estimated that 10% are not flushed but deposited on open sites as dry lot or used by farmers as fertilizer.

198. Project electricity related emissions from equipment used in the biogas plant refers to projected energy consumption data of all equipment/devices used in the project activity bio-digestors and sludge treatment systems and systems for biogas recovery and flaring/gainful use. If equipment is powered by biogas itself or if it is powered by electricity generated by biogas of the project this emission source is 0.

199. The sludge shall be used primarily for soil application in aerobic conditions in the project activity. This is considered to be an additional revenue stream for the project or as retribution to the cattle owners. To facilitate this use it will be necessary to dry



the sludge and the sludge drying will be undertaken through a bio-drying process, essentially composting. Under this process anaerobic conditions are prevented by frequent turning of the sludge, its storage in relatively low piles and the rapid drying of the sludge. Anaerobic decay of the sludge is only possible at moisture content above 60%. The sludge after dewatering will have a moisture content of approximately 65%. While this will quickly drop, fresh digestate will be more prone to anaerobic decay and therefore until the moisture content drops below 60% turning of compost will be done on a daily basis.

With these measures in place, no methane emissions from sludge are foreseen.

200. For ex-ante calculations of biogas plant project emissions following assumptions are made:

All electricity consumed by the biogas plant is produced from biomethane i.e. no emissions from usage of equipment.

The sludge shall be used for soil application in aerobic conditions in the project activity and no sludge decays anaerobically i.e. no emissions from final sludge disposal.

1% of methane produced is flared.

201. The cumulative reduction is based on a 20-year lifespan of the plant without expansion of production. Average annual emission reductions are thereby 150,000 tCO2e and projected lifetime emission reductions around 3 million tCO2e.

Table 3-1: Projected Emission Reductions of Biogas Plant Area Average annual reduction Cumulative reduction Methane avoidance 126,750 tCO2e 2,535,000 tCO2e Avoided transport emissions 19,660 tCO2e 393,000 tCO2e Avoided electricity emissions

3,880 tCO2e 78,000 tCO2e

Total emission reductions 150,000 tCO2e 3,006,000 tCO2e

3.25 Project Construction Schedule

202. The project construction phase is expected to last for a total of 24 months with the activity expected to commence in the first quarter of 2022 and completed in 2024.

3.26 Construction Camps and Work Force

203. The construction activity is expected to span over approximately twenty-four months. There shall be a number of contracts for a variety of works. The selected Contractor shall have the option to select suitable site(s) located near the project site to establish his labor camps.

204. The work bases shall be setup by the contractor in consultation with the engineering teams. Essential for the work bases is easy approach, availability of a suitable place for temporary storage of material and availability of water for construction in the vicinity. Presence of shade from trees close to the work bases can add to the comfort of the labor while taking rest during the hot season.



205. The location of storage materials and camps will be critical. Since the project contractor(s) will be responsible for identifying the suitable locations for storage and labor camps from the private sector, thus there will need to be clear guidelines for this process, which will need to be closely monitored by the implementing agency. As far as possible, the project design team shall be assigned the task to identify the suitable location(s) for storage of materials since inappropriate storage of materials may result in disruption of the traffic movement.

3.27 Machinery and Human Resource Requirement

206. For storing materials, stocking equipment and parking machinery and vehicles, the Contractor shall require open and accessible sites close to the labor camps. The Contractor, at his own expense, but keeping in view his contractual obligations to honor the SEQS regarding level of pollution, shall make the arrangements.

207. The Table 3.2 below outlines the approximate number of major machinery and vehicles that are envisaged to be required for the project construction works.

208. A total of 60-70 skilled and semi-skilled workers are expected to be engaged at the project site for the project construction phase.

Table 3.2: Estimated Contractor’s Equipment and Machinery

Sr. No. Machinery / Equipment Quantity required*

1 Excavators 4

2 Dumpers 2

3 Batching Plants 1

4 Loaders 2

5 Power Generators 4

6 Rollers 2

7 Tractor Trolley 6

8 Transit Mixer 1

9 Compactor / Roller 2

10 Crane 1

11 Crush Plant 1

12 Concrete Pump 1

13 Vibro-Hammer 1

14 Welding Generators 2

15 Watering Tanks (moveable) 3



Sr. No. Machinery / Equipment Quantity required*

16 Haulage Trucks 20

17 Cars/Pickups 8 * Number of machineries is indicative and can be changed subject to working schedule.


Error! Reference source not found. (87) 21 December 2021

4 Description of Environment

4.1 General

209. The description of various features of the project area environment including the physical, ecological, cultural and socio-economic environmental aspects are presented in the following sub-sections.

4.2 Physical Resources

4.2.1 Meteorological Parameters

210. Karachi is located just above the tropical zone on the coast of the Arabian Sea at 24.9 N latitude and 67.13 E longitude at about 20 m ASL (airport weather station). It is classified as BWh (arid/desert/hot) under the Köppen system. According to Budyko’s criteria, Karachi is characterized by the following parameters:

Radiation index of Dryness: 7.54

Budyko Evaporation 211 mm/year

Budyko Runoff 1 mm/year

Budyko Evaporation 99.5 %

Budyko Runoff 0.5 %

211. The best estimate of annual rainfall is 212 mm. Net moisture allowance follows the pattern shown in the Figure 4-1 below and as can be seen, precipitation is exceeded by evapotranspiration for every month (arid/desert), hence, it is only during heavy rains that Karachi experiences runoff. Note that these values as well as other data in this section are long term averages compiled by the FAO and available through its “Climate Estimator”3. No particular year is represented in Figure 4-1 below. On the other hand, Figure 4-2 depicts the last 9 years maximum and minimum precipitation at Karachi.

3 The FAO Climate Estimator is a software program and database that provides estimates of average climatic conditions at

locations throughout the world. The program can be used to create climatic maps and extract data in various formats for further processing, available at http://www.fao.org/nr/climpag/pub/en3_051002_en.asp.


Description of Environment 88 | P a g e

Figure 4-1: Monthly Average Precipitation (mm) and Evapotranspiration (mm) at Karachi Airport

Figure 4-2: Minimum and maximum Precipitation (mm) and Evapotranspiration (mm) at Karachi (2009-2018)

Source: Pakistan Metrological Department

212. The temperature ranges are shown in Figure 4-3 below. Cool weather can prevail during the night from November through March; however, daytime temperatures are generally hot. Temperatures may reach 40°C during May (considered the hottest

0 days

25 days

50 days

75 days

100 days



month), and extreme temperatures of greater than 45°C are not uncommon. No particular year is represented in Figure 4-3 below. On the other hand, the Figure 4-4 depicts the last 9 years maximum, minimum and average temperature of Karachi.

Figure 4-3: Monthly Averages for Mean, Maximum and Minimum Temperatures (Deg-C) at Karachi Airport

Figure 4-4: minimum, maximum and average temperature of Karachi (2009-2018)


213. Despite arid conditions, humidity is relatively high throughout the year. The average annual relative humidity is 75.9% and average monthly relative humidity ranges from



60% in December to 85% in August (Table 4-1). The Figure 4-5 depicts the last 9 years average cloud and humidity of Karachi.

Table 4-1: Humidity and Dew Point Temperature for Karachi

Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec AverRelative Humidity (%) 61 70 77 79 83 83 83 85 84 79 67 60 75.9

Average Dew Point Temperature °C ( °F)

12.2 (53.9)

15.4 (59.8)

20.2 (68.4)

23.2 (73.8)

26 (78.8)

27.5 (81.5)

26.6 (79.9)

25.7 (78.3)

25 (77.1)

23.5 (74.4)

18.6 (65.6)

13.4 (56.1)

21.5 (70.6)

InterpretationComfor

tableComfor

table Humid Very humid

Severely high

Severely high

Severely high M uggy M uggy Very

humid Humid Comfortable

Very humid

Figure 4-5 Average cloud and Humidity of Karachi (2009-2018)


214. Karachi weather is considered pleasant by some due to its breeze from the sea. The wind speed has highest velocities during the summer months, when the direction is south-west to west. The last nine years’ maximum and average wind speeds are given in Figure 4-6 and the Onshore winds from the Arabian Sea contribute to humid conditions, with winds from the west-southwest and southwest being 57% of the time and are depicted in the wind rose in

215.

216.



217. Figure 4-7 below.

Figure 4-6: maximum and average wind speed of Karachi (2009-2018)




Figure 4-7: Annual Wind Rose for Karachi

4.2.2 Air Quality

218. The main sources of air pollution in Karachi include motor vehicles, uncontrolled waste burning, and industry, including metal working shops, chemical and engineering works, an oil refinery, railroad yards, jute and textile factories, printing and publishing plants, and food processing plants. Re-suspended dust, and small scale unlicensed businesses using ‘dirty fuels’ for manufacturing and production purposes are also contributors.

219. Air pollutant emissions are directly related to fuel consumption. Pakistan’s consumption of petroleum products is growing at 6 per cent annually, of which one-half is consumed by the transport sector. The high content of sulphur in diesel (0.5-1 %) and furnace oil (1-3.5 %) is a major contributor to air pollution. Energy from waste fuels such as waste paper, wood and textile waste contribute a disproportionate load. Industrial emissions are further compounded by the widespread use of small diesel generators in commercial and residential areas in response to the poor reliability of electricity supplies. (Hashmi, et.al 2005)

220. Air pollution from vehicles is severe, with high concentrations gaseous emissions, and fine particulate that cause respiratory problems for an exposed population. The



number of diesel trucks and buses has increased. A major share of the emission load from motor vehicles can be attributed to low quality diesel fuel and oil burning two-stroke engines.

221. To offset this trend, Karachi has witnessed an increase in vehicles fuelled by compressed natural gas (CNG) in recent years and many formerly diesel fuelled vehicles have been converted to run on CNG. However, there has been a greater increase in traffic overall and Karachi has a preponderance of old buses that run on diesel fuel and produce high emissions. Buses and trucks cause significant air pollution and since the main sources of pollutants are traffic, and traffic has increased on the Red Line corridor, it is assumed that air quality has deteriorated as a result.

222. The main air pollutants in Karachi City are nitrogen oxides (NOX) sulphur dioxide (SO2) particulate matter (PM10, PM with diameter of 10 microns or smaller and PM2.5, i.e. PM 2.5 microns or smaller) and carbon monoxide (CO). Motor vehicles are the major source of PM pollution. Most of the PM pollution (>80%) comes from diesel-run vehicles. Sindh Environmental Quality Standards (SEQS) for these parameters in addition to lead (Pb) and ozone (O3) are set by the Government and have been promulgated at provincial level by the Government of Sindh as well as standards for vehicle emissions in line with Euro II. Finally, the Government has promulgated tailpipe emissions standards.

223. The EPA certified and well-reputed laboratory, SGS, was engaged to conduct monitoring for ambient air quality and noise levels near the proposed project site for the biogas plant development with the results provided as Annexure H.

The location selected for the monitoring activity is shown on the map as Figure 4.8 below.



Figure 4.8: Monitoring Location for Ambient Air Quality and Noise Levels



224. Detailed 24 hourly ambient air quality monitoring at the proposed project site for the biogas plant has been conducted and the results of this monitoring are provided as Table 4.4 below. Furthermore, a comparison of these monitoring results with the applicable air quality guidelines is also presented in Table 4.5 below. As can be observed, PM2.5 and PM10 are already exceeding the permissible limits, which indicates that the airshed is already quite degraded. Thus, all possible efforts will need to be made during the construction and operation phases through adoption of best practices to minimize any further worsening of the pollutant concentrations in the airshed of the project area.

225. Ideally at the detailed design stage and as a minimum, prior to commencement of plant operation, at the latest, additional ambient air quality monitoring will be conducted by the Plant Operator on behalf of TransKarachi with a particular focus on assessing H2S concentrations in ambient air in the project area.

4.2.3 Noise

226. Traffic is a major contributor of noise pollution in all the big cities of the World. Karachi is noted for its high level of noise from improperly maintained vehicles, weak and ineffective noise pollution regulations and lack of enforcement.

227. The results of this monitoring activity are provided in Table 4.2 below and the comparison of the monitoring results with the applicable noise guidelines are provided below in Table 4.3. Since the project area consists of a mix of commercial and residential areas, so the respective noise guidelines for these two types of areas will be applied. Since the average ambient noise levels of 64.9 dB(A) are exceeding the noise limits for residential areas, so as per IFC guidelines, it must be ensured as part of the mitigation measures that during both the project construction works and operation phase, at no time shall the noise levels be permitted to exceed 3 dB from these ambient noise levels i.e. 67.9 dB(A) at any of the residential settlements. In the case of the commercial areas around the project site, the baseline noise levels are already exceeding the night time limit of 55 dB(A) and equaling the day time limit of 65 dB(A). Thus, in this case too, the 3 dB(A) exceedance limit from these ambient levels is applicable and must be applied.

Table 4.2: Ambient Noise Monitoring Results (24 hrs) at Biogas Plant Site

Monitoring Location Parameter Noise Reading Results

Day Time Readings (0600 to 2200)

Biogas Plant Site dB(A) Leq* 68.2

Night Time Readings (2200 to 0600)

Biogas Plant Site dB(A) Leq* 58.3

Average Noise Levels (24 hour average) dB(A) Leq* 64.9



Source: SGS Monitoring Report, 18th and 19th November- 2019 *dB(A) Leq: Time weighted average level of sound in decibel on scale which is relatable to human hearing



Table 4.3: Comparison of Ambient Noise Levels with Applicable Guidelines

Exceedance from applicable guidelines

Monitoring Location Parameter Noise Reading

Results

Noise Guideline

(Residential Area)

Noise Guideline

(Commercial Area)

Compliance Status for

Residential Areas

Compliance Status for Commercial

Areas

Day Time Readings (0600 to 2200) Day time

Biogas Plant Site dB(A) Leq 68.2 55 65

Night Time Readings (2200 to 0600) Night time

Biogas Plant Site dB(A) Leq 58.3 45 55

Average Noise Levels (24 hour average)

dB(A) Leq 64.9



Table 4.4: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results (24 hrs) at Biogas Plant Proposed Site

Monitoring Location Parameter NO

(ug/m3)

NO2

(ug/m3)

CO

(ug/m3)

SO2

(ug/m3)

NOx (ug/m3)

PM2.5

(ug/m3)

PM10

(ug/m3)

TSP

(ug/m3)

Biogas Plant Site

Min 8.9 0.0 1.1 2.2 9.1

36.2 148.1 228.8 Max 9.8 0.3 3.3 9.4 9.8

Average 9.3 0.1 2.5 4.6 9.5

Source: SGS Monitoring Report, November 2019

Table 4.5: Comparison of ambient air quality results versus applicable Air Quality standards

Monitoring Location Parameter NO

(ug/m3)

NO2

(ug/m3)

CO

(ug/m3)

SO2

(ug/m3)

NOx

(ug/m3)

PM2.5

(ug/m3)

PM10

(ug/m3)

TSP

(ug/m3)

Applicable Guideline (ug/m3) for 24 hrs - 80 - 20 - 25 50 500

Biogas Plant Site

Min 8.9 0.0 1.1 2.2 9.1

36.2 148.1 228.8 Max 9.8 0.3 3.3 9.4 9.8

Average 9.3 0.1 2.5 4.6 9.5

‘Exceeding’ applicable guidelines for acceptable pollutant levels ‘Within’ applicable guidelines for acceptable pollutant levels



4.2.4 Climate Change and Effects

228. Climate change acting hand-in-hand with urban dislocation and growth promises to exert a significant negative impact on Karachi’s urban infrastructure systems and services, its built environment and ecosystem services, and therefore on its urban population and economy. As one of the region’s coastal mega cities, which includes Manila, Bangkok, Jakarta, Mumbai and Shanghai, Karachi will face increased flooding and damage from unpredictable weather patterns along with other forms of extreme event including drought with attendant risks on water supply, heat waves with attendant effect on fuel consumption and water use, sea level rise that impacts mangrove and other ecosystems, flood water removal, and complicity with tropical cyclones. (Anwar 2012)

229. Another prominent study (Hasan et.al. 2017) maintains that Karachi, being a city of migrants located in the midst of an alien and unwelcoming province, suffers from a disconnect of governance that bodes ill for dealing with the effects of climate change:

“Of the estimated 3.35 million ‘illegal’ immigrants in Pakistan, 75 per cent (or 2.5 million) are settled in more than 100 migrant-concentrated residential areas in Karachi. Living conditions in these settlements are mostly cramped, and services such as clean drinking water, sanitation and solid waste disposal are hard to come by. Research from the region suggests that processes and structures of unplanned rapid urbanisation, environmental change and social exclusion reinforce urban vulnerability for migrants.” (p. 6)

230. The report concludes with recommendations to enhance capacity and political support for institutional reforms, reconstitute the low-cost housing market and support private and public-sector cooperation in health and housing provision, as means for reducing vulnerabilities among the Katchi Abadi population.

Figure 4-9: Katchi Settlements Flooded and Dry

4.3 Geology, Soils and Groundwater

231. The physical features of Karachi and the hinterland in southern Sindh includes plains, hills, rivers, valleys and coasts. The city covers an area of approximately 3,530 km2, comprised largely of flat or rolling plains, with hills on the west and north demarcating the limits of urban expansion.

232. The Arabian sea beaches line the southern coastline of Karachi. Dense mangroves and creeks of the Indus Delta can be found toward the southeast along the coast. Cape Monze, an area marked with projecting sea cliffs and rocky sandstone



promontories is located toward the North West. Beaches can also be found in this area including nesting locations for the green turtle, like Hawkes Bay.

233. Rocks ranging in age from Eocene to recent, deposited under shallow marine deltaic conditions are exposed. Karachi is a part of major synclinorium stretching from Ranpathani River in the east to Cape Monze in the west. (Hamid et.al. 2013) Mehar and Mol mountains lie in the north. Within the synclinorium a number of formations are exposed. The Geotechnical report prepared for the BRT-Red Line project (MML 2018) identifies these as:

Kirthar Formation (Eocene) Nari Formation (Oligocene) Gaj Formation (Miocene) Mancher Formation (Pliocene) Dada Formation (Pleistocene) Terrace Deposits Piedmont and Sub-piedmont Deposits

234. The geological map of Karachi and surrounding areas is attached as Figure 4-10 below. Various rock formations have been folded to form anticlinal hills and synclinal valleys, with moderate to gentle dips. The fold axes run approximately north-east to south west and there are two main zones. The first zone is to the east and northeast and is characterized by relatively more intense folding and faulting. Rocks ranging in age from Palaeocene to Oligocene are also exposed in this zone. The second zone is located in the center and to the west and southwest and comprises a large area that opens towards the south and consists of horizontal or near horizontal strata that form gentle undulations in the form of synclines and anticlines with low dips of 2 to 6 degrees (rarely up to 10 degrees). These folds have a general southward plunging direction.

235. According to the geological map, most of the project lies in the TMG designation, comprised of shales and limestones of the Gaj formation in the Kirthar range. The Gaj Formation is divided into Lower (Mol) and Upper (Sharji) members. The lower member (Mol) is comprised of clay in the lower part and limestone in the upper part. The limestone unit is very hard, thinly-bedded, light brown to cream colored, massive and nodular. It is siliceous in some parts and may be fossiliferous, coralline and chalky where found exposed in a weathered escarpment. It is generally about 68 m thick and decreases in thickness toward the east. The Gaj formation, whether exposed or underground, encompasses most of Karachi and in particular around the project area.

4.3.1 Seismic activity

236. Karachi is located in a moderate earthquake zone. Pakistan falls into three seismic zones. Zone-III is the most severe and Zone-I the least. The Karachi Building Control Authority has placed Karachi in Zone-II. Based on the actual events, past observations of fault movement and other geological activities, Karachi is situated in a region where moderate earthquakes may occur of magnitude 5.0 to 6.0 equivalent to intensity between VII and VIII on Modified Mercallis Scale (M).

237. On the basis of earthquakes experienced from 1970 to 2005 (see Figure 4-11), four seismically active zones have been identified in and around Karachi. One seismic zone lies to the west of Karachi, shown as the Ornach Nal Fault merging into the regional Chaman Fault. The zone extends southwest into the Arabian sea and is



aligned with the submarine Murray Ridge; to the north it extends towards Uthal-Bela areas. No large earthquake is known historically on the Ornach Nal system.

238. The second seismic zone follows the south-eastern margin of Kirthar Range from the north to the south, swinging ultimately towards the southwest. This zone includes Thano Bula Khan, Lakhra, Jhimpir, Jungshahi, Thatta and areas further south. The third zone passes across the eastern vicinity of Badin in the northeast-southwest direction along the eastern margin of the Indus Delta. The fourth seismic zone straddles the Pakistan-India border. Earthquakes of low to moderate magnitudes — 3.1M to 4.0M and 4.1M to 5.0M — dominate in these zones. (Sarwar and Alizai 2013) Quakes of higher magnitudes (above 5.0M) take place to the southeast in the Rann of Kutch, which is a known high-risk area. Records show that earthquakes of low to moderate magnitudes have occurred in the following zones – Murray Ridge-Sonmiani-Uthal, south-eastern Kirthar, and NESW Badin. Moderate magnitude earthquakes in Jangshahi, Thatta, Jhimpir and Thano Bula Khan Area produce low to moderate intensity shocks in Karachi, as experienced in 1985.

239. The seismic zoning for Karachi was revised after the 2005 earthquake. Probabilistic Seismic Hazard Assessment (PSHA) carried out for revision of seismic provisions of the Building Code of Pakistan shows that Karachi falls in Zone 2B. The Zone 2B has Peak Ground Acceleration (PGA) in the range of 0.16g to 0.24g for a return period of 475 years and is considered to be at ‘Moderate’ risk of a major earthquake event. It is recommended that project structures be designed for the requirements of Zone 2B. (MML 2018)


Figure 4-10: Geological Map of Karachi and Surrounding Area


240. Some earthquakes of more than 4M have taken place in the west of Karachi in the Arabian sea but the earthquakes were not felt in Karachi. The great Bhuj earthquake of 2001, measured 8.0 on the Richter scale and caused enormous damage in Ahmedabad and its surrounding areas but did not cause much damage in Karachi or Hyderabad; even though these two Pakistani cities are situated not far away from the epicentre at Ahmedabad. (Bilham et.al. 2007)

241. Bilham et.al. (2007) traces the historical record with the destruction of the major population centre of Bhaminabad around 980 A.D., and other major seismic events, to show the potential for a major earthquake in the Karachi area. Sarwar and Alizai (2013) support the hypothesis of increasing activity among faults and subduction zones near Karachi, and the potential for tsunamis to add to the earthquake threat.

Figure 4-11: Historical Reconstruction of Earthquakes in the Vicinity of Karachi and Southern Pakistan

From Bilham et.al. 2007

4.4 Hydrology, Water Quality and Sediment

242. Four drainage systems are said to encompass Karachi City, the Lyari, the Malir, the Budnai, and small streams referred to collectively as the coastal basin. These can be seen generally on the following map (Figure 4-12). The Malir River Basin and the Lyari River Basin contribute about 80% of the surface runoff from the City.


243. Thus, the natural drainage system of Karachi city includes mainly the tributaries of the Malir and Lyari rivers. While these are perennial streams, instream flow is intermittent, and fresh water inflow depends on rainfall and runoff; both rivers also intercept discharges from sewer lines and outfalls and carry sewage to the sea from all parts of the City. The Budnai Basin and the Coastal Basin are minor basins. The Malir river flows from the east towards the south and centre, and the Lyari river stretches from north of the city to the southwest ending in the Arabian Sea. Karachi Harbour is another hydrographic landmark, and is a sheltered bay to the southwest of the city, protected from storms by Sandpit Beach, Manora Island and Oyster Rocks.

244. Drainage channels collect surface runoff through hundreds of small/large side channels and lined nullahs (drains) that serve as important components of the drainage network. These are generally dry built channels and streambeds that flow into the main rivers described above. Whenever a heavy rain takes place, the huge amount of runoff that course through these channels may cause the rivers to overflow their banks and spread over adjacent floodplains. In any event, the drainage network of the city is severely stressed due to increased runoff from paved surfaces, and encroachment on drainage channels.

245. The Lyari river is an ephemeral stream having a substantial catchment area starting from as far back as the Badra range of hills, some 100 km north of the city. Its catchment covers an area of 700 km2, out of which approximately 150 km2 is in the metropolitan area.

246. The river is the main contributor to an estimated amount of 200 MGD of sewage that enters the Arabian Sea. A large number of industries including leather tanning units, pharmaceuticals, petrochemicals, refineries, chemical, textile, paper and pulp, engineering works and thermal power stations, located along the river, regularly discharge their untreated industrial waste, including the waste flows from the SITE industrial estate in Orangi that flows via the Orangi Nala to the Lyari and thence to the ocean. (Nergis et.al. 2013) A range of contaminants affect the marine ecology along the coastal shelf.

247. Malir river is shorter with a smaller drainage area. It is ephemeral and is constituted from two major tributaries, the Mol and Khadeji, as well as some minor tributaries. Khadeji is a perennial stream that originates at Khadeji falls and gains flow as it travels across the Malir Basin. The Malir and Khadeji River basins include dry hill torrents and flow depends upon precipitation during rains. Once the Malir enters urban space, it receives large amounts of industrial effluent from the Korangi industrial area, and discharges into the sea. Data by the World Bank (2006) report values of 650 and 1,250 mg-COD/L for the Lyari and Malir rivers, respectively.

248. Similarly, the water quality of the Arabian sea at the expected point of discharge of the effluent from the biogas plant will also be monitored and recorded prior to commencement of the plant operation by the plant operator on behalf of TransKarachi.


Figure 4-12: Generalized Schematic of Drainage Basins in Karachi Metropolitan Area

from Akhtar and Dhanani 2012.

4.4.1 Ground Water Quality

249. Karachi obtains its drinking water from the Indus river, about 120km to the east and the Hub river in the west. Some limited groundwater is extracted for private use in the Karachi area, but groundwater resources in the Karachi area are limited. The aquifers close to the coastal belt are mostly saline and unusable for domestic purposes. Aquifers near the Hub river are well developed and serve as sources of water for agriculture and domestic use. The aquifers are estimated to lie at depths of 50-100 m.

250. The ground water quality results based on secondary data are provided below as Figures 4-13 to 4-22 with the sampling point No. KG 13 being representative of the project area.

251. Prior to commencement of construction works and prior to commencement of operation of the biogas plant, groundwater monitoring shall be conducted to ensure a reliable baseline on ground water is available.


Figure 4-13: pH groundwater monitoring results4

Figure 4-14: Fluoride groundwater monitoring results5

4 https://pdfs.semanticscholar.org/9ce6/c98e6934b7de2ad62bedd44dc07d8903c9eb.pdf 5 https://pdfs.semanticscholar.org/9ce6/c98e6934b7de2ad62bedd44dc07d8903c9eb.pdf


Figure 4-15: Chloride groundwater monitoring results6

Figure 4-16: Bromide groundwater monitoring results7

6 https://pdfs.semanticscholar.org/9ce6/c98e6934b7de2ad62bedd44dc07d8903c9eb.pdf 7 https://pdfs.semanticscholar.org/9ce6/c98e6934b7de2ad62bedd44dc07d8903c9eb.pdf


Figure 4-17: Nitrate groundwater monitoring results

Figure 4-18: Sulfate groundwater monitoring results


Figure 4-19: Sodium groundwater monitoring results

Figure 4-20: Potassium groundwater monitoring results


Figure 4-21: Magnesium groundwater monitoring results

Figure 4-22: Calcium groundwater monitoring results


Climate Vulnerability—Flooding

252. Despite dry conditions, flash flooding is common (see Figure 4-23). Pakistan’s regional flooding in 2010 left one-fifth of the country’s land area submerged. Flooding of Karachi on 1 Sept 2017 left 16 dead. These and other similar events seem not to be addressed in a statistical fashion in the literature, though causative factors are mentioned, including blocking of drainage channels through land encroachment by both wealthy and poor inhabitants. Drainage is enough of a critical factor to be overly compensated for in the design of streets for the more affluent parts of the city.

Figure 4-23: Images of Flooding in Karachi

253. Although the climate of Karachi is arid and rainfall is low and highly variable, whenever torrential rain comes and heavy rainfall occurs, within a short duration surface runoff intensifies. This is because the rate of water percolation into soil is lower than the amount of rainwater falling on the surface. Heavy showers take place in the city either due to the effects of tropical storms usually in June, which rarely affect coastal areas but bring heavy showers for short periods and cause flooding. As the result of a tropical storm (6 June 2010), Karachi received 130 mm rain within a day, which caused huge surface runoff. The heavy monsoon rain mostly occurs in July and August and is the main cause of flooding in the city. However, its reoccurrence is estimated to occur at between about 3 to 5-year intervals. Flood affected areas of the city and areas susceptible to flooding include the old city areas such as Kharadar, Mithadar, Bunder Road, Ram-swami and Arambagh.


254. Specifically, in the project area of Landhi Cattle Colony, there are high risks from climate change being an area located in close proximity to the Karachi coast due to flooding, extreme heat leading to a rise in sea level as some of the major climate change scenarios.8

255. The rising temperatures may lead to sea level rise due to thermal expansion of the ocean waters, more acidic seawater, increase in heat waves and glacial melt. Sea level rise poses a great threat to coastal regions as it may lead to flooding and submergence of low lying areas resulting in displacement of local population, and an increase in sea intrusion and soil erosion processes. Sea intrusion will have adverse impacts on the productivity of coastal agriculture. The trend in sea level rise has been observed to be 1.1mm/year at the Karachi Harbour (Rabbani et al, 2014). According to the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), there has been 0.6 to 1.0°C rise in average temperatures since early 1900s in the coastal areas of Pakistan. 10 to 15% decrease in precipitation in the coastal belt and hyper arid plains over the last 40 years has been observed.

256. Coastal areas are also prone to tropical cyclones and storms and coastal flooding. Climate change has contributed to an increase in the frequency of occurrence of natural disasters, especially in coastal areas. During the period 1971-1998, around 13 cyclones formed in the Arabian Sea but did not affect Pakistan’s coastal areas. However, during the last 12 years, three major tropical cyclones made landfall along our coastal areas. Coastal areas of Sindh are highly vulnerable to tropical cyclones and associated storm surges. Tropical cyclones have struck coastal areas of Pakistan in 1999, 2000 and 2010 causing damage to the lives and properties of coastal communities. The changing climate is resulting in increased frequency, intensity and changes in tracks of storms. 9

4.5 Biological Resources

4.5.1 Flora

257. The definitive source of information on Karachi’s flora is Jafri (1966). In his taxonomy, he included 72 families, 249 genera and 403 species, excluding some of the commonly cultivated and almost naturalized taxa. Work by Hussain et. al. (2010) and others have documented species loss. Their assessment is that, for more than 35 % of the species mentioned in Jafri’s Flora of Karachi can now be included in the Red Data book for threatened species, and categorized as extinct, endangered, vulnerable, rare, indeterminate, or threatened. (Hussain et.al. 2010)

258. Hussain et.al. (2010) lists 16 native tree species that are threatened, 11 threatened species of shrub, and 29 species of understory shrub species, also considered threatened. Threatened woody climber species number 11, and herbaceous climbers that are threatened number seven (7); while herbaceous plants (herbs) considered

8 https://www.dawn.com/news/1516940 9 https://www.iucn.org/sites/dev/files/pk_coastal_resources_handbook.pdf


threatened number 59. The authors state that among trees Tecomella undulata has become locally extinct, along with three other tree species that are endangered, and one (1) in the rare category (Mimosa hamata).

259. Some time back, Karachi University campus provided the best representation of the flora of Karachi. As of 2010, many have been eradicated, so that the main repositories remaining of Karachi’s native and indigenous plants are in the protected and enclosed areas of Malir cantonment, Shah Faisal cantonment, Masroor Airport area and Korangi, and PAF base area. (Hussain et.al. 2010)

260. The principal habitats are arid hills and low lying sandy areas found in and between the courses of the Lyari and Malir rivers that run through Karachi city. Hillside vegetation comprises mainly camelthorn (Prosopis spicigera), wild caper (Capparis decidua) and large succulents such as Euphorbia caudicifolia. Sandy areas are typically vegetated with a sparse cover of small trees such as Acacia senegal, Zizyphus nummularia and Prosopis cineraria (mesquite), and shrubs such as Leptadenia pyrotechnica, Colotropis procera, Rhazya stricta, Inula grantioides, Zygophyllum, simplex and Sueda fruticosa. Species on calcareous hills include Vernonia cinerascens, Commiphora wightii, Grewia tenax and Euphorbia caducifolia. Shallow slopes with varied soils at low altitudes are populated by (trees) Zizyphus nummularia, Salvadora oleoides, and Capparis deciduas. Shrubs such as Grewia tenax, Seddera latifolia, and Rhazya stricta are the most commonly found species, together with the grasses Ochthochloa compressa, Cymbopogon jawarancuss and Aristida funiculata.

261. Prosopis cineraria (mesquite), Indigofera oblongifolia, a perennial shrub found in a range of habitats including grassland, bushland and sandy soils, and Euphorbia caducifolia, a succulent that grows profusely on sandy soils, form the most common combination of native vegetation of Karachi City.

262. However, a wide variety of trees have been introduced over the years and the Karachi University Botanical Garden, opened to the public in 2008, exemplifies many of these species, with over 2,000 exotic and indigenous plant species represented. While the Garden is located on 80 ha of land at the campus near the alignment, KUBG is set back sufficiently far so as not to be affected by the project.

263. Destruction of native plants occurs through clearing of brush and ‘cleanliness drives’, where those instigating these moves are unaware of the plants being eradicated. Habitats have shrunk and species numbers been reduced placing many on the threatened species list.

264. The proposed Landhi project site is located in a highly urbanized area consisting of a disturbed environment with high level of settlements and high traffic volumes and almost no vegetation of any kind. As a result, no endangered flora are present in the area.

4.5.2 Fauna


Aquatic Fauna

265. The project site from its southern boundary is located 3km to the north of the Karachi Creek Coast and 29 km from its western side to the east of the Karachi coast. While the project site is not located in the immediate vicinity of the Arabian Sea, however, the effluent from the biogas plant will ultimately be disposed off into the Sea and thus a description of the aquatic fauna is necessary and has been provided in this study.

266. The Arabian Sea, bordering the coast of Pakistan, is known to be rich in marine biodiversity, as a result of prevailing monsoon dynamics leading to strong seasonal upwelling of nutrient rich water from the depths along the narrow continental shelf resulting in high surface productivity and rich plant and animal life. This results in Pakistan’s coastal waters having a rich diversity of vertebrates, including cetaceans (dolphins, whales and porpoises), turtles and fishes, as well as invertebrates.

267. Although more than 1,500 types of finfish and shellfish are found along the Pakistan coast, about 200 species are commercially harvested. Shrimp is the most important commodity which is mainly exported. Among other shellfish, crab, lobster, squid, cuttlefish and mollusk are important. Among finfish, a large number of species are caught which includes sardines, croakers, snappers, pomfrets, sharks, catfish, barracudas, river shad and eels.10

268. Pakistan has a rich dolphin and whale population in coastal and offshore waters of Pakistan (Gore et al. 2012). Of these, there are 11 whale species found in Pakistan including four baleen whales and seven species of toothed whales. Longman’s Beaked Whale has also been reported in 2014. There is a general belief that Pakistani waters are important feeding grounds for these whales because of rich planktonic shrimp found in these coastal waters. Toothed Whales are not very common in Pakistan and are rarely seen in coastal and offshore waters. Most of these species are known from the stranding on the beaches. In the recent past, a number of occurrences of Dwarf Sperm Whale, Pygmy Sperm Whale, and Longman’s Beaked Whale have been reported from offshore waters.

269. Six species of dolphins are reported from coastal and offshore waters. Large pods of Bottlenose Dolphin and Spinner Dolphin are occasionally found along the coast of Pakistan. One species of porpoise i.e. Finless Porpoise has been reported from the coastal waters of Pakistan. This small species is found close to the coastline and in the mangrove creeks and lagoons along the Pakistan coast. A serious reduction in their population has occurred mainly because of frequent entanglement in fishing gear and increasing pollution. In the coastal areas, including in the creeks and lagoons of the Indus Delta, another species of dolphin i.e. Indian humpback dolphin is found in considerably large numbers. Recent studies have indicated that there are about 70 Indo-Pacific Humpback dolphins found in the Miani Hor lagoon. All species of cetaceans, including whales, dolphins and porpoises, are endangered. The populations of these important marine animals are seriously threatened because of

10 https://www.iucn.org/sites/dev/files/pk_coastal_resources_handbook.pdf


commercial exploitation (whaling), entanglement in fishing gear (by-catch), climate change, ship strikes, toxic contamination, oil and gas developments, and habitat degradation.11

Avian Fauna

270. Shaukat and Raza (2016) conducted long-term observations of avian species at Karachi University and Dow University campuses (1996-2015, K.U. and 2008-2015 D.U.H.S.) Bird species identified over the period are listed in Table 4-6.

Table 4-6: Birds of Karachi and Dow University Campuses (1996—2015)

Scientific Name Common Name

Streptopelia tranquebarica Little Brown Dove Streptopelia senegalensis Laughing Dove Columba livia Blue Rock Pigeon Corvus splendens Sindh House Crow Dendrocitta vagabunda Rufous Treepie Passer domesticus House Sparrow Passer pyrrhonotus Sind Sparrow Alauda arvensis Eurasian Skylark Hirundo rustica Barn Swallow Motacilla alba White Wagtail Motacilla flava Western Yellow Wagtail Lanius vittatus Bay-Backed Shrike Lanius meridionalis Southern Grey Shrike Acridotheres ginginianus Bank Myna Acridotheres tristis Common Myna Sturnus roseus Rosy Starling Pycnonotus cafer Red Vented Bulbul Pycnonotus leucogenys White Cheeked Bulbul Cinnyris asiaticus Purple Sunbird Phylloscopus collybita Chiffchaff Estrilda amandava Red Avadavat Lonchura punctulate Scaly-Breasted Munia Amandava amandava Red Avadavat Dicrurus macrocercus Black Drongo Phoenicurus ochruros Black Redstart Copsychus fulicatus Indian Robin Turdoides striata Jungle Babbler Coturnix coturnix White Wagtail Francolinus pondicerianus Grey Partridge Francolinus francolinus Black Partridge Upupa epops Hoopoe Merops orientotalis Green Bee-Eater Coracias benghalensis Indian Roller Halcyon smyrenensis White-Throated Kingfisher

11 https://www.iucn.org/sites/dev/files/pk_coastal_resources_handbook.pdf


Scientific Name Common Name

Alcedo atthis Common Kingfisher Milvus migrans Black Kite Circaetus gallicus Short-Toed Snake-Eagle Circus aeruginosus Western Marsh-Harrier Accipiter badius Shikra Egretta garzetta Little Egret Bubulcus ibis Cattle Egret Ardeola grayii Indian Pond Heron Vanellus indicus Red-Wattled Lapwing Psittacula krameria Rose-Ringed Parakeet Eudynamys scolopacea Asian Koel Tyto alba Barn Owl Athene brama Spotted Owlet Pterocles exustus Sandgrouse Dipnopium benghalensis Golenbacked Woodpecker

(Shaukat and Raza 2016)

Mammals and Reptiles

271. EMC (2015) listed some 19 mammals, of which six are domesticated bovines, and six species of reptile, known to have been present in Karachi district as shown in Table 4-7 below. Only a few would be found in the typical urban space of the built-up City, and even less along the median where construction takes place. Most information in the literature related to fauna currently inhabiting areas near Karachi in Sindh province focuses on the coastal zone including its mangrove embayment fringe and areas around Buleyji that are rich in marine biodiversity.

Table 4-7: Mammals and Reptiles Historically Present in the Area of Karachi District

Common Scientific Name Status

Mammals Indian Hedgehog Paraechinus micropus Very rare Asiatic Jackal Canis aureus Rare Chinkara Gazalla bennetti Very rare Indian Fox Vulpes bengalensis Rare Small Indian Mongoose Herpes javanicus Common Indian Pangolin Manis crassicaudata Rare Indian Desert Cat Felis silvertris ornate Rare Indian crested porcupine Hystrix indica Rare Ratel or Honey badger Mellivora capensis Vulnerable Hog Deer Axis porcinus Very rare Cairo Spiny Mouse Acomys cahirinus Rare Grey spiny mouse or Rock mouse Mus saxicola Rare Desert cat Felis libyca ornate Rare Hares, rabbits Common Domestic Bovines: Domestic Sheep Ovis aries


Common Scientific Name Status

Domestic Cattle Bos Taurus Domestic Goat Capra hircus Indian Water Buffalo Bubalus arnee Arabian Camel Camelus dromedaries Domestic Horse Equus caballus Reptiles Spiny tailed lizard Uromastyx hardiwickii Common Krait Bangarus caerulus Vulnerable Indian Python Python molurus Very rare/

Endangered Mugger Crocodylus palustri Vulnerable Gharial Gavialis gangeticus Endangered Marsh crocodile Crocodulus palustris Endangered

4.6 Socioeconomic Resources

272. There are many reports and documents available describing the socioeconomic setting of Karachi. The USAID/IMMAP Pakistan Development Perspective report (USAID/IMMAP, undated) provides a comprehensive overview with data and graphics, but without any particular theme. The work by Anwar et.al. (2013) is aimed at characterizing gender themes in the development of the city, and provides much detailed and quantitative data. ADB’s Megacity Final Report (ADB 2005) also contains extensive textual and tabular data related to development themes. Infrastructure conditions along roadways are described in the ITDP final report related to Karachi NMT & Parking Improvement Plan & Design (ITDP 20115a). A number of transport planning documents, such as the KTIP reports and others, also contain excellent through somewhat dated summaries of Karachi’s urban environment. Results obtained from primary socioeconomic survey and the above-mentioned reports have been used to describe the socioeconomic conditions of Karachi in overview, and then, to the extent possible, for the areas nearby the Red Line alignment.

273. The project is located in Karachi the capital of Sindh province and Pakistan’s biggest commercial hub. The city accounts for more than 90 per cent of Pakistan’s foreign trade and contributes to more than 30 percent of Pakistan’s industrial production. The city is made up of 20 contiguous towns. The pattern of incomes shows that 9.5% are extremely poor and another 14 per cent are transitorily poor. It may be said that 50 percent of the population are below the poverty line. There is a continuous growth in the slum areas.

4.6.1 Population

274. Provisional results of the 2017 census show urban Karachi with a population of 14,910,352 capita, an increase of 58% over the 1998 urban population 9,448,808. Karachi’s population increase was outstripped over the same period by Lahore


(116%), Peshawar (100.4%) and Islamabad (91.8%). Karachi grew at an average annual rate of 2.43%.

275. Karachi’s urban population is divided into six districts, two of which also contain rural populations (see

276.

277. Table 4-8). Cantonment areas are not counted and are generally considered not to be part of the city.

Table 4-8: District-wise 2017 Population for Karachi Division POPULATION - 2017

Administrative units Households Male Female Tsxual Total Population

1998

Sex ratio 2017

1998- 2017 average annual

growth rate KARACHI DIVISION 2,770,074 8,439,659 7,610,365 1,497 16,051,521 9,856,318 110.9 2.6

RURAL 193,871 606,588 534,499 82 1,141,169 407,510 113.49 5.56 URBAN 2,576,203 7,833,071 7,075,866 1,415 14,910,352 9,448,808 110.7 2.43 Districts

KARACHI CENTRAL 538,983 1,543,950 1,427,349 327 2,971,626 2,277,931 108.17 1.41 KARACHI EAST 509,239 1,528,019 1,379,225 223 2,907,467 1,472,896 110.79 3.64

KARACHI SOUTH 327,518 943,546 848,010 195 1,791,751 1,478,047 111.27 1.02 KARACHI WEST 634,459 2,065,847 1,848,553 357 3,914,757 2,089,509 111.75 3.35

RURAL 44,051 149,220 134,014 13 283,247 73,568 111.35 7.34 URBAN 590,408 1,916,627 1,714,539 344 3,631,510 2,015,941 111.79 3.14

KORANGI 421,618 1,284,015 1,172,737 267 2,457,019 1,561,742 109.49 2.41 MALIR 338,257 1,074,282 934,491 128 2,008,901 976,193 114.96 3.86 RURAL 149,820 457,368 400,485 69 857,922 333,942 114.2 5.08 URBAN 188,437 616,914 534,006 59 1,150,979 642,251 115.53 3.11

Data from the USAID/IMMAP report shows population density in some areas reaching as high as 60,000 cap/sq km and the largest demographic between 5 – 9 yrs. (Figure 4-25)


Figure 4-24: Administrative map of Karachi

Figure 4-25: Population Distribution by Area, Age and Sex.


From USAID/IMMAP undated.

4.6.2 Land Use City-wide Aspects

278. From a city-wide perspective, two aspects of land use predominate. One is the presence of the katchi abadi, or squatter developments that dominate in some areas of the City. According to ADB (2005), rapid and uncontrolled growth of the city has resulted in unregulated development and inappropriate land-use changes, with an estimated 50% of the population living in unplanned, poorly serviced and heavily polluted informal settlements. Karachi has been noted for an extreme level of violence over the last ten years, with one of the highest murder rates of any city in the world. The general discourse holds that violence originates in these closely packed informal settlements. While the abadis may be centers for crime and violence, they also constitute the living space of poor and vulnerable people. According to UN research, most of the migrants who end up living in such vulnerable circumstances tend to be women (Anwar et.al. 2013). The growth of ‘Abadis' in Karachi has been extensive, increasing from 212 distinct areas in 1958 to more than 500, as identified by Arif and Hamid (2008).

279. As described in Anwar et.al. (2013), a series of decrees have been passed to regularize and formalize the abadis, which have been more or less successful in achieving some permanence for their inhabitants. The Sindh Katchi Abadis Act (1987) set out criteria for formalizing unplanned settlements, as did the Sindh Gothabad Act (1987) and others. These decrees for land regularization also set out exceptions such as the minimum number of households (40) that must be present in order to establish eligibility for regularization. Without regularization, those who reside in an unplanned settlement may not receive financial or livelihood support.

280. Unplanned settlements define the city’s spatial landscape and remain critical in housing over 60% of its population. Unplanned settlements have grown at twice the rate of planned settlements, fuelling Karachi’s urban expansion. (Anwar et.al. 2013)

281. Another aspect of land use is characterized by guarded communities for the wealthy. These developments are situated along new infrastructure corridors such as the Super Highway where the city’s rapidly expanding middle and upper-middle class population resides. (Anwar et.al. 2013) The upper classes tend to reside in securitized and well-served suburban housing estates, some located in close proximity to the city centre, such as the Defense Housing Authority (DHA) area near Clifton Cantonment. High concentrations of wealth can be found in these estates where new areas of commerce and services have emerged.

282. There are of course many other aspects of city-wide land use, such as the old city areas that are mainly built up with five to six storey buildings surrounding MA Jinnah Road. The Central Business District (CBD) is located here and in the direction of the


Port. Buildings are older and support mixed use with commercial, shipping offices, and residential space.

283. The Central Business District (CBD) is formed by Saddar Town and neighboring Keamari and Jamshed Towns, and is an area of concentrated commercial and business activities. The main municipal administration buildings are located in the CBD, Keamari and Saddar Town. The next most important area for upscale commercial development is Clifton Cantonment. Otherwise, commercial land use is primarily observed along the main roads. Industrial land use is primarily in the hinterland of the Port of Karachi and Port of Bin Qasim, SITE Town, Korangi Town and Landhi Town.

4.6.3 Physical Infrastructure

284. Karachi Water & Sewerage Board (KWSB) is the sole public water service provider, supplying water for around 90% of the population through pipelines or by tank truck. The remaining 10% of the population depends on groundwater. KWSB pumps water from the Dumlottee Well Field, located on the banks of Malir River about 30 km to the northeast of the city, which is mostly depleted. The Indus River now serves as the main source of water for Karachi. About 550 MGD is taken at the Kotri Barrage through the Kalri Baghar feeder to temporary storage at Kinjhar Lake. Another major source of water for Karachi is Hub Dam. About 100 MGD of water is supplied to Karachi from the dam. The Hub Dam forms a multi-purpose reservoir along the Hub River approximately 50 km to the north-west of Karachi.

285. Telecommunications are provided by Pakistan Telecommunications Ltd. (PTCL) and other private companies. Pakistan Telecommunication Authority (PTA) regulates the establishment, operation and maintenance of telecommunication systems and the provision of telecommunication services across the Country.

Public Transportation Facilities

286. Railways use more than 100 km of track length for commuter services within the Karachi metropolitan area. Some important stations connecting this system are located near the KBRT project. These stops are on the Karachi Circular Railway (KCR).

287. The KCR began its operation in 1964 using trains pulled by diesel locomotives to make some 12 round trips a day around the City. The system deteriorated and transport volume declined annually, adversely affecting profitability. The system ceased to operate in December 1999. The Karachi Transportation Improvement Project (KTIP) identified the KCR as an important element in Karachi’s future public transport system. KCR operations were resumed on one section of the main line, and a study was done to evaluate repairing the existing 30 km of the circular section and 14 km on the main line, with a provision to extend services to Karachi International Airport. Full-scale restoration has not been implemented due to lack of funds, and rejuvenation of the KCR system is still in proposal stage.


288. Air travel is dominated by Pakistan International Airlines, a state-owned airline headquartered at Jinnah International Airport. PIA operates scheduled services to 23 domestic destinations and 30 international destinations in 27 countries across Asia, Europe and North America. Its main bases are Karachi, Lahore and Islamabad/Rawalpindi, with secondary bases at Peshawar, Faisalabad, Quetta, Sialkot and Multan. The airport location is relatively near the eastern end of the KBRT Red Line corridor.

Employment and Livelihoods

289. Karachi’s burgeoning population is in part attributed to good employment opportunities in trade and industry. Karachi is said to have an “overtly industrial character” in contrast to its “agricultural hinterland”, a development trend likely to further the polarization between urban Karachi and rural areas, and inevitably widen the gap between the city and its hinterland. (ADB 2005) Other sources also point out the extreme difference in income among different social groups and also between provinces.

290. Unemployment remained around 5 % post 1993-1999, but increased sharply to over 8 % in 2002. Following that, the rate fell during 2003-7 and reached a low point of around 5 % in 2008-9. It rose again to 5.6 % in 2009. Overall, there has been a decline in unemployment since 2003-4.

291. Economic growth contributes to real wage increase, employment and poverty alleviation. Forces of supply and demand in the labor market jointly determine wage rates and numbers of people employed. Labor demand is linked to remittances from overseas Pakistanis as well as to the structure of the economy, as represented by land ownership and control over financial assets.

292. Also, there is a demographic transition taking place in Pakistan, and youth employment opportunities take centre stage, since new arrivals to the work force must be absorbed productively. While the labor force is growing every year, opportunities for employment are declining. Even so, youth unemployment in Pakistan is below the global average.

293. Trends in age-specific unemployment rates differ considerably for males and females in the labor force. Male unemployment has increased in the last two decades, whereas female unemployment has decreased. The gap between the projected female working age population and the projected labor force is likely to increase sharply over time. While a reduction in this gap is desirable, and unemployment among females has historically been higher than among males, the gender gap has narrowed considerably over time.

294. Many unemployed males are students enrolled in colleges, universities, and professional and technical education institutes. The rates of employment in electricity, gas and water, construction, manufacturing, trade (including restaurants and hotels) in urban Sindh are much higher than in the nation. Urban Sindh’s participation in finance


is almost double the national rate. According to one estimate, 90 % are migrants from different backgrounds and the population is estimated to be growing at about 5 % per year, mainly as a result of internal rural-urban migration, including an estimated 50,000 migrant workers coming to the city every month from different parts of Pakistan. (USAID/IMMAP undated)

295. Employment is in a variety of sectors. Several industrial zones including Landhi, Korangi, FB Area, North Karachi, Dhabeji and Port Qasim were built during the 1990s. Korangi Creek Industrial Park (KCIP) commenced operations from 2013, contributing around Rs 40 billion annually to the national GDP and providing approximately 30,000 direct and 180,000 indirect jobs.

296. Karachi has a large industrial base located in these industrial zones on the fringes of the main city. Karachi has over 15,000 industries in the organized sector while there are more than 50,000 units in the informal sector that are not under the purview of the Labor Department. About 70 % of total industry of Pakistan is located in Karachi and in the Bin Qasim Industrial Area, mostly in the Sindh Industrial Trading Estate (SITE), Landhi Industrial Trading Estate (LITE), Korangi Industrial Area, and West Wharf Industrial Area. In addition, Karachi has a vibrant cottage industry and there is a rapidly flourishing Free Zone with an annual growth rate of nearly 6.5%. Karachi has an Expo Centre, which hosts many regional and international exhibitions. Karachi is home to major industrial associations.

297. Karachi is a major seaport and contains the country’s two major ports, the Port of Karachi and Port Mohammad Bin Qasim. The city also is an important hub for the fishery industry in Pakistan, and major fishing ports include Karachi and Korangi Fishing Ports. About 300,000 people are connected with the fishing industry; subsidiary industries provide employment for another 400,000 people. (USAID/IMMAP undated)

Public Health

298. Public Health System facilities in Karachi include:

Outreach and community-based activities that focus on immunization, malaria control, maternal and child health, family planning and the Lady Health Workers program;

Primary care facilities that focus on outpatient care;

Taluka and district headquarters hospitals for basic inpatient and outpatient care;

Tertiary care hospitals; and

Teaching hospitals and centres of excellence


Table 4-9: Medical Facilities in Karachi

Sr. No Karachi Division Total number of Hospital, dispensaries & Laboratories

1 Karachi Central 88

2 Karachi East 88

3 Karachi Korangi 90

4 Karachi Malir 111

5 Karachi South 111

6 Karachi West 150

7 Along the alignment 04

299. Vaccination rates are good indicator of attention to public health. Rates given for Karachi (2011) for children 12-23 months that have been immunized (by type of antigen (%)) are as follows:

BCG (TB) DPT1 DPT2 DPT3 POLIO1 POLIO2 POLIO3 MEASLES

97 97 96 94 92 91 88 92 300. According to IMMAP, 74.5 % of children under 12 are fully Immunized (2011-2012),

and 91 % of pregnant women have received tetanus toxoid Injection. Mortality statistics are given in Table 4-10.

Table 4-10: Mortality Statistics of Karachi and Nationwide

Sr. Type of Mortality Number of Lives National Average*

1 Infant Mortality 81/1000 64/1000 2 Maternal Mortality 314/100,000 178/100,000 3 Under 5 Mortality 101/1000 79/1000

* The World Bank data at https://data.worldbank.org/indicator/SH.STA.MMRT.

301. Karachi mortality rates are higher than the national average on all three indicators.

HIV/AIDs

302. HIV has shown to be a serious and tenacious problem for Pakistan. However, as reporting in NACP/UNAIDs 2015, conservative religious values and cultural normative systems have contributed to keeping the epidemic from becoming generalized, remaining concentrated in key populations, persons who inject drugs (PWID), men who have sex with men (MSM), transgender persons (TG), and female sex workers (FSW). In general, Pakistan has done poorly in controlling HIV and AIDs, and


following a 2013 mid-term review of its program in meeting UN general assembly goals, Pakistan was found not to be on target for over 50 per cent of their targets. A report in the national news gives a gloomy performance of the Sindh Aids Control Programme, wherein “only five treatment centres are working in the entire Sindh province, with Karachi leading the patient burden. Non-availability of medicines is another crucial hindrance in tackling the disease.”(Geo TV 2016) According to one report (Memon 2012), Karachi’s HIV prevalence in risk groups in 2011 was 5.9% among MSW (male sex workers), 12.3% for HSW (Hijra sex workers), 1.9% for FSW (female sex workers) and 42.2% among IDUs (intravenous drug users). From 2003 to 2007, HIV prevalence among IDUs in Karachi rose from 0.3% to 23% in 2004 and has reached 42% in 2011. (Samo et.al. 2013).

4.7 Physical Cultural Resources

4.7.1 Religious, Historical, Cultural and Archaeological Sites

303. A number of mosques can be found along University Avenue, and the Mausoleum for M.A. Jinnah. Mazar-e-Quaid (Urdu: مزار قائد ), also known as the Jinnah Mausoleum or the National Mausoleum, is the final resting place of Quaid-e-Azam ("Great Leader") Muhammad Ali Jinnah, the founder of Pakistan. Designed in a 1960s modernist style, the mausoleum also contains the tomb of his sister, Māder-e Millat. The mausoleum is set back some 130 m from the edge of the right-of-way. Mosques within the area of the alignment include the Al-Raheem Mosque, Jama-Masjid-Taqvee, M-Ibn-Tamiayah Mosque, Masjid Bait-ul-Mukaram, and other lesser known mosques.

304. As per antiquities act 1975 and amended 1992 ‘notwithstanding anything contained in any other law for the time being in force, no development plan or scheme or new construction on, or within a distance of two hundred feet of a protected immovable antiquity shall be undertaken or executed accept with the approval of the Director General.

Analysis of Alternatives 126 | P a g e

5 Analysis of Alternatives

5.1 Overview

305. The main purpose of this section is to compare feasible alternatives to the proposed biogas plant development, including the ‘without-project’ situation. The potential environmental impacts of each alternative and feasibility of mitigation of these impacts along with their suitability under local conditions are also compared.

5.2 ‘No Project’ Option

306. The proposed biogas plant is to be developed as part of the overall Karachi BRT system being developed and will prove critical in ensuring a sustainable, uninterrupted and reliable supply of biomethane to be used as fuel for the BRT Red Line buses since without this fuel source, keeping in view the existing shortages of CNG in the country, an uninterrupted supply of biomethane and thus regular bus operation cannot be guaranteed.

307. In addition, the proposed Biogas plant will also aim to generate sufficient power for its own captive uses and to even sell any surplus electricity to the grid while also selling the digestate to fertilizer companies.

308. Considering all these aspects, the ‘No project’ scenario is not a viable option since the BRT system will not be able to operate efficiently and economically without a biogas plant, while the commuters will also face great hardship and inconvenience in their daily commute if this facility is not developed and as a result the BRT system does not materialize.

5.3 Rationale for selected Biogas Plant Location

Alternative Location Options

309. As per the initial assessment made by the project technical team, the proposed biogas plant will require around 15 acres of land, containing two to three days storage capacity. In addition to this, following considerations were made for the identification of land options for biogas plant:

Availability of gas network,

Regular and plain piece of land,

Not prone to flooding and located above the sea level,

Availability of road network and power supply lines,

Near to cattle farms,

Land should be free from all encumbrances and ease of acquisition.

Preferably it should be state land.

Environmentally safe.


Possibility of future extension.

310. In the light of above-mentioned considerations, eight options are marked on the map for the purpose of land acquisition for the biogas plant. These options are shown in Figure 5.2 below and each of these options are discussed below.

Option 1

311. Approximately 40-acre vacant land is available along the eastern boundary of the Cattle colony. Shape of the site is longitudinal and can be approached from 100 feet wide Port Bin Qasim Road. The area is relatively below the ground level and there are some patterns of water flow, which suggests that the area exists within the passage of storm water channel. As per data received from Mukhtarekar (revenue officer who is the custodian of ownership record), the area is within the water channel and can therefore not be considered for the project.

Option 2

312. Approximately 42 acre vacant land is available in the east-west corner of the Cattle colony and can be accessed through 100 feet wide Port Bin Qasim Road. There is an under construction “Lucky Coal Power Plant” on the south of this site. The area is squared-shaped and suitable for the construction of the biogas plant. However, no gas pipe line is passing along the road. As per the available ownership record, this site is located within survey No. 46, Deh (village) Ghangiaro, Taluka Ibrahim Haidri, District Malir, Karachi. The land is owned by the Land Utilization Department, Government of Sind, who had allotted the land to Karachi Municipal Corporation (KMC) in 2015 for the purpose of wool washing. As per information obtained from Director Land of KMC, the said site is under litigation in NAB court due to illegal allotment by the KMC.

Option 3 & 5

313. Two pieces of land are available within the boundary of Port Qasim’s Export Processing Zone having an area of 42 and 31 acre respectively. These parcels are ideal for construction of biogas plant because of the availability of all required infrastructure. However, since the Export Processing Zone is a specialized zone where final products cannot be taken out and have to be exported, it cannot be used for the construction of the bio gas plant.

Option 4

314. 20 acres of land is lying vacant in the south of Cattle colony, near costal highway. The land belongs to two private individuals, who presently use the land for agriculture purpose. According to initial rough estimates, the present market value of this land is Rs. 15 Million/Acre. Nearest gas pipe line is approximately 750 meters away from the main Cattle colony.

Option 6 & 7


315. Two pieces of land are available along railway line having an area of 140 and 132 acre respectively. Option 6 is located on the north of railway line, whereas option 7 is located in the eastern side. It was identified during the site visit that these parcels belongs to Pakistan Railways, who has allocated them for rehabilitation of displaced persons during the construction of the Karachi Circular Railway project.

Option 8

316. Approximately 25 acres of land is lying vacant inside the abattoir boundary wall and belongs to the Abattoir Department of Karachi Metropolitan Corporation. Land is available in three parcels and is ideal for construction of biogas plant due to the presence of all allied infrastructure facilities and gas network. Furthermore, the blood from cattle slaughter house can also be used as raw material for the biogas plant. According to the Environmental and Social safeguard Specialist’s initial observations, the site is also suitable from an environmental perspective. In addition to that, the site also has the capacity of future extension in two locations, one to the north east and the other to the south. Being state land and without any encumbrances, this is the best available option for the purpose of biogas plant.

317. On the basis of an analysis of above mentioned options, it is recommended that Option No. 8 may be considered as priority No. 1 by the project technical team and the Project Implementation Unit for the purpose of biogas plant. Once this is agreed and finalized by all, the process to acquire the land may be initiated with the government. This proposed layout over the satellite image is shown as Figure 5.1.

Figure 5-1: Proposed location 8 and plant layout lay over satellite image.


Table 5-1: Comparison of available land options for biogas plant

Option No.

Area Prone to Flooding

Ownership Presence of Infrastructure

Presence of Gas Pipe Line

Litigation if any

Priority

1 40 Acres

Yes Provincial Govt.

Yes Yes Yes 7

2 42 Acres

No KMC Yes No Yes 2

3 42 Acres

No Port Qasim EPZ

Yes Yes No 5

4 20 Acres

No Private individuals

Yes No No 3

5 31 Acres

No Port Qasim EPZ

Yes Yes No 6

6 140 Acres

No Karachi Circular Railway

Yes Yes No 8

7 132 Acres

No Karachi Circular Railway

Yes Yes No 4

8 25 Acres

No KMC Yes Yes No 1

5.4 Effluent Treatment Options

318. A number of different options, presented below, were considered as a final effluent treatment step in order to ensure the effluent produced from the biogas plant will comply with applicable national discharge standards as per SEQS guidelines.

319. Option 1: Membrane Bio Reactor (MBR) plant: This option combines a membrane filter for removal of solids and an anoxic zone for breakdown of solids through an aerobic process. While such systems are popular for use in industrial wastewater treatment plants, successful application of the technology on digestate was more difficult to identify. Many experts consulted by the project team recommended strongly to avoid MBR solutions due to the very high likelihood of repeat membrane fouling caused by the nature of digestate. Such fouling can cause significant additional operational costs, including potentially replacement of expensive membrane cartridges and pose a risk to the project’s ability to operate.


Thus, it was NOT considered further as a viable option for treatment of the effluent being produced from the biogas plant.

320. Option 2: Fixed Bed Bioreactor: These are advanced wastewater treatment systems which are designed for treating medium to high BOD wastewaters in small footprint applications and maximise the surface area on which aerobic bacteria breakdown remaining organics in the system. Such a system requires a nitrogen removal step in advance, followed by the FBBR tank and then clarification and filtration steps. This system is large, requiring significant footprint which is difficult to provide at the site. Furthermore, it has relatively high-power demand.


321. Option 3: Transport of effluent from Site & Sale: On a daily basis, the effluent having both liquid fertilizer and industrial water potential use was considered to be collected by trucks which would be filled up with a pump capacity between 150 – 200 m3/h to the final user such as farms or industries. These trucks would take around 20 minutes to fill with approximately 30 trucks per day being used to collect the water for its end use. This option was assessed to be quite costly along with posing considerable operational challenges such as maintaining of truck fleet, developing and maintaining final user/purchaser client base etc.


322. Option 4: Vibratory Shear Enhanced Processing (VSEP) technology with RO Plant for Effluent Treatment: VSEP uses polymeric permeable membranes that employ a wide feed channel between membranes to allow passage of suspended solids. It also uses a resonant frequency to vibrate the membrane surface 50 times per second. The shear waves created from this vibration resists fouling and scaling of the membrane surface and allows for efficient filtration rates and minimized cleaning frequencies compare to other membranes. VSEP stands out with its simplicity, reliability, and economical benefits.

323. The VSEP is a cross flow membrane that is able to produce economical flow rates and reliability with fouling resistance due to the vibrations. The membrane vibrates at a 3/4” displacement at 50Hz. The vibration keeps the turbulent flow at the surface of the membrane allowing large molecules to continue movement away from the surface, avoiding fouling and allowing the water to pass through the membrane. VSEP comes in a variety of sizes to accommodate different process sizes and the number of units required is calculated based on total process flow. Being modular, the ability to add additional machines is simple. Filter packs can be changed and different membranes can be used on the same machine for a variety of applications. This unique system has many advantages over conventional membranes and also other technologies for the same application. VSEP can process much higher concentrations of feed. The


feed can come from a variety of sources and can vary in composition. The VSEP is designed to handle this variation in feed quality without sacrificing product quality.

Although an expected capital cost of 6 million USD will need to be incurred in order to implement this technology at the proposed biogas plant, however, this is the MOST technologically VIABLE OPTION and thus it has been selected for treatment of effluent in order to meet the SEQS discharge standards.

5.5 Alternative Technology Options for other Process Operations

324. The technology to be used for the proposed biogas project is the latest and most effective technology in terms of design of biodigesters, generators, pumps etc. and thus it is the most suitable option and it was directly selected since any other technological options were not as technically effective and reliable.


Figure 5-2: Available Land Options for biogas plant in Landhi Cattle Colony, Karachi

Potential Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures 133 | P a g e

6 Potential Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures

325. This chapter presents the potential environmental impacts related to design, construction and operation phases of the proposed biogas plant. Following is a description of the environmental impacts and the proposed mitigation measures to minimize the negative impacts, if any.

326. Impact-screening matrices during each of the project phases i.e. project design, construction and operation are presented below.

6.1 Methodology for impact screening

327. The methodology for assessing the risk level associated with each potential impact is presented below.

328. Risk is assessed as the likelihood that the activity will have an effect on the environment as well as the consequence of the effect occurring. It is often described like this:

Risk = Likelihood × Consequence

Likelihood Scale

Likelihood Definition Scale

Certain Will certainly occur during the activity at a frequency greater than every week if preventative measures are not applied 5

Likely Will occur more than once or twice during the activity but less than weekly if preventative measures are not applied 3

Unlikely May occur once or twice during the activity if preventative measures are not applied 2

Rare Unlikely to occur during the project 1

Consequence Scale

Consequence Definition Score

Catastrophic The action will cause unprecedented damage or impacts on the environment or surrounding communities

5

Major The action will cause major adverse damage on the environment or surrounding communities

3

Moderate No or minimal adverse environmental or social impacts 2


Minor No or minimal adverse environmental or social impacts 1

Risk Score Table

Likelihood

Consequence

Catastrophic Major Moderate Minor

Certain 25 15 10 5

Likely 15 9 6 3

Unlikely 10 6 4 2

Rare 5 3 2 1

Risk: Significant: 15-25

Medium: 6-10 Low 1-5

329. Any ‘Medium’ to ‘Significant’ risk requires an environmental management measure to manage the potential environmental risk. Judgement will be required concerning the application of an environmental management measure to mitigate low risk situations.

6.2 Design/Pre-Construction Phase

Impact Screening Matrix

330. The screening of potential impacts during the design/pre-construction phase is provided in Table 6.1 below.

Table 6.1: Screening of possible Impacts during Design/Pre-construction phase

S/No. Potential Impact

Likelihood

(Certain, Likely,

Unlikely, Rare)

Consequence

(Catastrophic, Major,

Moderate, Minor)

Risk Level

(Significant, Medium,

Low)

Residual Impact

(Short term, Long term)

1 Traffic congestion due to construction works in project area with

Certain Major Significant

Short term


existing roads and commercial activity.

2 Disruption of utilities (water supply pipes, drainage structures, power and communication cables) leading to outages and nuisance.

Likely Moderate Medium

Short term

3 Improper location of worker camps leading to improper disposal of solid waste and sewage and privacy issues for residents in project area.


Short term

4 Contractor’s Environmental Safeguards Capacity


Short term

5 Lack of integration of IEE/EMP requirements into Construction bid documents


Short term

Critical Risk Level

Significant Risk Level

Medium Risk Level

Low Risk Level


6.2.1 Development of Traffic Management Plan

Impacts

331. The proposed works in the project area for development of the biogas plant will be conducted in an area with existing commercial activities as well as communities residing directly opposite the site across from the Mehran highway. The construction activities in the project area are likely to cause considerable hindrance in traffic flow if not mitigated properly.

Mitigation measures

332. The traffic management plan shall be prepared by the Contractor for implementation prior to commencement of the project construction activity. The main objectives of the plan shall be to maximize the safety of the workforce and the travelling public, while keeping the traffic flowing as freely as possible.

333. The detailed traffic plan shall ensure that traffic is diverted to alternate routes, wherever possible, and will minimize traffic jams and bottlenecks in the project area and also minimize the chances of traffic related accidents.

334. The plan will include consideration of the following:

Lane availability and minimization of traffic flows past the works site

Establishment of acceptable working hours and constraints

Agreement on time scale for works and establishment of traffic flow/delay requirements

Acceptability of diversion routes, where necessary

Need for road closures and necessary orders

Co-ordination with other planned road and street works

Establishment of incident management system for duration of the works

335. The plan shall be approved by Trans Karachi and necessary resources will be provided to implement the plan with the involvement of the traffic police. An indicative traffic management plan is provided as Annexure H.

6.2.2 Relocation of Utilities

Impacts

336. The biogas plant development will require demolishing and relocating some of the structures in the project area and project site such as water supply pipes, drainage structures, power and communication cables. Temporary suspension of services


(planned or accidental) could affect the economy, industries, businesses and residents’ daily lives.

Mitigation measures

337. Trans Karachi, as the implementing agency, will be responsible for ensuring all permits and clearances are obtained prior to commencement of works in the project area. In addition, Trans Karachi will ensure that detailed contingency plans are prepared prior to commencement of construction activities at specific areas of the project area and project site to mitigate any potential impacts resulting from outage of utilities.

338. Contractors will assess construction locations in advance for potential disruption to services and identify risks prior to starting construction. Any damage or hindrance/disadvantage to local businesses caused by the premature removal or insufficient replacement of public utilities is subject to full compensation, at the full liability of the contractor who caused the problem.

339. If temporary disruption is unavoidable, the contractor will, in collaboration with relevant local authorities such as the power company, water supply company and communication company, develop a plan to minimize the disruption and communicate the dates and duration in advance to the affected persons.

340. Communities shall be informed in advance regarding storage of water when their utilities are about to be relocated. Also, water pipes located/crossing the project site or in close proximity to the project site may be moved slightly away from their existing locations or provision of service duct may be considered.

341. Construction billboards, which include construction contents, schedule, responsible person and complaint phone number, will be erected at each construction site.

342. In case any material(s) is encountered that contains asbestos, it must be ensured that international best practices/established protocols related to handling of asbestos based materials are followed since no national regulations on handling asbestos materials exist.

6.2.3 Identification of Locations for Labor Camps and ancillary facilities

Impacts

343. The duration of the construction activity for the proposed project is expected to be 24 months and a considerable amount of work force will be engaged. As a result, worker camps will need to be developed and ancillary facilities will need to be provided such as electricity, washrooms for labor with suitable effluent and sewage disposal facilities as well as water for their everyday use for drinking and bathing etc.


Mitigation measures

344. All project facilities or camp sites, before being set up, will require prior approval from the Environment Specialist of the Supervision Consultant.

345. In order to prevent a nuisance, specific locations shall be designated in the project area for development of the labor camps. All necessary facilities and amenities shall be provided in these camps such as electricity, sufficient supply of water, solid and liquid effluent waste disposal facilities etc.

346. The use of proper planning while identifying locations for the labor camps will ensure there is minimal disturbance to all key receptors in the project area and the traffic is not disrupted by labor camps being set up next to the biogas site.

6.2.4 Contractor’s Environmental Safeguard Capacity

Impacts

347. Lack of contractor’s environmental safeguard capacity or selection of environment non-responsive contractors may result in failure of EMP implementation and may be a source of number of non-compliances.

348. The responsibility of the PMU in collaboration with the focal agencies is to review and finalize the bidding documents relating to environmental issues.

349. Contractors that do not possess the required capacity for safeguards management must not be pre-qualified and selected.

Mitigation Measures

350. PMU shall review the contractor capacity with respect to safeguard management and contracts shall be awarded accordingly.

351. The Contractor will be required to define an Occupational and Environmental Health and Safety procedure for all work, including work camp operation, management of cement dust, and use of Personal Safety Equipment. These procedures shall be developed and approved by the PMU in collaboration with the focal agencies before the Contractor commences any physical works on ground.

352. PMU shall ensure the project contractors are selected on merit and necessary funds has been allocated in the contract documents for EMP implementation and monitoring.


6.2.5 Lack of integration of EMP into BOQs

Impacts

353. The bidding documents must reflect the requirement to select a qualified and experienced Contractor from the perspective of ensuring implementation of required safeguards during project development.

Mitigation measures

354. The proposed ‘Safeguards unit’ that will be developed at the PMU will be assigned the task to check that design and bid documents are responsive to key environmental, social and safety considerations, and that the proposed method of work reflects the boundaries defined in the EMP. The bid documents must include the EMP and its implementation cost must be reflected in the BoQ.

355. IEE/EMP implementation and monitoring requirements must be part of bidding documents and necessary contractual binding must be agreed by project contractors before award of contract.

356. Project contractors shall have qualified and experienced environmental staff to plan, arrange, implement, monitor and report IEE/EMP requirements.

6.3 Construction Phase

Impact Screening Matrix

357. The screening of potential impacts during the construction phase is provided in Table 6.2 below.

Table 6.2: Screening of Possible Impacts during Construction Phase


Likelihood

(Certain, Likely,

Unlikely, Rare)

Consequence

(Catastrophic, Major,

Moderate, Minor)

Risk Level

(Significant, Medium, Low)

Residual Impact


1 High noise levels from construction activities

Certain Major Significant Short term

2 Degradation of air quality due to construction works


3 High risk of accidents and traffic congestion



issues

4 Potential accidents and injuries to communities in project area during construction works

Likely Major Medium

Short term

5 Injuries to workers from lack of necessary training and/or not using PPEs etc.

Likely Major Medium

Short term

6 Loss of access in project area

Likely Major Medium Short term

7 Excavated Material (Earthworks) Disposal

Likely Major Medium Short term

8 Improper handling and/or disposal of hazardous and non-hazardous waste


Short term

9 Untreated disposal of effluent from worker camps and batching plant(s)


Short term

10 Soil Erosion and Sedimentation Likely Moderate Medium

Short term

11 Soil Contamination Likely Moderate Medium Short term

12 Employment Conflicts Likely Moderate Medium Short term

13 Communicable diseases incl. COVID-19

Likely Moderate Medium Short term

14 Vegetation and Wildlife Loss Unlikely Moderate Low

Short term

15 Historical/Archaeological Sites Unlikely Moderate Low

Short term

16 Improper use and depletion of Water Resources

Unlikely Moderate Low Short term


17 Natural & Man-Made hazards

Unlikely Moderate Low Short term

Critical Risk Level


Medium Risk Level

Low Risk Level

6.3.1 Noise Levels

Impacts

358. The assessment of the noise impacts on the sensitive receptors at various locations in the project area depend upon:

Characteristics of noise source (instantaneous, intermittent or continuous in nature)

Time of day at which noise occurs, and

Location of noise source

359. Each construction phase has its unique noise characteristics due to use of different equipment items. The potential sources of noise during the preparation, construction, and worksite closure phases for the biogas plant development include equipment, machinery, and transportation used for the construction activities. The heavy equipment used for construction will be the major source of noise. Due to the residential settlements in the areas opposite the project site i.e. across the road (Mehran highway), noise-related disturbance to humans is possible during the various construction activities. There will be temporary noise impacts in the immediate vicinity of the project site.

360. The construction activities will include excavation for foundations and installation of the biodigesters and construction of structures and facilities. Powered mechanical equipment such as generators, excavators, concrete mixing trucks and back up alarms can generate significant noise.

361. Since various modern machines are acoustically designed to generate low noise levels, any high noise levels that might be generated will only be for a short duration during the construction phase.

362. Depending on the construction equipment used and its distance from the receptors, the community and the workers may typically be exposed to intermittent and variable noise levels. During the day, such noise results in general annoyance and can interfere with sleep during the night. In general, human sound perception is such that a change in sound level of 3 dB is just noticeable, a change of 5 dB is clearly


noticeable, and a change of 10 dB is perceived as a doubling or halving of sound level.

363. Due to the various construction activities, there will be temporary noise impacts in the immediate vicinity of the project site. The movement of heavy vehicles, loading, transportation and unloading of construction materials produces significant noise during the construction stage. However, these increased noise levels will prevail only for a short duration during the construction phase.

364. The Table 6.3 below represents typical noise levels from various construction equipment items. It should be noted that the values indicated in the table may differ depending on the brand and age of machinery provided/used by construction company.

Table 6.3: Construction Equipment Noise Ranges, dB(A)

Equipment Peak Noise

Range at 15 m

Typical Peak Sound

Level in a Work

Cyclea at 15 m

Typical ‘Quieted

Equipment’ Sound

Levelb at 15 m

Construction Phase Earthworks Structures Installation

Batching plant 82-86 84 81 Y

Concrete mixers 76-92 85 82 Y

Cranes 70-94 83 80 Y Y

Excavators 74-92 85 82 Y

Front loader 77-94 85 82 Y Y Y

Water bowsers 85-93 88 85 Y Y Y Graders 72-92 85 82 Y

Bulldozers 65-95 85 80 Y

Pavers 87-89 88 80 Y

Pumps 68-72 76 75 Y Y Y

Diesel generators 72-82 81 77 Y Y

Drilling machines 82-98 90 87 Y Y

Compressors 74-88 81 71 Y

Dumpers 77-96 88 83 Y Y

Dump/flatbed Truck 75-85 80 77 Y Y Y Sources: USEPA, 1971; http://www.waterrights.ca.gov/EIRD/text/Ch11-Noise.pdf;

http://www.lacsd.org/LWRP%202020%20Facilities%20Plan%20DEIR/4_6_Noise.pdf; http://newyorkbiz.com/DSEIS/CH18Construction.pdf

Notes: a. Where typical value is not cited in literature, mean of the peak noise range is assumed b. Quieted equipment can be designed with enclosures, mufflers, or other noise-reducing features. Where data is

not available, a 3 dB reduction is assumed


365. Precise information on the type, quantity and location of plant and equipment to be used during the construction phase is not available at this stage and will be dependent on the working methods of the selected contractors. However, preliminary calculations have been conducted to provide a general magnitude of the noise levels during various construction phases.

Mitigation measures

366. The following are examples of typical noise mitigation measures that can be utilized:

Unnecessary revving of engines will be avoided and equipment will be switched off when not in use;

Install temporary noise barriers made of plywood or acoustical blankets around noisy operation where necessary to comply with project noise limits;

Internal haul routes will be kept well maintained; Drop heights of materials will be minimized; Plant and vehicles will be sequentially started up rather than all together; Use of effective exhaust silence systems or acoustic engine covers, as

appropriate; As far as reasonably practicable, sources of significant noise will be enclosed; Plant will always be used in accordance with manufacturers’ instructions. Care will

be taken to site equipment away from noise-sensitive areas. Where possible, loading and unloading will also be carried out away from such areas;

Regular and effective maintenance by trained personnel will be undertaken to keep plant and equipment working to manufacturers specifications; and

Screening e.g. noise barriers and blinds will be used as appropriate. Record and respond to complaints according to the established grievance redress

mechanism. Keep nearby residences informed in advance about noisy activities during various

construction phases.

367. In addition to the mitigation measures listed above, the following mitigation measures control noise:

Vehicles and mechanical plants used for the purpose of the works shall be fitted with effective exhaust silencers, maintained in good and efficient working order and operated in such a manner in order to minimize noise emissions. The construction contractor shall ensure that all plant complies with the relevant statutory requirements;

Machines in intermittent use should be shut down or throttled down to a minimum when not in use;

Compressors should be fitted with properly lined and sealed acoustic covers, which should be kept closed whenever in use. Pneumatic percussive tools should be fitted with mufflers or silencers of the type recommended by the manufacturers;

Equipment which breaks concrete, brickwork or masonry by bending or bursting shall be used in preference to percussive tools. Where possible, avoid the use of impact tools where the construction works is close to occupied premises;


Rotary drills and busters activated by hydraulic, chemical or electrical power shall be used for excavating hard or extrusive material;

Equipment powered by mains electricity shall be used in preference to equipment powered by internal combustion engine or locally generated electricity;

Neither any part of the works nor any maintenance of plant shall be carried out in such a manner as to cause unnecessary noise except in the case of an emergency when the work is absolutely necessary for the saving of life or property or the safety of the works;

Plant shall be maintained in good working order so that extraneous noise from mechanical vibration, creaking and squeaking is kept to a minimum; and

Noise emitting machinery which is required to run continuously shall be housed in a suitable acoustically lined enclosure.

Train staff in construction best practice. Construction operation times shall be limited to 07:00 to 22:00 daily Perform independent periodic noise and vibration monitoring to demonstrate

compliance with project noise and vibration limits. 368. Acoustic screening can be used to mitigate noise levels. BS5228-1 states: “In the

absence of spectral data, as a working approximation, if there is a barrier or other topographic feature between the source and receiving position, assume an approximate attenuation of 5 dB when the top of the plant is just visible to the receiver over the noise barrier, and of 10 dB when the noise screen completely hides the sources from the receiver. High topographical features and specifically designed and positioned noise barriers could provide greater attenuation. Subtract the attenuation from the value Leq,T calculated at the point of interest. Where the point of interest is 1m from the façade of the building, make an allowance for reflection by adding 3 dB to the calculated (free-field) levels.”

369. A 10 dB reduction can be achieved if the noise source completely hides the source from receiver. Therefore, where necessary, noise barriers/acoustic screening that will completely hide the source from the receiver will be implemented, providing 10 dB reduction in noise levels generated by the construction task. This will help to reduce the impact experienced at the nearby receptor.

6.3.2 Air Quality

Impacts

370. Additional sources of dust from construction of the proposed biogas plant and from general handling of materials are likely to create significant additional impacts, particularly where the works are close to the residential settlements, located across the road from Mehran highway.

371. Potential sources of particulate matter emission during construction activities include earthworks (dirt or debris pushing and grading), exposed surfaces, exposed storage piles, truck dumping, hauling, vehicle movement on unpaved roads, combustion of liquid fuel in equipment and vehicles, land excavation, and concrete mixing and batching.


372. Vehicles carrying construction material are expected to result in increased SPM levels near the haul roads. This can be of potential importance if the vehicles pass through the areas with a high concentration of sensitive receptors such as the residential settlements located in the project area.

373. At the construction yard, the dust levels are also expected to increase due to unloading of construction materials. It shall be ensured that most of the excavated material will be used within the project, with minimal cut and fill material to come from outside the site.

374. The quantity of dust that will be generated on a particular day will depend on the magnitude and nature of activity and the atmospheric conditions prevailing on the day. Due to the uncertainty in values of these parameters, it is not possible to calculate the quantity from a ‘bottom-up’ approach, that is, from adding PM10 emissions from every activity on the construction site separately. Typical and worst-case PM10 emissions from construction sites have been estimated12 as 0.27 megagram per hectare per month of activity (Mg/ha-month) and 1.04 Mg/ha-month, respectively.

375. As can be seen in Figure 6.1 below, based on the predominant wind direction in Karachi city, only a part of the residential areas will be affected by any dust emissions while the remaining emissions will blow away from the residential settlements located across the road from Mehran highway.

Fugitive Dust Control 376. The source wise fugitive control measures are provided in Table 6.4 below.

12 Gaffney, G. and Shimp, D. 1997. Improving PM10 Fugitive Dust Emission Inventories. Sacramento, CA.

California Air Resource Board. <www.arb.ca.gov/emisinv/pubs/pm10tmp.pdf>


Figure 6-1: Predominant Wind Direction & Expected Impact from Dust Emissions from Construction Site


Table 6.4: Control measures for Fugitive Dust emissions Source Control Measures

Earth Moving For any earth moving that is to take place in the immediate vicinity from the site boundary, watering must be conducted as required to prevent visible dust emissions

Disturbed Surface Areas

Apply dust suppression measures (clear vegetation only from areas where work is to commence, plant or mulch areas that will not receive traffic, construct artificial wind breaks or wind screens) frequently to maintain a stabilized surface.

Areas that cannot be stabilized, such as wind driven dust, must have an application of water at least twice a day.

Inactive Disturbed Surface Areas

Apply dust suppressants (clear vegetation only from areas where work is to commence, plant or mulch areas that will not receive traffic, construct artificial wind breaks or wind screens) in sufficient quantity and frequency to maintain a stabilized surface

Unpaved Roads Water all roads used for any vehicular traffic at least twice per day during active operations and restrict vehicle speed to 20 kmph.

Open Storage Piles

Apply water to at least 80 percent of the surface areas of all open storage piles on a daily basis when there is evidence of wind driven fugitive dust or install an enclosure all along the storage piles

Track-out Control

Wash down of construction vehicles (particularly tires) prior to departure from site.

Mitigation measures

377. Water will be sprinkled every three hours and at a higher frequency if felt necessary, at all construction sites to suppress dust emissions.

378. All heavy equipment and machinery shall be fitted in full compliance with the national and local regulations.

379. Stockpiled soil and sand shall be slightly wetted before loading, particularly in windy conditions.

380. Fuel-efficient and well-maintained haulage trucks shall be employed to minimize exhaust emissions.

381. Vehicles transporting soil, sand and other construction materials shall be covered with tarpaulin.


382. Limitations to speeds of such vehicles as felt necessary. Transport through densely populated area should be avoided.

383. Concrete plants to be controlled in line with statutory requirements and shall not be located close to sensitive receptors.

384. Stack height of generators will be at least 3 meters above the ground.

385. Project traffic will maintain maximum speed limit of 20 km/hr on all unsealed roads within project area.

386. A minimum recommended distance of 300 meters will be ensured between batching plant(s) and the nearest community.

387. The need for large stockpiles shall be minimized by careful planning of the supply of materials from controlled sources. Stockpiles should not be located within 50 m of schools, hospitals or other public amenities and shall be covered with tarpaulin when not in use and at the end of the working day to enclose dust. If large stockpiles (>25m3) of crushed materials are necessary, they should be enclosed with side barriers and also covered when not in use.

Vehicular & Equipment Emissions 388. It shall be ensured that the following measures are taken to control emissions from

vehicles being used in the construction activity:

Periodically check and conduct maintenance of the construction machinery and haul vehicles.

Regularly change the engine oil and use new engines/machinery/equipment having good efficiency and fuel burning characteristics.

Use of catalytic converters and low Sulphur fuels. The stack height of generators will be at least 3 meters above the ground. Training of the technicians and operators of the construction machinery and

drivers of the vehicles. Air quality monitoring at the project site during the construction phase.

Fugitive Dust Control

389. The source wise fugitive control measures are provided in Table 6.4 above.

6.3.3 Traffic Management

Impacts

390. The efficient management of traffic once the construction activity commences will be critical in order to minimize the risk of possible road accidents and construction related hazards.

Mitigation measures


391. Traffic signs and warning instructions shall be displayed at the sites and along the proposed routes being used by the construction vehicles for the information of other road traffic as well.

392. Public awareness campaigns through radio and newspaper advertisements shall be conducted to educate the public and sensitize them to cooperate with the construction staff and project focal staff in order to try and avoid the areas under construction as far as possible, particularly during the peak times when traffic volumes and pedestrian movement is the highest.

393. The potential risks of accidents to pedestrians and commuters while in the immediate vicinity of construction sites shall be conveyed to them in order to educate them and gain their cooperation and minimize the risk of accidents.

394. Employ flag persons to control traffic at the work sites for safety reasons when construction equipment is entering or leaving the work area.

395. Lanes shall be created through the work site using rope or flagging to minimize risks and injuries from falling objects.

396. As much as possible, lifting and placing of the pre-cast sections will be done at night to minimize traffic congestion.

397. Post traffic advisory signs (to minimize traffic build-up) in coordination with local authorities.

398. Provide road signs indicating the lane(s) are closed 500 m before the worksite.

399. Use traffic cones to direct traffic to move to the open lane.

400. Provide sufficient lighting at night within and in the vicinity of construction sites.

401. Regularly monitor traffic conditions along access roads to ensure that project vehicles are not causing congestion.

402. Define and observe schedules for different types of construction traffic trips (e.g., transport of pre-cast sections, haulage of spoils, delivery of construction materials, etc.).

403. As much as possible, schedule delivery of construction materials and equipment as well as transport of spoils during non-peak hours.

404. Avoid movements of noisy vehicles during nighttime in vicinity of sensitive receivers.

405. Implement suitable safety measures to minimize risk of adverse interactions between construction works and traffic flows through provision of temporary signals or flag controls, adequate lighting, fencing, signage and road diversions.


406. Ensure relocation of any affected public transport infrastructure (bus stops, shelters etc.) prior to commencement of works.

407. Provide advance notification to the community regarding changes to public transport facilities or routes.

408. Schedule construction works to minimize extent of activity along linear construction site at any one time.

409. Comply with traffic regulations and avoid, where possible, roads with the highest traffic volumes, high density of sensitive receivers or capacity constraints are not used as access to and from the construction areas and spoil disposal sites.

410. Install temporary accesses to properties affected by disruption to their permanent accesses.

411. Reinstate good quality permanent accesses following completion of construction.

6.3.4 Community Health and Safety

Impacts

412. The proposed biogas project will involve the use of considerable heavy machinery as well as excavation and erection of buildings and associated civil structures at the project site. The risk to community will exist in certain instances and thus a number of precautionary measures will be necessary to minimize the risk of a possible accident.

Mitigation measures

413. Buffer strips or other methods of physical separation around the project sites shall be ensured to protect the public from major hazards associated with hazardous materials incidents or failure of the structure being constructed. In addition, nuisance issues related to noise, odors or other emissions would also be avoided as a result.

414. Siting and safety engineering criteria shall be incorporated to prevent failures due to natural risks posed by earthquakes, wind, flooding and fire. To prevent such issues, project structures shall be designed in accordance with engineering and design criteria mandated by site specific risks, included but not limited to seismic activity, slope stability, wind loading etc.

415. Inventories of hazardous materials shall be reduced through inventory management to greatly reduce or eliminate the potential off-site consequences of a release.

416. Process or storage conditions shall be modified to reduce the potential consequences of an accidental off-site release.

417. Improving of shut down and secondary containment to reduce the amount of material escaping from containment and to reduce the release duration.


418. Reduce the probability that releases will occur through improved site operations and control, and through improvements in maintenance and inspection.

419. Reduce off-site impacts of releases through measures intended to contain explosions and fires, alert the public, provide for evacuation of surrounding areas, establish safety zones around each work site, and ensure the provision of emergency medical services to the public.

420. Work areas outside the project site, especially where machinery is involved will be roped off and will be constantly monitored to ensure that local residents, particularly children, stay away. Also, no machinery will be left unattended, particularly in running condition.

421. Community will be briefed on traffic safety, especially women who are the main care providers to children.

422. Speed limit of 20 km/hr will be maintained by all project related vehicles on the section of the roads and passages adjacent to the houses near the project boundary and nighttime driving of project vehicles will be limited, where possible.

6.3.5 Occupational Health and Safety

Impacts

423. There is invariably an OHS risk when construction works for the biogas plant are conducted, and precautions will be needed to ensure the safety of the workers.

424. The major OHS hazards expected during the proposed activities are as follows:13

Accident Hazards

Falls from height, especially when standing/working on ladders;

Slips, trips and falls, especially while carrying heavy or bulky loads;

Cuts and injuries caused by sharp instruments and tools;

Hazard of suffocation from asphyxiant gases released or from oxygen deficiency, during maintenance and cleaning operations;

Burns caused by hot parts of equipment, steam lines etc, by release of hot water or steam;

Electric traumas, caused by defective installations and equipment, especially portable;

Musculoskeletal injury (especially of back), resulting from lifting and moving of heavy loads;

13 https://www.ilo.org/wcmsp5/groups/public/---ed_protect/---protrav/---

safework/documents/publication/wcms_192256.pdf


Physical Hazards

Exposure to cold and/or heat stress, as a result of rapid movement between cold and hot areas;

Exposure to UV radiation during welding operations;

Chemical Hazards

Exposure to various chemicals, such as: adhesives, caulking compounds, fluxes (solder), hydrochloric acid, zinc chloride, tar and solvents, various greases and inorganic lead;

Biological Hazards

Exposure to parasites, such as hookworm, ascaris, and various mites, chiggers and ticks;

Ergonomic, psychosocial and organizational factors

Psychological stress due to dissatisfaction at work due to issues with peers, superiors etc.;

General ill feeling as a result of work in confined spaces and development of ‘sick building syndrome’;

Mitigation measures

General

425. The Contractor will be required to prepare and implement an effective OHS Plan that is supported by trained OHS personnel and emergency response facilities. Construction contracts will include standard OHS measures and contractors will be bound to implement these fully.

426. Monitoring will be required to ensure that the health and safety plan based on contract specifications is followed.

Cement feed hopper areas will be inspected daily to ensure compliance with the requirement of dust masks.

Surfaces (including flooring and work surfaces) in camps, kitchens, dining areas and workshops should be solid and easy to clean. Flooring for work camps must be float finished concrete or better.

All drivers engaged by Contractors must hold a valid license for the vehicle they are operating.

Work in confined space shall be executed with available safety standards. Adequate monitoring and equipment shall be available to detect deficient oxygen levels.

The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval an emergency evacuation plan and practice the procedure annually.


The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval a site layout plan, identifying work areas, accommodation, kitchen, dining area, sanitary facilities, location of generators, plant and vehicle parking, transport routes through the camp, pedestrian routes through the camp, evacuation routes, emergency exits, batching plants, storage areas, waste facilities etc.

Fire extinguishers should be provided throughout camps and work sites. Fire extinguishers should be inspected monthly and maintained as necessary.

An adequate and reliable supply of safe drinking water shall be made available at readily accessible and suitable places including at all camps.

The Contractor shall take samples from each supply of drinking water and arrange for analysis of these samples at EPA certified laboratory prior to its use by the Contractor’s staff. The results of these tests for each supply must be submitted to the Engineer and must demonstrate that each water supply meets national and World Health Organisation standards for drinking water.

The Contractor shall provide and maintain adequate hygienic kitchens which are sheltered and separated from the living quarters. Kitchens shall include raised and washable surfaces suitable for food preparation.

The Contractor shall provide and maintain adequate hygienic dining areas for staff. Work places and camps should be provided with both natural& artificial light. Artificial lighting should be powered by generator in the event of power cuts.

Public sensitization training should be provided to workers to avoid social conflicts between residents and the construction contractor, Occurrence of any such impacts can be avoided by community sensitive project planning and implementation and through effective involvement of local administration.

All OHS protocols should be implemented in true letter and spirit.

Contractor must appoint an OHS resource to implement, monitor and report the HSE management plan to concerned authorities.

Contractor must ensure the provision of first aid facility at construction site and camps through hiring medics and establishing a dispensary at the campsite.

Reasonable number of first aid kits should be available on construction sites and within contractor camps.

Site personnel will be provided appropriate type of personal protective equipment (PPEs). Contractor will ensure consistent use of PPEs.

427. Based on the type of hazard applicable during the proposed works at site, the following mitigation measures as per IFC guidelines for Occupational Health and Safety (OH&S) must be implemented:14

14 https://www.ifc.org/wps/wcm/connect/1d19c1ab-3ef8-42d4-bd6b-

cb79648af3fe/2%2BOccupational%2BHealth%2Band%2BSafety.pdf?MOD=AJPERES&CVID=ls62x8l


428. Emergency response plan to provide measures and guidance for the establishment and implementation of emergency preparedness plans during project execution is provided as Annexure F.

Mitigation Measures for Physical Hazards

Rotating and Moving Equipment

429. Injury or death can occur from being trapped, entangled, or struck by machinery parts due to unexpected starting of equipment or unobvious movement during operations. Mitigation measures related to rotating and moving equipment on workers are provided below:

Designing machines to eliminate trap hazards and ensuring that extremities are kept out of harm’s way under normal operating conditions.

Where a machine or equipment has an exposed moving part or exposed pinch point that may endanger the safety of any worker, the machine or equipment should be equipped with, and protected by, a guard or other device that prevents access to the moving part or pinch point. Guards should be designed and installed in conformance with appropriate machine safety standards.

Turning off, disconnecting, isolating, and de-energizing (Locked Out and Tagged Out) machinery with exposed or guarded moving parts, or in which energy can be stored (e.g., compressed air, electrical components) during servicing or maintenance.

Designing and installing equipment, where feasible, to enable routine service, such as lubrication, without removal of the guarding devices or mechanisms.

Vibration

430. Exposure to hand-arm vibration from equipment such as hand and power tools, or whole-body vibrations from surfaces on which the worker stands or sits, should be controlled through choice of equipment, installation of vibration dampening pads or devices, and limiting the duration of exposure. Limits for vibration and action values. Exposure levels should be checked on the basis of daily exposure time and data provided by equipment manufacturers.

431. Other sources of vibration at construction site are rollers, compactors or any loose part of machinery exposure which may cause serious injury or workplace sickness. No equipment and machinery with loose or vibratory parts will be allowed to work. Such issues will be fixed through maintenance of the machinery on periodic basis. Use of rollers for land grading will be carried out during day times and with intermittent intervals to reduce the impacts of vibration on surrounding environment.

432. Considering the project setting, which is not in a congested urban environment and instead is a rural open setting, there is no potential risks with regards to vibration.


Electrical

433. Exposed or faulty electrical devices, such as circuit breakers, panels, cables, cords and hand tools, can pose a serious risk to workers. Overhead wires can be struck by metal devices, such as poles or ladders, and by vehicles with metal booms. Vehicles or grounded metal objects brought into close proximity with overhead wires can result in arcing between the wires and the object, without actual contact. Recommended actions include:

Marking all energized electrical devices and lines with warning signs; ·

Locking out (de-charging and leaving open with a controlled locking device) and tagging-out (warning sign placed on the lock) devices during service or maintenance;

Checking all electrical cords, cables, and hand power tools for frayed or exposed cords and following manufacturer recommendations for maximum permitted operating voltage of the portable hand tools; ·

Double insulating / grounding all electrical equipment used in environments that are, or may become, wet; using equipment with ground fault interrupter (GFI) protected circuits; ·

Protecting power cords and extension cords against damage from traffic by shielding or suspending above traffic areas; ·

Conducting detailed identification and marking of all buried electrical wiring prior to any excavation work.

Eye Hazards

434. Solid particles from a wide variety of industrial operations, and/or a liquid chemical spray may strike a worker in the eye causing an eye injury or permanent blindness. Recommended measures include:

Use of machine guards or splash shields and/or face and eye protection devices, such as safety glasses with side shields, goggles, and/or a full-face shield. Specific Safe Operating Procedures (SOPs) may be required for use of sanding and grinding tools and/or when working around liquid chemicals. Frequent checks of these types of equipment prior to use to ensure mechanical integrity is also good practice. Machine and equipment guarding should conform to standards published by organizations such as CSA, ANSI and ISO.

Welding/Hot Work

435. Welding creates an extremely bright and intense light that may seriously injure a worker’s eyesight. In extreme cases, blindness may result. Additionally, welding may produce noxious fumes to which prolonged exposure can cause serious chronic diseases. Recommended measures include: ·

Provision of proper eye protection such as welder goggles and/or a full-face eye shield for all personnel involved in, or assisting, welding operations. Additional methods may include the use of welding barrier screens around the specific work


station (a solid piece of light metal, canvas, or plywood designed to block welding light from others). Devices to extract and remove noxious fumes at the source may also be required. ·

Special hot work and fire prevention precautions and Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) should be implemented if welding or hot cutting is undertaken outside established welding work stations, including ‘Hot Work Permits, stand-by fire extinguishers, stand-by fire watch, and maintaining the fire watch for up to one hour after welding or hot cutting has terminated. Special procedures are required for hot work on tanks or vessels that have contained flammable materials.

Industrial Vehicle Driving and Site Traffic

436. Poorly trained or inexperienced industrial vehicle drivers have increased risk of accident with other vehicles, pedestrians, and equipment. Industrial vehicles and delivery vehicles, as well as private vehicles on-site, also represent potential collision scenarios. Industrial vehicle driving and site traffic safety practices include:

Training and licensing industrial vehicle operators in the safe operation of specialized vehicles such as forklifts, including safe loading/unloading, load limits.

Ensuring drivers undergo medical surveillance.

Ensuring moving equipment with restricted rear visibility is outfitted with audible back-up alarms.

Establishing rights-of-way, site speed limits, vehicle inspection requirements, operating rules and procedures (e.g. prohibiting operation of forklifts with forks in down position), and control of traffic patterns or direction.

Restricting the circulation of delivery and private vehicles to defined routes and areas, giving preference to ‘one-way’ circulation, where appropriate.

Ergonomics, Repetitive Motion, Manual Handling

437. Injuries due to ergonomic factors, such as repetitive motion, overexertion, and manual handling, take prolonged and repeated exposures to develop, and typically require periods of weeks to months for recovery. These OHS problems should be minimized or eliminated to maintain a productive workplace. Controls may include:

Facility and workstation design with 5th to 95th percentile operational and maintenance workers in mind.

Use of mechanical assists to eliminate or reduce exertions required to lift materials, hold tools and work objects, and requiring multi-person lifts if weights exceed thresholds.

Selecting and designing tools that reduce force requirements and holding times and improve postures. ·

Providing user adjustable workstations.

Incorporating rest and stretch breaks into work processes and conducting job


rotation.

Implementing quality control and maintenance programs that reduce unnecessary forces and exertions.

Taking into consideration additional special conditions such as left-handed persons.

Working at Heights

438. Fall prevention and protection measures should be implemented whenever a worker is exposed to the hazard of falling more than two meters; into operating machinery; into water or other liquid; into hazardous substances; or through an opening in a work surface. Fall prevention / protection measures may also be warranted on a case-specific basis when there are risks of falling from lesser heights. Fall prevention may include:

Installation of guardrails with mid-rails and toe boards at the edge of any fall hazard area. ·

Proper use of ladders and scaffolds by trained employees. ·

Use of fall prevention devices, including safety belt and lanyard travel limiting devices to prevent access to fall hazard area, or fall protection devices such as full body harnesses used in conjunction with shock absorbing lanyards or self-retracting inertial fall arrest devices attached to fixed anchor point or horizontal life-lines. ·

Appropriate training in use, serviceability, and integrity of the necessary PPE. ·

Inclusion of rescue and/or recovery plans, and equipment to respond to workers after an arrested fall.

439. These include:

Fire and Explosions

440. Fires and or explosions resulting from ignition of flammable materials or gases can lead to loss of property as well as possible injury or fatalities to project workers. Prevention and control strategies include:

Fuel storage areas and generators will have secondary containment in the form of concrete or brick masonry bunds. The volume of the containment area should be equal to 120% of the total volume of fuel stored.

Storing flammables away from ignition sources and oxidizing materials. Further, flammables storage area should be:

o Remote from entry and exit points into camps

o Away from facility ventilation intakes or vents

o Have natural or passive floor and ceiling level ventilation and explosion venting


o Use spark-proof fixtures

o Be equipped with fire extinguishing devices and self-closing doors, and constructed of materials made to withstand flame impingement for a moderate period of time. ·

Defining and labeling fire hazards areas to warn of special rules (e.g. prohibition in use of smoking materials, cellular phones, or other potential spark generating equipment). ·

Providing specific worker training in handling of flammable materials, and in fire prevention or suppression.

Corrosive, oxidizing, and reactive chemicals

441. Corrosive, oxidizing, and reactive chemicals present similar hazards and require similar control measures as flammable materials. However, the added hazard of these chemicals is that inadvertent mixing or intermixing may cause serious adverse reactions. This can lead to the release of flammable or toxic materials and gases, and may lead directly to fires and explosions. These types of substances have the additional hazard of causing significant personal injury upon direct contact, regardless of any intermixing issues. The following controls should be observed in the work environment when handling such chemicals: ·

Corrosive, oxidizing and reactive chemicals should be segregated from flammable materials and from other chemicals of incompatible class (acids vs. bases, oxidizers vs. reducers, water sensitive vs. water based, etc.), stored in ventilated areas and in containers with appropriate secondary containment to minimize intermixing during spills. ·

Workers who are required to handle corrosive, oxidizing, or reactive chemicals should be provided with specialized training and provided with, and wear, appropriate PPE (gloves, apron, splash suits, face shield or goggles, etc).

Where corrosive, oxidizing, or reactive chemicals are used, handled, or stored, qualified first-aid should be ensured at all times. Appropriately equipped first-aid stations should be easily accessible throughout the place of work, and eye-wash stations and/or emergency showers should be provided close to all workstations where the recommended first-aid response is immediate flushing with water.

Mitigation Measures for Biological Hazards

442. Biological agents represent potential for illness or injury due to single acute exposure or chronic repetitive exposure. Biological hazards can be prevented most effectively by implementing the following measures: ·

The contractor should review and assess known and suspected presence of biological agents at the place of work and implement appropriate safety measures, monitoring, training, and training verification programs.

Project contractor must provide good working and sanitation conditions at camp and wok sites. Disease surveillance should be carried out to identify any exposure to parasites, such as hookworm, ascaris, and various mites, chiggers,


ticks and dengue.

Measures to eliminate and control hazards from known and suspected biological agents at the place of work should be designed, implemented and maintained in close co-operation with the local health authorities and according to recognized international standards.

6.3.6 Loss of Access in Project Area

Impacts

443. It is currently not foreseen that there will be any access restriction for the businesses at the sides of the RoW i.e. the markets and vendors and at no point will the road be completely closed off.

Mitigation Measures

444. The Contractor shall ensure that:

Construction activities are phased out

At no point during the construction works will the road be completely closed off

Access shall not be blocked due to construction works/equipment/vehicles to any of the businesses and/or residences.

6.3.7 Excavated Material (Earthworks) Disposal

Impacts

445. Significant volumes of clay/mud shall be excavated from the project site with initial estimates indicating that approximately 3 million cubic feet of soil will be excavated at the site. Unless a suitable disposal location and efficient transport mechanism for disposal of this material is arranged, it could potentially result in major health and aesthetics issues.

Mitigation measures

446. A detailed Plan for management and disposal of Excavated Material will be developed by the Contractor prior to commencement of project works and will be reviewed and cleared by the Construction Supervision Consultant (CSC) and ADB. This Plan must identify suitable location(s) prior to commencement of excavation works and require the engaging of experienced and credible third parties for transport and disposal of this material in the most efficient and effective manner without any logistical or management delays. All the disposal sites will be required to approved by Environmental Specialist of Supervision Consultant before starting any disposal at sites.


6.3.8 Hazardous and Non-Hazardous Waste Management

Impacts

447. In the absence of national or domestic regulations and a waste management system in the project area, waste disposal can potentially become a serious environmental issue, particularly with the local contractors. To avoid any potential issue, TransKarachi will need to impose adequate internal controls. Approximately 50-100 kg of waste hazardous and non-hazardous waste is expected to be generated per day from the site during the construction works.

Mitigation measures

448. A waste management plan will be developed prior to the start of construction. This plan will be a part of Contractor’s Site-Specific Environmental Management Plan (SSEMP). This plan will cater to sorting of hazardous and non-hazardous materials prior to disposal, placing of waste bins at the sites within the project area and at the project site for waste disposal and an onsite hazardous waste storage facility.

449. Periodic on-site audits of waste management will be undertaken along with auditing of waste disposal contractors and disposal facilities on regular basis to check that procedures are being followed.

450. Records of all waste generated during the construction period will be maintained. Quantities of waste disposed, recycled or reused will be logged on a Waste Tracking Register.

451. Licensed waste contractors will be engaged to dispose off all non-hazardous waste material that cannot be recycled or reused.

452. Training will be provided to personnel for identification, segregation and management of waste.

6.3.9 Waste Generation at Camp & Batching Plant

Impacts

453. Considering the laborers residing in the construction camp and the locally available labor, an average solid waste generation rate of 0.5 kg/capita/day15 is adopted for the estimation of solid waste generation. Based on this assumption, a total of about 30-40 kg of solid waste will be generated from construction camps on daily basis. The major components of the labor camp waste will be garbage, putrescible waste, rubbish and small portion of ashes and residues. Other type of wastes may include inorganic construction wastes, including hazardous waste. These wastes will be generated due to the construction activities and the materials used for construction. This waste would require proper disposal to minimize land and water contamination.

Source: The World Bank Report 2012 – What a Waste: A global review of solid waste management. Based on

UNEP estimates for waste generation in the Asia Pacific. Average is 0.45 kg/capita/day.


454. The staff and labor camps for the construction of the proposed biogas plant will be a source of wastewater generated from the toilets, washrooms and the kitchen with approximately 650 liters of wastewater expected to be generated per day. The wastewater will not meet the SEQS and will therefore need treatment prior to disposal.

455. The project sites where construction is being conducted must not be treated by the project staff and/or labor as a public toilet or for disposal of camp effluent.

Mitigation measures

456. All the solid waste from the camps will be properly collected at source by placing containers and disposed of through proper solid waste management system. The Contractor will coordinate with local representatives and administration concerned department for the disposal of solid waste;

457. The concerned department will develop a plan of action for transporting the waste to the disposal site for final disposal. It is the responsibility of the concerned department to ensure that the disposal site is properly lined to prevent the leachate from contaminating the groundwater;

458. Secondly, the disposal site must be located away as far as practical from populated areas and regions that have a high density of Wildlife;

459. Toxic waste will be handled, stored, transported and disposed separately;

460. The waste will be properly sealed in containers with proper labels, indicating the nature of the waste;

461. Solid waste will be segregated at source so that it can be re-used or recycled; and

462. Contractors are required to prepare a Solid Waste Management Plan that identifies the following: material types, estimated quantities and methods for disposal; locations onsite for collection and storage; locations for disposal. A record keeping system for all wastes and a tracking and manifest system for hazardous and recycled materials will be included in the plan. Necessary enclosed facilities, containers and equipment will be provided in keeping with the Plan. The Plan will be updated as necessary with actual quantities, locations for disposal and additional information in accordance with the Plan.

463. It will be ensured that no untreated effluent is released to the environment.

464. A closed sewage treatment system will treat the effluent, which will then be disposed of in a soak pit or will be used for plantation. The sewage treatment plants will be installed at each respective labor camp based on the number of laborers residing at the respective camp.

465. Water being released from any batching plant(s) must be treated as per requirements of SEQS prior to release to sewerage system/any other water body.


6.3.10 Soil Erosion and Sedimentation

Impacts

466. The majority of the works proposed for development of the biogas plant will consist of refurbishment of the existing drainage structures, culverts or pipes and therefore may result in soil erosion and sedimentation.

Mitigation measures

467. Any drainage structures, culverts or pipes crossing the project site may need to be modified or protected and the detailed designs must make provisions to protect or re-provision all infrastructure that may be affected by the construction works.

6.3.11 Soil Contamination

Impacts

468. During the project construction, spills of fuel, lubricants and chemicals can take place while transferring from one container to another or during refueling. Also, during maintenance of equipment and vehicles, through leakages from equipment and containers and as a result of traffic accidents.

469. Depending on the nature of the material, location of spill and quantity of spill, the soil can get contaminated.

Mitigation measures

470. It will be ensured that spill prevention trays are provided and used during refueling. Also, on-site maintenance of construction vehicles and equipment will be avoided as far as possible. In case on-site maintenance is unavoidable, tarpaulin or other impermeable material will be spread on the ground to prevent contamination of soil.

471. Regular inspections will be carried out to detect leakages in construction vehicles and equipment and all vehicles will be washed in external commercial facilities.

472. Fuels, lubricants and chemicals will be stored in covered bounded areas, underlain with impervious lining. Appropriate arrangements, including shovels, plastic bags and absorbent materials will be available near fuel and oil storage areas.

473. The Contractor will analyze the soil quality on bi-annual basis at the project site to assess and ensure no soil contamination takes place at the site.

6.3.12 Employment Conflicts

Impacts

474. The proposed project is not likely to create any significant permanent job opportunities. Even unskilled and semi-skilled employment opportunities that are likely to be created will be for a short period, while the biogas project is constructed. As


persons with relevant skills may be available locally, people from the project area are likely to fill a significant number of the semi-skilled and skilled jobs.

475. This issue of provision of jobs can become particularly problematic if it is perceived by the local population that a significant number of construction-related jobs opportunities are not given to people from the local community. This can result in friction between local residents and construction workers from outside of the community.

Mitigation measures

476. The Construction Contractor will adopt a transparent hiring policy. Prior to the commencement of the construction activity, the local communities in the project area will be informed of the employment policy in place and number of people that can be employed for this project.

477. It will be ensured that maximum number of unskilled and semi-skilled jobs will be provided to the residents of the project area.

478. Trans Karachi will ensure a balanced process of employment of the communities in the project area with preference given to those most directly affected by the project.

6.3.13 Child Labor, Sexual Abuse, Exploitation and Harassment (SEAH)

Impacts

479. Acts of violence committed against women and children including, inter alia, sexual violence, sexual harassment and other discriminatory practices based on gender, all fall within the ambit of SEAH. Sexual harassment against women might occur as a consequence of mixing of men and women at the construction site. However, keeping in view the culture of the area, women involvement in construction works is not expected.

480. The use of Child labor could take place if the Contractor is not strictly bound to not engage children in his workforce.

Mitigation Measures

481. The contractor will manage the potential risks of child labor, sexual exploitation and abuse, and sexual harassment by taking following actions:

The Contractor will not engage any child labor at the work site(s) which shall be ensured through regular monitoring of the identity cards of all staff working on site.

The contractor’s COC shall cover a program to promote awareness of the construction workers on avoiding any gender-based violence;

The contractor’s monthly training program will cover topics related to COC such as sexual harassment particularly towards women and children, violence, including sexual and/or gender-based violence;


Measures to protect the privacy of women and girls by the contractor, sub-contractors and service providers;

The contractor will make sure that no discrimination is made on the basis of gender while hiring of workers;

The contractor will set the employment relationship on the code of equal opportunity and fair treatment and develop COC for workers to address these issues;

The employment decisions will not be made on the basis of personal characteristics unrelated to inherent job requirements, including race, gender, nationality, religion or belief, disability, age, sexual orientation, or ethnic, social and indigenous origin;

Special measures will be taken to address harassment, intimidation, and/or exploitation, especially in relation to women;

No Sexual Harassment Policy will be established and strictly endorsed in accordance with provincial law;

World Bank Good Practice Note on Addressing GBV will be used as guidance.16

6.3.14 Communicable diseases incl. COVID-19

Impacts

482. Communicable diseases such as COVID-19 and HIV may be introduced due to the immigration of workers associated with the project.

483. Ministry of National Health Services, Regulations and Coordination, GoP has issued guidelines in April, 2020 for Health & Safety of Building and Construction Workers during COVID-19 outbreak. These guidelines are prepared for the workers involved in building and construction work during the current epidemic of COVID-19. These guidelines provide the safety measure to be implemented at the construction site having a dusty environment, continuous flow of different materials and make-shift type of arrangements for storage, food and sanitation calls for implementation of safety precautions at the very basic level of personal hygiene only.

Mitigation measures

484. A communicable diseases prevention program will be prepared for construction workers or residents near the construction sites.

COVID-19 specific measures WHO

All workers must perform complete sanitization at the site as per SOPs/guidelines issued by WHO and the national guidelines issued by the Government of

16 http://documents.worldbank.org/curated/en/399881538336159607/Environment-and-Social-Framework-ESF-

Good-Practice-Note-on-Gender-based-Violence-English.pdf


Pakistan (GOP)17.

All workers must wear a mask and gloves as soon as they arrive at site and must keep wearing it at all times while present at the work site. The WHO guidelines on use of masks are provided as Annexure Q.

As soon as workers arrive at work site, their body temperature must be checked and in case any worker is assessed to be running a fever or suffering from a flu or cough, he must be informed to leave immediately and self-isolate for a two week period and not report for work until this two week mandatory period has been completed.

At the work site(s), social distancing measures must be strictly implemented and gathering of workers at any location at the work site(s) must be strictly forbidden. In case of workers not taking this measure seriously, strict penalties must be imposed to ensure implementation.

The work tasks must be divided into shifts, as far as possible, to reduce the workforce present at the work site(s) at any one moment and improve the working speed/efficiency.

All workers will be strictly advised to wash their hands as frequently as practicable and not to touch their face during work.

A supply of safe drinking water will be made available and maintained at the project site(s).

Chlorinated disinfecting spraying must be conducted at the work site(s).

COVID awareness sign boards must be installed at the camp clinic and at the work site(s).

Contact details of all workers will be kept in a register on site in order to efficiently trace and manage any possible workers that might experience symptoms of COVID-19.

Prohibition of entry for local community/any unauthorized persons at work sites.

Proper hygiene practices in the toilets and washrooms will be implemented with proper and adequate use of soaps and disinfectant spray.

Social distancing must be maintained during the pick-up and dropping off of workers from their residences to and from the work site(s).

COVID-19 specific measures GOP Advice for Site Managers:

Every construction project shall make proper arrangements for uninterrupted building services including but not restricted to, electricity, fuel, water supply, water disposal and sanitation, communication links, washrooms with hand hygiene and shower facility and with proper and adequate supply of soaps and disinfectants.

Workers should not use biometric attendance machines or crowd during

17 https://covid.gov.pk/guideline


attendance, entry or exit to the premises of the construction site.

Ensure the availability of the thermal gun at the entry and exit of the construction site and no worker should be allowed without getting his/her temperature checked.

Site manager must maintain a register of all contact details with NID number and addresses of all present at the site in case a follow up or tracing and tracking of contacts is required at a later stage.

Develop the employee roaster to decrease the number of people on the site very day. Split the shifts of the workers in morning and evening with limit of each shift to 8 working hours.

Every worker must change into standard working attire at the time of commencement of duty and change back to their regular dress after taking shower when their duty hours end.

In addition to all other internationally recognized safety precaution for construction workers and other staff, every individual must be provided with a face mask. It must be ensured that everyone during his or her presence at the site continues to wear the mask. Face mask shall be replaced as and when soiled or otherwise removed. Outer surface of face mask must not be touched with hands.

Non-essential work trainings must be postponed avoiding gathering of people.

Ensure the physical distance by creating more than one route of entry and exit to the site.

Instruct the workers to inform the construction manager (or authorities) if

- They develop any symptoms of cough, flu or fever.

- They have been exposed to someone suspected or confirmed with COVID 19.

- They have met someone who has a travel history of COVID 19 endemic country. They have travelled in last couple of days or plan to travel soon.

All incidences of appearance of the symptoms of COVID-19 shall be immediately documented and maintained at the site and information regarding which shall be immediately communicated through e-mail or else, to the designated health facility, and the sick worker shall be transported to the health facility for further advice and action. The site manager must establish a link with a nearby healthcare facility with arrangements for quick transportation of workers in case of an emergency.

Persuade the workers to inform the authorities for their safety and of other if they observe any signs and symptoms in a colleague.

Do not allow any worker at the construction site who has the symptoms.

Display the awareness banners about hand hygiene and physical distancing, where you can, around the work site.


Everyone on the construction site must observe sneezing and coughing etiquettes.

Workers shall be requested and required to wash their hands as frequently as practicable and shall also be advised not to touch their face with their hands during work.

Workers must maintain no less than two arm lengths between them before, during after work at all the times. They shall not make physical contact and shall be required to maintain separate personal gears and assets which must be clearly labelled and stored without intermix.

Only sanitizable dining surfaces shall be used, which must be cleaned before each service. If reusable utensils are used, these must be washed with soap and water immediately after use and stored at a safe place.

The lunch breaks and stretch breaks of the workers must be staggered to avoid the clustering of workers. Workers must not sit at less than 2 meters distance while having meals and while any other activity requiring interpersonal communications in well ventilated areas.

In the wake of current restrictions on transportation, site managers will ensure safe transport arrangements for worker which should not be crowded and should have social distancing in place during the entire process from pickups till drops at destination.

In case of workers sleeping in at the site of construction, a safe distance of 2 meters must be ensured in the sleeping rooms which must be well ventilated.

A supply of safe drinking water must be made available at the project site and maintained.

Advice for Construction Workers: All possible and prescribed measures shall be taken to ensure your and others

health. Enter your contact details in the register maintained at the site, in case a follow up or tracing and tracking of contacts is required at a later stage.

Follow hygiene practices at washrooms and shower facility with proper and adequate use of soaps and disinfectants.

Every worker must change into standard working attire at the time of commencement of duty and change back to their regular dress after taking shower when their duty hours end.

In addition to all other internationally recognized safety precaution for construction workers and other staff, every individual must use face mask. Face mask shall be replaced as and when soiled or otherwise removed. Outer surface of face mask must not be touched with hands.

Workers should wash their hands as frequently as practicable and shall not to touch their face with their hands during work.



Workers must maintain no less than two arm lengths between them before, during after work at all the times. They shall not make physical contact and shall be required to maintain separate personal gears and assets which must be clearly labelled and stored without intermix.

Sick worker should immediately inform the site manager and must get medical advice from nearby health centre.

Only sanitizable dining surfaces shall be used. If reusable utensils are used, these must be washed with soap and water immediately after use and stored at a safe place.

Do not sit at less than 2 meters distance while having meals and while any other activity requiring interpersonal communications and only in well ventilated areas.

Do not use biometric attendance machines or crowd during attendance, entry or exit to the premises of the construction site.

Use safe transport arrangements which should not be crowded and should have social distancing in place during the entire process from pickups till drops at destination.

In case sleeping in at the site of construction, a safe distance of 2 meters must be ensured in the sleeping rooms which must be well ventilated.

Deliveries or Other Contractors Visiting the Site:

Non-essential visits to the construction sites should be cancelled or postponed.

Delivery workers or other contractors who need to visit the construction site must go through temperature check before entering and should be given clear instructions for precautions to be taken while on site.

Designate the workers, with protective gears or at least gloved and mask, to attend to the deliveries and contractors.

Make alcohol-based hand sanitizer (at least 70%) available for the workers handling deliveries.

Instruct the visiting truck drivers to remain in their vehicles and whenever possible make use of contactless methods, such as mobile phones, to communicate with your workers.

6.3.15 Vegetation and Wildlife Loss

Impacts

485. The project consists of an urban environment that is already heavily disturbed with human settlements and activities and thus contains minimal to no vegetation cover and no wildlife of any significance as common in heavily urbanized areas.

486. No impact on vegetation and wildlife is expected.

Mitigation measures


No measures required.

6.3.16 Historical/Archaeological Sites

487. No historical/archaeological sites have been identified in the project area or project site.

Mitigation measures

488. If evidence of any archaeological remains is found during the construction activities, the excavation work will be stopped immediately and necessary next steps taken to identify the archaeological discovery based on the ‘Chance Find’ procedures provided as Annexure K.

6.3.17 Utilization of existing Water Resources

Impacts

489. Water shall be used during the project construction in the labor camps for the everyday use of the laborers for cooking, drinking and bathing etc. Also, water shall be used at the project site and in the project area for sprinkling to suppress dust emissions. In addition, water shall also be used during the construction activity itself for different activities.

490. Water is available in sufficient quantities in the project area and will be sourced either through pipes taken from the nearest municipal connection or through bowzers that shall be brought to the project site. If felt necessary, temporary bore wells will be dug and will be restored to their original condition once the construction activity has been completed.

491. Even though there is no issue with water availability and the project construction will only be requiring limited quantities of water that will be easily manageable, however, it shall be ensured through monitoring that wastage of water is prevented both at the project site as well as at the labor camps.

492. The proposed construction activities are not expected to impact the groundwater resources in the project area as mentioned above while no surface bodies are present in the project area that would be impacted due to the project works.

Mitigation measures


6.3.18 Natural and Man-made Hazards

Impacts

493. Natural disasters include windstorms, floods, earthquakes which may be experienced during the construction phase. However, the likelihood of such events is quite low and


the effect on the biogas project in the case of an occurrence of such a natural calamity on the health and safety of the workers and affected population can be minimized by adopting appropriate and adequate mitigation measures.

494. Fire accidents and terrorist/sabotage activities are something that cannot be predicted or foreseen but can be prepared for by taking precautionary measures such as training of staff and acquiring extra safety and security measures.

Mitigation measures

495. Emergency response plans to be prepared by Trans Karachi prior to commencement of plant operation and implemented as part of preparedness for any natural and/or man-made hazards that might take place.

496. Staff trainings on emergency preparedness to be conducted on bi-annual basis to ensure all staff are trained and receive refresher courses every six months to remain well versed and proficient in emergency protocols.

6.4 Operation Phase

497. The impacts from the operation phase of the project are critically important since these are ‘long term’ in nature.

498. The summary of potential impacts during the operation phase are provided in Table 6.6 below.

Table 6.5: Screening of possible Impacts during Operation Phase


Likelihood

(Certain, Likely, Unlikely, Rare)

Consequence

(Catastrophic, Major, Moderate,

Minor)

Risk Level

(Significant, Medium, Low)

Residual Impact


1 Liquid Effluent (digestate) disposal


2 Solid Waste (Compost) disposal


3 Traffic management issues


4 Noise levels Likely Moderate Medium Short term


5 Air Quality Likely Moderate Medium Short term

6 Odor generation Likely Moderate Medium Short term

7 Spread of Disease Vectors

Likely Moderate Medium Short term

8 Accidental Toxic Gas Release

Rare Major Low Short term

Critical Risk Level


Medium Risk Level

Low Risk Level

6.4.1 Liquid Effluent (liquid fraction of digestate) disposal

Impacts

499. A particular challenge for the project will be digestate handling. The liquid fraction of digestate is to be used for fertigation or used as industrial grade process water.

500. After the decanter, the effluent is still not expected to meet the levels required for surface water discharge. Dissolved solids would be approximately 2.5%, slightly lower than salt water. Initially, it was considered that the effluent could be discharged to the sea. The basis for this is that the current practice is for manure to be flushed to the sea and that following treatment in the biogas plant and separation of solids from the digestate, the effluent will be greatly improved than the current situation. Suspended solid levels will be reduced by up to 99% and dissolved solids by over 68%.

Mitigation measures

501. It shall be ensured that any liquid effluent discharged from the biogas plant, including the liquid fraction of the digestate, meets the applicable discharge standards in order to fulfill both SEPA and ADB requirements by installation of the Vibratory Shear Enhanced Processing (VSEP) technology with RO Plant for Effluent Treatment.

6.4.2 Solid Waste (solid fraction of digestate) disposal

Impacts

502. The combined solid fractions from the screw press and the centrifuges will go to a bio-drying facility. At 30% moisture, the digestate will be ready for granularization and bagging. In this process, the fertilizer will be dried further and made into small granules for easier handling by farmers. The granules will then be bagged for sale. Sale of the fertilizer will be undertaken in partnership with the SPV established by the Dairy Cattle Farmers Association (DCFA).


503. The risk exists in this arrangement that in case the envisaged arrangement regarding marketing and sale of the compost as fertilizer does not materialize, a significant volume of compost will start accumulating at the project site and will create a major nuisance for disposal.

504. Furthermore, the laying out of the compost in win rows for longer times than required as a result of issues with finding required clientele to purchase the compost will create a breeding ground for disease vectors.

Mitigation measures

505. It shall be ensured that:

Firm arrangements for purchase of the compost as fertilizer are in place prior to commencement of the plant operation.

In case any disputes arise that might disrupt and/or prevent the removal of the compost being produced at the plant, a contingency plan must be developed and put in place that ensures an alternate suitable disposal location(s) for the compost being produced or results in plant shut down until suitable arrangements are made for disposal of the compost.

In case a high level of disease vectors is observed in the win rows area, required remediation measures must be implemented such as spraying of disinfectants etc. to control potential spread of diseases.

The win rows must be placed on a properly lined concrete base as per internationally accepted design standards and specifications to prevent ground water contamination.

6.4.3 Traffic Management Issues

Impacts

506. The operation of the biogas plant will involve a large volume of heavy vehicle movement for delivery of the manure to the project site and the removal of the compressed CNG in tubular form from the site to the CNG bus filling stations.

507. Albeit a commercial area, however, the movement of such a high volume of regular heavy vehicle movement is expected to impact the traffic patterns in the project area and cause congestion, particularly during the times in the day when the truck and trailer movement will coincide with the peak traffic hours of the commercial activities in the project area.

Mitigation measures

508. The following measures will need to be implemented in order to effectively manage the traffic considering the expected high volume of heavy vehicular movement during the biogas plant operations:


It shall be considered by the project management to furnish resources to rehabilitate the road adjacent to the project site to facilitate the movement of the project related vehicles, particularly heavy traffic such as tube trailers and minimize the risk of accidents.

A comprehensive traffic management plan shall be developed and implemented to focus on the movement of project related heavy vehicles such as tube trailers and the protocols they must follow during their movement such as zz1` routes and speed limits to be strictly followed to minimize the risk of accidents.

The potential risks of accidents to pedestrians and commuters while in the immediate vicinity of the project site shall be conveyed to them in order to educate them and gain their cooperation and minimize the risk of accidents.

Road widening and creation of additional lanes should be considered in the project area and near the project site to minimize traffic congestion and accident risks.

Post traffic advisory signs in the project area (to minimize traffic build-up) in coordination with local authorities indicating the movement of heavy traffic in the vicinity of the proposed biogas plant.

As far as possible, define the schedules for movement of the heavy vehicles to and from the site to space their movement out as far as possible and thus minimize the possibility of traffic congestion and to ensure transport of materials during non-peak hours.

Comply with traffic regulations and avoid, where possible, roads with the highest traffic volumes, high density of sensitive receivers or capacity constraints are not used as access to and from the biogas plant.

6.4.4 Noise Levels

Impacts

509. A computer noise model was developed using SoundPLAN software to predict noise levels from biogas plant operation and analyze possible noise impacts. SoundPLAN is a three-dimensional noise-modeling program that utilizes ray-tracing techniques to predict noise levels. SoundPLAN not only considers sound propagation over distance from multiple sources, but also considers shielding from intervening structures and barriers, reflections off of buildings and walls, atmospheric absorption of sound, as well as ground effects on the sound propagation between sources and receivers. The three-dimensional model was developed using aerial photographs, CAD/DTM files, and future development plans.

510. The different noise generating equipment in the biogas plant which were assumed to be operating simultaneously and continuously 24 hours each day in order to simulate


the ‘worst-case’ scenario along with their respective noise ratings are provided in Table 6.7 below.

Table 6.6: Noise generating equipment

Equipment Name Assumed Noise ratings18 dB(A)

Gas Engine Gen sets (2 Nos) 105

Gas Blower 82

Compressor 82

Pump (3 Nos) 87

Control Room 71.2

511. Based on this equipment and their respective noise ratings, the predicted noise levels at the different receivers in the project area are provided in Table 6.8 below. Since all equipment will be housed within buildings, thus a wall attenuation factor of 3 dB has been incorporated into the model inputs.

Table 6.7: Predicted Noise Levels without Mitigation

Receptor number

Land use Predicted Noise Levels dB(A)

Exceeding Noise Standard

(Yes/No)

Level of Exceedance (dB) – Without

Mitigation Scenario Daytime/

Nighttime19 1 Residential 26.2 No -

2 Commercial 46.8 No -



5 Residential 33.4 No -






18 Equipment noise ratings based on noise monitoring data collected from biogas plants globally 19 Daytime and Night time noise levels will be same as plant will operate continuously for 24 hours, 7 days a

week














512. The noise levels at each of the receivers within the project area as well as the resulting noise contours based on the identified noise sources provided above are provided as Figures 6.2 and 6.3 below.


Figure 6-2: Noise Levels at different receptors in project area


Figure 6-3: Noise Contours at different receptors in project area

0


513. It can be observed that the noise levels at all the different receivers within the project area are within the applicable guidelines for both day and night times and thus no noise control measures are required.

Mitigation measures


6.4.5 Air Quality

Impacts

514. Biogas is CH4, CO2 and H2S with the H2S scrubbed down to a level of 100 to 150ppm. During combustion, air is mixed with the biogas and the carbon is oxidised to produce CO2 and H2O while the H2S produces SOx. The hot temperatures result in NOx production.

515. The Project will have two units of high efficiency biogas engines, with a continuous load capacity of approximately 1.2MW each. While the SEQS are quite stringent on gas fired power plant NOx emissions with the limit of 400mg/Nm3 being lower than most European standards, which are 500 mg/Nm3 or higher, however based on recent data of gen sets running on biogas, achieving this standard should not be difficult.

516. Although the H2S limit is 10ppm, however, since this will all be converted to SOx emissions through combustion, this standard too should be met without any difficulty. The SOx emission limits of 1,700 mg/Nm3 is lenient and should be relatively easy to achieve. Also, Carbon Monoxide may be present, but since it is a sign of poor genset performance, thus remaining within this limit should be easily achieved.

517. As a byproduct of the biomethane production, CO2 will be generated from the biogas upgrading plant, which will be liquified and sold. In general, all biogas is used gainfully. Therefore, flare emissions are expected to be very low. Ex-ante, it is estimated that 1% of biogas produced will be flared with projected annual flaring emissions expected to be approximately 184 tCO2e.

Mitigation measures

518. It shall be ensured that:

All emissions from the different units of the biogas plant are monitored and compliance with SEQS emission and ambient standards is achieved.


In case of failure to meet any SEQS standards, the plant must be immediately shut down until the non-performing process equipment is repaired or replaced, as applicable.


6.4.6 Odor Generation

Impacts

519. The different steps involved in the delivery and storage of manure and its subsequent processing at the project site and subsequent operation of the biogas plant results in odors emissions of different gases to the air.

520. The intensity of these odors and their subsequent impact on the receptors in the area is determined by many factors related to the type and freshness of delivered waste, type of applied technology and proper performance of technological processes. The perception of odors is largely determined by meteorological conditions, such as:

Temperature and air humidity

Wind speed and direction

Occurrence of atmospheric precipitation

Another condition determining the occurrence of the odor nuisance is the distance of the residential settlements, in particular, from the project site along with the land relief.

521. Particular sources of odor in biogas plants include:

Place of delivery of waste in the premises of the plant

Preparation of feedstock for fermentation

Dehydration of digestate

Place of oxygen stabilization of waste

Shoveling of heaps of waste

522. The primary compounds occurring in the process air include: hydrogen sulphide, ammonia and volatile organic compounds (VOC. Odour thresholds (concentration causing the perception of the odor by 50 percent of persons in any representative group for a given population) are as follows:

Ammonia: 3.9 mg/m3 (5.2 ppm)20

Hydrogen Sulphide: 0.0123 mg/m3 (0.0081 ppm)21

523. Since the proposed project has yet to be constructed, thus it is not possible at present to either measure the NH3 and H2S concentrations at various distances from the biogas plant based on the concentration benchmarks mentioned above or conduct

20 20

https://www.researchgate.net/publication/329187696_Environmental_impact_assessment_of_municipal_biogas_plants_-_case_study


an odor perception survey to assess the distances from the biogas plant that odor nuisances might be reported as well as their severity through the formation of a panel of personnel that would judge and rank the level of the odor being sensed by them.

524. Considering the project site is located near the Arabian sea with an average wind speed across the year of 10.8 miles per hour, it would result in any odor being generated to be transported over a longer distance compared to a location with lower average wind speeds.

525. Based on review of different studies conducted worldwide aimed at assessing the distances odor has been detected and complaints received regarding odor, the results vary considerably based on the setting of the specific location, the type of raw material being used for anaerobic digestion and the scale of operation i.e. the volume of material being digested every day. In certain instances, odors have not been detected and no complaints were received after a distance of 300 meters from the yard storing the raw material, whereas in certain cases, complaints were even reported at distances of over 1 km from the plant sites.

526. Since the project is to be developed in Landhi Cattle Colony, which contains a considerable number of cattle barns, thus the people in the project area generally have an above average level of tolerance with regards to unpleasant odors since their nasal senses are accustomed to such odors. Thus, it is highly likely that any potential odors from the plant, in case they reach any receptors in the project area, would consider it to be mildly offensive, compared to someone that is visiting the area and is not accustomed to such odors.

527. Based on the limitation and inability of conducting a detailed odor study for the proposed biogas plant as mentioned above, it shall need to be ensured that once the plant operation commences, all measures mentioned below are already in place and are implemented to prevent entirely or minimize any complaints being received from residents and commercial entities in the project area.

Mitigation measures

528. The following measures must be implemented to minimize the impact of odors as far as possible on the receptors in the vicinity of the project site:

The manure and all odor producing raw material must be stored in a covered area to minimize the spread of odors as far as possible.

The raw material that is stored for processing must be covered as far as possible with tarpaulin etc.

Storage of manure and odor producing raw material must be strategically located in covered yards located as far as possible from the sensitive receptors, particularly the residential areas located across the road (Mehran highway) from the project site.


All efforts shall be made to install equipment that controls air emissions and limits them within the thresholds for Ammonia and Hydrogen Sulphide mentioned above to minimize the nuisance from odor for the sensitive receptors in the project area. In this regard, a number of options are presently being considered by the project team with one of the following options to be implemented to minimize odor generation. Essentially, forced extraction of air will be carried out to maintain a negative air pressure inside at all times and the air will then be vented to the atmosphere using one of the following options:

A series of scrubber towers, packed with an open plastic media, where the air is drawn upwards through the media against a counter flow of water containing a solution of chemicals to absorb and neutralize the ammonia, hydrogen sulfide, and other odorous compounds. The chemical solution will need treatment to remove the dissolved salts, either by a treatment system installed onsite or taken away by a specialist waste management company for treatment offsite.

Activated carbon filters to absorb the ammonia, hydrogen sulfide, etc. The activated carbon filter media needs to be changed regularly to avoid it becoming saturated with absorbed gases and ceasing to work effectively. The media may be sent away for heat treatment so that it can be reused.

Air biofilters. These are towers or other containers packed with chipped wood or similar media, kept moist with water so that biofilm of aerobic bacteria and fungi develop, which biologically oxidize the ammonia, hydrogen sulfide, etc. to water and soluble, non-odorous compounds. The air being vented is drawn upwards through the media, which is kept moist by a downward trickle flow of water and dissolved nutrients (to maintain the biofilm). The main disadvantages of air biofilters is that they only become fully effective once the biofilm has become established on the media and they must be kept moist and aerobic at all times by maintaining a flow of air through them. In cold climates, the biofilters may need to be insulated/heated depending upon the temperature of the air being vented through them.

Monitoring measures

529. It shall be ensured that monitoring is conducted on a monthly basis of H2S and NH3 concentrations at all sensitive receptors in the project area, namely at the boundaries of the residential areas opposite the project site and across from Mehran highway as well as at the commercial areas along the highway.

6.4.7 Spread of disease vectors

Impacts

530. Considering the nature of the project with large volumes of manure being delivered to the project site and stored in yards for inputting into the digesters, there is a high risk of spread of different types of diseases due to vectors that could carry the diseases to the receptors in the project area. In addition, open drains to and from the project site


could also result in breeding of flies and mosquitoes and cause a rapid spread of diseases in the project area and create a major nuisance.

Mitigation measures

531. The following measures must be implemented to control breeding of disease vectors:

Comprehensive plan must be developed and implemented to spray pesticides on the manure piles in the yard(s) at different frequencies throughout the year based on the seasons.

Minimize the manure inventory lying in the yard(s) of the project site as far as possible to prevent breeding of disease vectors.

Cover the manure piles lying in the yard(s) as far as possible.

Cover all drains carrying effluent with manure and/or toxic contents and inject pesticides and/or chemicals as required to prevent breeding of disease vectors.

6.4.8 Accidental Toxic Gas Release

Impacts

532. Typical accidents from biogas plants have been assessed to be due to the following factors:

Leakage in the storage tank and / or distribution network of the biogas

Leakage following the completion of work on site, storage, and distribution of biogas

Accidental release of H2S, especially in mixtures of septic waste

Water pollution caused by effluent discharge

Overflowing sewage systems or storm-water control due to exceptional downpours, equipment failures in the event of massive influx of fire-water suppression

Presence of dangerous products in the raw material used to produce biogas

Overflow, freezing of valves, high pressure inside the digester.

533. Hydrogen sulfide is a colorless, poisonous, flammable and irritant gas with a strong odor of rotten eggs. The toxicity of H₂S is similar to that of cyanide. The exposure-response relationship for acute effects can be very steep. Cases involving over-exposure have documented a variety of symptoms, such as dizziness, nausea, abrupt collapse or knockdown. Death from acute poisoning results usually from failure of respiration. Lower levels have been associated with eye, nose, and throat irritation. In theory, H₂S has excellent warning properties – the odor threshold may be as low as 3 ppb to 20 ppb. Higher concentrations quickly lead to olfactory paralysis however.


534. The danger in high concentrations is therefore easily underestimated as H₂S in small quantities is common at biogas plants and that staff may become accustomed and de-sensitized to the foul smell of the gas, which nullify the warning properties of the low odor threshold. However, there is sufficient evidence to confirm that hydrogen sulfide poisoning results in irritation of the eyes, mouth frothing, vomit, knock-down and unconsciousness.

535. In order to assess the threshold values in terms of damage distances, the Table 6.9 below presents the different scenarios and corresponding threshold values.

Table 6.8: Threshold values assumed for damage distance evaluation22

Dangerous Phenomena

Threshold Value

Flash Fire ½ of Lower Flammability Limit (LFL)*

Fireball 7 kW/m2

Jet-fire 7 kW/m2

Pool-fire 7 kW/m2

Vapour Cloud Explosion (VCE)

14 kPa

*LFL: Lower Flammability Limit;

536. Furthermore, the short term (acute) symptoms and effects from different concentrations of H2S are provided in the Table 6.10 below.

Table 6.9: Short term (acute) symptoms and effects of H2S exposure

Concentration (ppm) Symptoms/Effects

0.00011-0.00033 Typical background concentrations

0.01-1.5 Odor threshold.

2-5 Prolonged exposure may cause nausea, tearing of the eyes, headaches or loss of sleep.

20 Possible fatigue, loss of appetite, headache, irritability, poor memory, dizziness.

22 Tugnoli et al. 2007


50-100 Slight conjunctivitis and respiratory tract irritation after 1 hour.

100 Coughing, eye irritation, loss of smell after 2-15 minutes. Altered breathing, drowsiness after 15-30 minutes. Throat irritation after 1 hour. Gradual increase in severity of symptoms over several hours. Death may occur after 48 hours.

100-150 Loss of smell (olfactory fatigue or paralysis).

200-300 Marked conjunctivitis and respiratory tract irritation after 1 hour. Pulmonary edema may occur from prolonged exposure.

500-700 Staggering, collapse in 5 minutes. Serious damage to the eyes in 30 minutes. Death after 30-60 minutes.

700-1000 Rapid unconsciousness, ‘knockdown’ or immediate collapse within 1 to 2 breaths, breathing stops, death within minutes.

1000-2000 Nearly instant death.

537. ALOHA (Aerial Locations of Hazardous Atmospheres) is a USEPA approved modeling program that estimates threat zones associated with hazardous chemical releases, including toxic gas clouds, fires, and explosions. A threat zone is an area where a hazard (such as toxicity) has exceeded a user-specified Level of Concern (LOC). ALOHA is part of the CAMEO® software suite of products for emergency responders and planners. Details of the ALOHA software are provided as Annexure Q.

538. The inputs parameters based on the feasibility study and shown in Table 6.11 below were used to conduct the assessment using ALOHA for the scenario of rupture of both the digesters simultaneously in order to assess the worst case scenario for accidental release of H2S.

Table 6.10: ALOHA input parameters to model accidental release

Site Location Landhi Cattle Colony, Karachi

Chemical released Hydrogen Sulphide


Biogas Produced per day 69,000 m3

Total Biogas Stored (2 day storage) 138,000 m3

Concentration of H2S 3000 ppm

Air Temperature 40 C

Wind Speed 10.8 miles per hour

Wind Direction From South West direction

Stability Class D

Relative Humidity 5%

Ground Roughness Urban area

539. Based on these input parameters, the ALOHA model was run and provided the output contours as shown in Figures 6.2 to 6.4 below. As can be observed from the contours, the ‘threat zone’ of the H2S toxic vapor cloud would be as follows:

‘Red’ Zone: 1.4 kilometers --- (100 ppm = ERPG-3)

‘Orange’ Zone: 1.9 kilometers --- (50 ppm = AEGL-3 [60 min])

‘Yellow’ Zone: 2.7 kilometers --- (20 ppm)

540. The effects of each of these zones based on the respective H2S concentrations contained in the vapor cloud over the different distances provided above are provided in Table 6.10 above.

541. As a next step, the flammable area, if any, of the vapor cloud was assessed using ALOHA. Localized areas of flame can occur even though the average concentration is below the LEL. ALOHA finds the flammable area by using 60 percent of the LEL. The model output showed the following:

‘Red’ Zone: 49 meters --- (24000 ppm = 60% LEL = Flame Pockets)

This Threat zone was not drawn on Figure 6.10 due to effects of near-field patchiness which make dispersion predictions less reliable for short distances.

‘Orange’ Zone: 170 meters --- (4000 ppm = 10% LEL)

These contours can be seen in Figures 6.5 to 6.6 below.


Figure 6-4: Toxic Vapor H2S Cloud Limits


Figure 6-5: Toxic Vapor H2S Cloud Impact Zones


Figure 6-6: Closer view of Toxic Vapor H2S Cloud Impact Zones


Figure 6-7: ‘Flammable Area’ of H2S Vapor Cloud


Figure 6-8:’Flammable Area’ of H2S Vapor Cloud


542. The third and final scenario that was also assessed was the possibility of an overpressure (blast force) from the vapor cloud explosion. The model outputs from ALOHA showed that none of the limits provided below were exceeded and thus no explosion is predicted:

LOC never exceeded for: Destruction of buildings (8 psi)

LOC never exceeded for: Serious injury being likely (3.5 psi)

LOC never exceeded for: Shattering of glass (1.0 psi)

Thus, no explosion is expected in the H2S toxic vapor cloud.

Impact on Workers in case of accidental release

543. In the case of an accidental release, the maximum concentration of H2S has been modeled to be 100 pm from the site of the leak till a distance of 1.4 km. As shown in Table 6.10 above, the effects of exposure to H2S at a concentration of 100 ppm are as follows:

‘’Coughing, eye irritation, loss of smell after 2-15 minutes. Altered breathing, drowsiness after 15-30 minutes. Throat irritation after 1 hour. Gradual increase in severity of symptoms over several hours. Death may occur after 48 hours.’’

544. Since in case of an accidental release, no worker would be exposed for a duration longer than the 2 to15 minute bracket, thus at most the symptoms to be suffered by the workers would consist of coughing, eye irritation and loss of smell.

Impact on Community & Commercial Receptors in case of accidental release

545. As shown in Figure 6.4 above and based on the quantification of health effects shown in Table 6.10 above, the impacts resulting from the different expected levels of exposure are provided in Table 6.12 below.

Table 6.11: Impact on Receptors from Accidental Release

23 http://worldpopulationreview.com/world-cities/karachi-population/ 24000 people/km2

H2S Concentration

Level (ppm)

Distance of Exposure (km)

Effects from Exposure

Number of people expected to be

impacted23

100 1.4

(0.7 km2 to be impacted)

Coughing, eye irritation, loss of smell after 2-15 minutes. Altered breathing, drowsiness after 15-30 minutes. Throat

16,800


546. In the remote possibility of an accidental release taking place, if proper medical care is available to the people present in the project area at that time, the impact would be controlled and speedy recovery of any affected persons would be possible.

Mitigation measures

547. A comprehensive emergency response plan is to be prepared to avoid accidental release of gases and to minimize the impacts. The key features of the emergency response plan will include the following:

Identification of hazardous chemicals, processes and the operations

Release scenarios, consequences in terms of overpressure and toxic release etc.

Preparation of site plan for damage control

Identification of the vulnerable zones

Classification of unit or units that have the most potential for creating on-site as well as off-site emergencies

Identification of the important facilities in the vulnerable zone

Identification of the requirements of various departments in-site as well as out-site of the biogas plant for coping with any emergency situation.

Delivery of immediate first aid/medical attention to any personnel, on-site or off-site affected by such an accidental release incident.

irritation after 1 hour. Gradual increase in severity of symptoms over several hours. Death may occur after 48 hours.

50 1.9


Possible fatigue, loss of appetite, headache, irritability, poor memory, dizziness.

34,200

20 2.7


Slight conjunctivitis and respiratory tract irritation after 1 hour

64,800


Alarms/Sirens on loudspeakers to be installed in the project area to immediately alert community and people in the project area in case of an emergency chemical release event.

Monitoring measures

548. The monitoring will involve:

Bolts, nuts, studs and other pipe connections of proper material specifications strictly to be used, particularly at points where a change of leakage exists.

A proper system of periodic inspection of all equipment including cocks, valves and pipelines and degassing system should be introduced and followed jointly by the process and maintenance department. Preventive maintenance should be planned in a manner to synchronize gradually with periodic routine shut down of equipment.

A complete register for recording the periodic testing should be maintained.

A control room equipped with the instruments for automatic detection of small amount of gas releases and their locations.

Process flow, temperature, instrumentation control, pressure relief, safety and general operating conditions should be examined to ensure that the storage operation would not only be conducted safely but should also fail safely, if it is going to fall at all.

Periodic safety audits by both internal and external audit teams should be undertaken by the management.

6.5 Cumulative impacts

549. No other works are planned to be conducted in the project area while the project works for development of the biogas plant shall be conducted. Thus, no cumulative impacts are expected.

6.6 Indirect and Induced impacts

550. The potential impact of development of the biogas plant has been examined, which indicated that the existing and planned infrastructure such as water supply, wastewater collection and treatment, municipal solid waste collection and disposal would be adequate to accommodate any potential population intake as a result of the proposed project development. Impacts on the environment from air emissions, traffic and community noise, and treated effluent discharge have also been assessed and have found to be acceptable and within the carrying capacities of the environmental media. Thus, negative indirect and induced impacts from this project are not expected.

551. Negative indirect and induced impacts from this biogas project are not expected.

Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan 194 | P a g e

7 Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan

7.1 Introduction

552. The Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan (EMP) is developed to eliminate and/or mitigate the impacts envisaged at the design, construction and operation stages and provide specific guidelines for long term monitoring by identifying the roles and responsibilities of TransKarachi, Supervision Consultant and Contractor(s).

553. The detailed EMP provided in this section provided as Table 7.1 ensures that the Project has no detrimental effect on the surrounding environment. The Plan shall act as a guideline for incorporating environmental measures to be carried out by the contractors engaged by TransKarachi, as well as for other parties concerned for mitigating possible impacts associated with the Project and will form part of the Contract documents to be considered alongside the specifications. This Plan shall act as the Environmental Monitoring Plan during construction and operational phases of the Project, and will allow for prompt implementation of effective corrective measures.

7.2 Environmental Management Plan (EMP)

554. The EMP attached with this report ensures the following:

Delivery of the prescribed environmental outcomes during all phases of the Project; Formulating a system for compliance with applicable legislative and non-legislative

requirements and obligations and commitments for the Project; Ensure that project design process incorporates best practice environmental design

and sustainability principles to minimize potential impacts of construction and operation on the environment and community.

Ensure that the construction work procedures minimize potential impacts on the environment and community.

Develop, implement and monitor measures that minimize pollution and optimize resource use.

7.3 Objectives of EMP

555. The EMP provides a delivery mechanism to address potential impacts of the project activities, to enhance project benefits and to outline standardized good practices to be adopted for all project works. The EMP has been prepared with the objectives of:

Defining the roles and responsibilities of Trans Karachi for the implementation of EMP and identifying areas where these roles and responsibilities can be shared with other parties involved in the execution and monitoring of the biogas project;

Outlining mitigation measures required for avoiding or minimizing potential negative impacts assessed by environmental study;

Developing a monitoring mechanism and identifying requisite monitoring parameters to confirm effectiveness of the mitigation measures recommended in the study;


Defining the requirements for communication, documentation, training, monitoring, management and implementation of the mitigation measures.

7.4 Environmental Management Framework

556. Near term institutional arrangements are needed to monitor contractor performance in implementing environmental protection measures described in the environmental management plan (EMP). As earlier stated, enforcement will be under the authority of the Trans Karachi PIU, with technical support from the CSC. The following sections describe the environmental management framework for the construction phase.

7.4.1 Roles of TransKarachi PIU

557. Environmental and Social Safeguard specialists are available in PIU and their services will continue to be required, to oversee safeguards monitoring of the Project during construction and operations. Positions of Environmental and Safety Officer (ESO) and Equal Opportunity, Gender and Social Specialist (EOGSS) posts will eventually be needed in the operations group, TransKarachi. In case they are established in time, the ESO and EOGSS may be guided by specialist consultants from the CSC during the construction period.

7.4.2 Roles of CSC Consultants (The Engineer) during Design/Construction

558. Project Management will be performed by the CSC headed by a full-time Project Manager/Resident Engineer to take responsibility for and manage activities of the CSC. The CSC will be responsible for the following in relation to their works: (i) assisting the PIU in implementing the Project; (ii) carrying out procurement and engaging and contractors; (iii) liaising and coordinating with Trans Karachi and other authorities; (iv) managing the contractors; and (v) liaising with other stakeholders on the day to day implementation of Project activities. Trans Karachi will receive support from the CSC to implement the environmental and social safeguards plans.

559. Safeguard specialists for environment and social safeguards will be part of the CSC to oversee implementation of the environmental and social safeguards plans prior to the bidding stage to ensure the bidding documents include all environmental management requirements.

7.4.3 Role of the Contractor

560. The civil works contractor will be responsible for fulfilling contract conditions related to environmental mitigation and monitoring. The contractor is responsible for implementing all environmental, health and safety actions described in the EMP and relevant clauses in the bidding documents and contract during the pre-construction and construction period.

561. The Contractor will prepare the construction SSEMP based on the site-specific construction methodologies it proposes to use the EMP in this IEE. The SSEMP will further develop the EMP and will provide detailed measures on how it will mitigate impacts, including but not limited to air pollution and noise, traffic, health and safety


risk, drainage and sediment, spoil and solid wastes, hazardous materials and other impacts identified in the IEE. The CSC acting for the PIU will review the SSEMP before the commencement of construction. Acceptance does not preclude introducing further actions into the plans as required by circumstances, and monitoring will be conducted for compliance with the original requirements of the EMP contained in the IEE.

562. The contractor will appoint an Environmental Management officer (EMO) and a Health and Safety Officer (HSO) who will be responsible for implementing the mitigation measures and specific management plans required under the EMP. Site inspections will be conducted on a daily and weekly basis to check compliance with the approved SSEMP and ensure implementation of all health and safety requirements.

563. The responsibilities of the Contractor include:

Participate in induction on EMP and mitigation measures to be delivered by CSC and PIU prior to preparation of the SSEMP;

Preparing and submitting the SSEMP to the PIU;

Appointing EMO and HSO, confirming that these positions have been filled and by whom with the CSC and PIU before construction commences;

Seeking training and support from PIU on any aspects of environmental management, as required;

Once construction starts, the EMO is responsible for ensuring that the Contractor complies with the clauses in the contract and bidding documents in respect of environment, health and safety;

As required, preparing and submitting for approval, appropriate plans (traffic management etc.);

Engaging an Independent Monitoring Group (IMG) to maintain a continuous (quarterly) monitoring record of ambient environmental parameters;

Engaging an approved service provider to undertake HIV/AIDS briefings and awareness raising amongst the contractor’s employees and communities, and reporting on the same;

Coordinating with PIU in respect of community consultation i.e. establishing GRM etc; and

Participating in monitoring and coordinating with PIU to ensure that environmental management activities are reported in Monthly Progress Reports as required.


7.4.4 Role of Sindh EPA

564. SEPA will review the statutory environmental assessment. Approval will be conditional on the proponent providing commitment to implement all mitigation measures in the environmental assessment and environmental management plan along with any additional requirements set out in the environmental approval.

565. On-going consultation with SEPA will be required during the construction of the project. SEPA will be asked to assist in the monitoring of implementation of the SSEMP and ensure that environmental management and mitigation of the project is undertaken to an acceptable standard. Periodic inspections will take place with SEPA, Trans Karachi PIU, CSC and Contractors.

7.5 Environmental Management/Monitoring and Reporting

566. During the construction phase, the overall responsibility for the implementation and monitoring of the EMP rests with the Project Director (PD). The PD through assistance from the Supervision Consultant’s Environmental staff and the Environment team of TransKarachi, will supervise the implementation of the proposed mitigation measures and monitor the implementation progress in the field. Monthly environmental monitoring data/reports will be incorporated in the project implementation progress reports to be shared with ADB and such monthly reports will be consolidated into quarterly monitoring reports and submitted to ADB for review and clearance. Upon clearance, all such reports will be uploaded on the TransKarachi and ADB websites.

567. In addition, Semi Annual Environmental Monitoring Reports (SAEMRs) will be prepared on ADB approved template and submitted by Trans Karachi to ADB for review and disclosure.

7.6 Monitoring Parameters

568. The key environmental parameters such as ambient air quality, noise levels, waste disposal etc. will be monitored at key receptor locations.

569. A monitoring plan for the pre-construction, construction and operation phases of the project, indicating environmental parameters, frequency, locations and applicable standards is provided as Tables 7.1, 7.2 and 7.3 below. Standards set under the SEQS guidelines for the key receptors are also provided as Annexure B.

7.7 Environmental Training

Capacity Building and Training

570. Capacity building and training programs are necessary for Trans Karachi staff in order to control the negative impacts resulting from the project construction and during its operation phase. They will also require trainings on monitoring and inspecting of such a project for environmental impacts and for implementation of mitigation measures.


571. The details of this capacity building and training program are presented in the Table 7.4 below.

7.8 Further Additions & Updating of IEE study & EMP

572. This version of the IEE report along with this EMP shall be further updated once the detailed design is completed and any other details of the proposed biogas plant become available over the coming weeks and months. These revisions shall be incorporated into any subsequent updated versions of this IEE report and EMP.


Table 7.1: Pre-Construction Monitoring Requirements

Project Activity Potential Impact

Objective of Monitoring

Parameters to be Monitored

Measurements Location Frequency Responsibility

Relocation of infrastructure (water pipelines, gas pipelines, electric cables etc.)

Utilities could be damaged due to project works

To ensure no interruption of these services takes place once construction activity commences

Process of relocation of services

Completion of relocation of services to alternate pathways

In project area, wherever relocation of services is necessary

- TransKarachi

Ambient Air Quality

Ambient air quality could be adversely affected and exceed acceptable levels due to project works

To establish baseline air quality levels

CO,NOx & PM10 (particulate matter smaller than 10 microns) concentration at receptor level

1-hr and 24-hr concentration levels

At one key receptor location around the project site

Twice in total (Once on a weekday and once on a weekend)

TransKarachi

Ambient Noise

Ambient noise levels could exceed acceptable levels due to project works

To establish baseline noise levels

Ambient noise levels A-weighted noise levels – 24 hours, readings taken at 15 s intervals over 15 min. every hour, and then averaged

At one key receptor location around the project site

Twice in total (Once on a weekday and once on a weekend)

TransKarachi

Groundwater quality Contamination of groundwater could take place

To assess if groundwater is being contaminated

SEQS Groundwater for SEQS parameters At one location in

project area Once TransKarachi


Table 7.2: Construction Phase Monitoring Requirements

Project Activity and Potential Impact




Implementation Monitoring Noise Disturbance due to noise from construction activity

To determine the effectiveness of noise abatement measures on sound pressure levels

Ambient noise level near key noise sensitive receptor near project site

A-weighted noise levels – 24 hours, readings taken at 15 s intervals over 15 min. every hour, and then averaged

At two key receptor locations near project site

Monthly Contractor’s Environmental officer,

CSC/ TransKarachi

Air Quality Dust emissions from construction vehicles and equipment

To determine the effectiveness of dust control program on dust at receptor level

CO,NOx & PM10 (particulate matter smaller than 10 microns) concentration at receptor level

1-hr and 24-hr concentration levels

At two key receptor locations near project site

Monthly Contractor’s Environmental officer,

CSC/ TransKarachi

Visible dust Visual observation of size of dust clouds, their dispersion and the direction of dispersion

Construction sites Once daily Contractor’s Environmental officer,

CSC/ TransKarachi

Dust Fall Amount of dust deposition shall be measured

Construction sites Once daily Contractor’s Environmental officer,

CSC/ TransKarachi

Water Resources Wastage of water leading to depletion in water resources

To prevent wastage of water during the construction works

Volume of water being used versus its utilization

Visual observations of water being used at project sites and at labor camps

Construction sites and labor camps Once daily

Contractor’s Environmental officer,

CSC/ TransKarachi

Landscape scarring at borrow sites

To ensure landscape does not lose its aesthetic value

- Visual inspection Borrow sites Weekly

Contractor’s Environmental officer,

CSC/ TransKarachi






Implementation Monitoring Soil erosion To ensure soil

erosion does not take place

- Visual inspection Borrow sites Weekly Contractor’s Environmental officer,

CSC/ TransKarachi

Increase in traffic accidents

To minimize risk of traffic accidents

Number of accidents taking place Visual monitoring

Construction sites Once weekly

Contractor’s Environmental

officer,

CSC/ TransKarachi

Delays in traffic management

To ensure traffic movement is efficiently managed

Number of traffic congestion events Visual inspections

Construction sites

Once weekly Contractor’s

Environmental officer,

CSC/ TransKarachi

Safety precautions by Safety workers

To prevent accidents for workers and general public

Number of near miss events and accidents taking place

Visual inspections

Construction sites Daily by Contractor’s Environment Staff and Weekly by Supervision Consultant’s Environment Staff.


officer,

CSC/ TransKarachi

Soil Contamination To prevent contamination of soil from oil and toxic chemical spills and leakages

Incidents of oil and toxic chemical spills

Visual inspections

At construction sites and at vehicle and machinery refuelling & maintenance areas

Daily by Contractor’s Environment Staff and Weekly by Supervision Consultant’s Environment Staff.


officer,

CSC/ TransKarachi






Implementation Monitoring Solid Waste & Effluent disposal Insufficient procedures for waste collection, storage, transportation and disposal

To check the availability of waste management system and implementation

Inspection of solid and liquid effluent generation, collection, segregation, storage, recycling and disposal will be undertaken at labor camps and at all work sites in the project area

Visual inspections At labor camps and at work sites

Once daily. Liquid effluent to be tested on quarterly basis


officer,

CSC/ TransKarachi

Protection of Heritage Sites Destruction of relic or damage to heritage site

To ensure heritage sites are protected and any relic found is recovered without damage

Careful inspections during excavation work in case any relic is discovered

-

At work sites During

excavation work


officer,

CSC/ TransKarachi

Groundwater quality To assess if groundwater is being contaminated


project area Bi-annually Contractor’s

Environmental officer,

CSC/ TransKarachi

Table 7.3: Operation Phase Monitoring Requirements





Noise Disturbance due to noise from operational activity

To determine the effectiveness of noise abatement measures on sound pressure levels

Ambient noise level near receptors in project area

A-weighted noise levels – 24 hours, readings taken at 15 s intervals over 15 min. every hour, and then averaged

At one receptor location near the Biogas plant

Bi-annual

O&M Contractor’s Environmental

officer, TransKarachi


Air Quality Air pollutants can adversely affect the ambient air quality and impact human health

To ensure air pollutants are not present above the permissible guidelines

Ambient air quality i.e. concentration of pollutant gases in air such as CO, NOX and PM10

Concentration levels of the pollutant gases At one receptor

location near the Biogas plant

Bi-annual



Waste Management Solid and liquid effluent handling and disposal

To ensure solid waste and liquid effluent is disposed off in an environmentally friendly manner

Amount of solid waste and liquid effluent generated and its disposal method

Records of waste generated On-site audits of waste management Audits of the waste disposal contractors and waste disposal facilities Parameters of liquid effluent produced from biogas plant and compliance with SEQS.

Biogas plant

Daily records of waste generated to be maintained. Audits to be conducted monthly.



Odor Level Monitoring High levels of odor can cause a major nuisance for nearby receptors

To ensure odor levels emanating from the raw material at the plant are controlled and do not cause a nuisance for receptors in the project area

H2S and NH3 levels

H2S and NH3 concentrations

At boundaries of residential areas opposite Mehran highway from project site & at commercial facilities/shops in project area

Monthly O&M Contractor’s Environmental


Groundwater quality To assess if groundwater is being contaminated


project area Bi-annually




Table 7.4: Capacity Development and Training Programme

Provided by Organized by Contents No. of training events

Duration Cost (US-$)

Pre-construction Phase Monitoring Consultants/Organizations offering specialized services in environmental management and monitoring

Project Director Short seminars and courses on: Environmental Management Plan and Environmental Monitoring Plan

Two seminars for Contractor management staff and TRANS KARACHI project staff

3 days each 1,120

Construction Phase Monitoring Consultants/Organizations offering specialized services in social management and monitoring

Project Director Short seminars on Environmental risks associated with construction phase. Development of Environmental Performance Indicators Occupational Health and Safety (OHS) issues

Two seminars for Contractor management staff and TRANS KARACHI project staff dealing in environment and social issues

3 days each 1,120

Operational Phase Monitoring Consultants/Organizations offering specialized services in Occupational Health and Safety (OHS) Issues

Project Director Short seminars relating to monitoring of environmental and social parameters during operational phase

Two seminars for O&M Contractor and TRANS KARACHI staff

3 days each 1,120

Total 3,360* (US Dollar 0.00336 million)

*1SD= 178PKR as per December 15, 2021

7.9 Environmental Management Costs

573. The Table 7.5 below provides cost estimates for ‘Pre-Construction phase’ monitoring while Table 7.6 provides cost estimates for ‘Construction phase’ monitoring and Table 7.7 provides the cost estimates for the ‘Operation phase’ monitoring of key environmental parameters.

574. The costs associated with implementation of the EMP and the necessary mitigation measures are provided as Table 7.8 below. The Table 7.9 below provides the Environmental management and monitoring plan for the proposed project.


Table 7.5: Cost Estimates for ‘Pre-Construction Phase’ Environmental Monitoring

Monitoring Component

Parameters Quantity Amount US

Dollar

Details

Air Quality CO, NO2,

PM10 4 (Twice only at 1 location)

1,344 4 readings @ US Dollar 336 per sample

Noise Levels Db(A)

4 (Twice only at 1 location)


Groundwater Quality SEQS

Once 336 1 readings @ US Dollar 336 per sample

Soil Analysis FAO/USDA

Once 336 1 readings @ US Dollar 336 per sample

Contingencies 168 5% of monitoring cost Total (US Dollar) 3,528

(US Dollar 0.003528 million)

Table 7.6: Cost Estimates for ‘Construction Phase’ Environmental Monitoring


Parameters Quantity Amount US Dollar Details

Air Quality CO, NOx, PM10,

PM2.5

48 (Monthly basis at 2 locations)


Noise Levels Db(A)

48 (Monthly basis at 2 locations)


Groundwater Quality SEQS

4 (Bi-annually) 1,344 4 readings @ US Dollar 336 per sample

Soil Analysis FAO/USDA

4 (Bi-annually) 1,344 4 readings @ US Dollar 336 per sample

Liquid Effluents Effluent produced from labor camp and construction sites

As per SEQS 8 (Quarterly basis at 1 site)

896 8 readings @ US Dollar 112 per sample

Contingencies 1792 5% of monitoring cost

Total (US Dollar) 37,632 (US Dollar 0.037632 million)


Table 7.7: Annual Cost Estimates for ‘Operation Phase’ Environmental Monitoring


Parameters Quantity Amount US Dollar

Details

Air Quality CO, NO2, PM10 2 (Bi-annually at

1 location) 672

2 readings @ US Dollar 336 per sample

Noise Levels dB(A) 2 (Bi-annually at 1 location)


Liquid Effluent testing

SEQS 2 (Bi-annually at 1 location)


Surface Water Sampling from Sea

SEQS 2 (Bi-annually at 1 location)


Groundwater Quality

SEQS 4 (Bi-annually) 1,344 4 readings @ US Dollar 336 per sample

Contingencies 201.6 5% of monitoring cost Total (US Dollar) 4233.6


Table 7.8: Estimated Costs for EMP Implementation

Item Sub-Item Estimated Total Cost (US Dollar)

Staff, audit and monitoring cost1

2 persons for 24 months @ US Dollar 336 per month per staff member)

16,128

Monitoring Activities Provided separately in Tables 7.5 to 7.7. 45,393.6

Mitigation Measures As prescribed under EMP and IEE 25,146 (i) Water sprinkling To suppress dust emissions 5,588 (ii) Wastewater collection & Treatment

From labor camps and construction sites (based on initial estimates)

5,588

(iii) Solid waste collection & disposal

From labor camps and construction sites (based on initial estimates)

5,588

(iv) COVID-19 testing and protective equipment

Testing of labor staff and use of masks and sanitizers to protect against COVID-19

8,382

Contingencies 5% of EMP implementation cost 4,333.38 Total Estimated Cost (US Dollar) 91,000.98


1: To cover staff cost and expenses of Contractor


Table 7.9: Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan

Environmental Concern

Objectives Mitigation Measures (MM) recommended

Timing to implement MM

Location to implement MM

Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring

Design/Pre-Construction Stage

Development of Traffic Management Plan

To minimize possibility of accidents and traffic congestion once construction commences and thus minimize possible nuisance for residents of Karachi

1.The traffic management plan shall be prepared by the Contractor for implementation prior to commencement of the project construction activity. The main objectives of the plan shall be to maximize the safety of the workforce and the travelling public while keeping the traffic flowing as freely as possible.

2.The detailed traffic

plan shall ensure that traffic is diverted to alternate routes wherever possible and will minimize traffic jams and bottlenecks near the project site and also minimize the chances of traffic related accidents.

Prior to commencement of construction activity

At construction sites TransKarachi -






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring 3.The plan will include

consideration of the following: Lane availability and minimization of traffic flows past the works site

Establishment of acceptable working hours and constraints

Agreement on time scale for works and establishment of traffic flow/delay requirements

Acceptability of diversion routes where necessary

Need for road closures and necessary orders

Co-ordination with other planned road






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring and street works

Establishment of incident management system for duration of the works

Relocation of Utilities

To ensure all utilities are relocated to avoid disruption and inconvenience to communities and receptors in project area

1.TRANS KARACHI, as the implementing agency, will be responsible for ensuring all permits and clearances are obtained prior to commencement of work at the project site. In addition, TRANS KARACHI will ensure that detailed contingency plans are prepared prior to commencement of construction activities at the project site to mitigate any potential impacts resulting from

Prior to commencement of construction and demolition activity

Project Area Respective utility companies

TransKarachi






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring outage of utilities.

2. Contractors will assess construction locations in advance for potential disruption to services and identify risks prior to starting construction. Any damage or hindrance/disadvantage to local businesses caused by the premature removal or insufficient replacement of public utilities is subject to full compensation, at the full liability of the contractor who caused the problem.

3. If temporary disruption is unavoidable, the contractor will, in collaboration with relevant local






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring authorities such as power company, water supply company and communication company, develop a plan to minimize the disruption and communicate the dates and duration in advance to the affected persons.

4. Communities shall be informed in advance regarding storage of water when their utilities are about to be relocated. Also, water pipes located/crossing through the project site may be moved slightly away or provision of service duct may be considered.






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring 5. Construction

billboards, which include construction contents, schedule, responsible person and complaint phone number, will be erected at each construction site.

6. In case any material(s) is encountered that contains asbestos, it must be ensured that international best practices/established protocols related to handling of asbestos based materials are followed since no national regulations on handling asbestos materials exist.

Locations for Labor Camps

To ensure the labor camps do not pose any

1. All project facilities or camp sites, before being set up, will

Prior to commencement of construction

Most suitable locations for labor camps nearest to the project

TransKarachi -






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring adverse impacts on the project area

require prior approval from the Environment Specialist of the Supervision Consultant.

2. Specific locations will be strategically selected for development of labor camps that contain all necessary facilities.

3. Camp locations will

ensure minimal disturbance to residential settlements next to project site.

activity site must be identified

Contractor’s Environmental Safeguard Capacity

To ensure the Contractors engaged for the project activities possess the required safeguard capacities.

1. PMU shall review the contractor capacity with respect to safeguard management and contracts shall be awarded accordingly.

2. The Contractor will be required to define an Occupational and


Project Area TransKarachi -






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring Environmental Health and Safety procedure for all work, including work camp operation, management of cement dust, and use of Personal Safety Equipment. These procedures shall be developed and approved by the PMU in collaboration with the focal agencies before the Contractor commences any physical works on ground.

3. PMU shall ensure the project contractors are selected on merit and necessary funds has been allocated in the contract documents for EMP implementation and monitoring.






Responsibility


Lack of integration of EMP into BOQs

To ensure Contractor arranges all necessary environmental safeguard requirements prior to commencement of works at site.

1. The proposed ‘Safeguards unit’ that will be developed at the PMU will be assigned the task to check that design and bid documents are responsive to key environmental, social and safety considerations, and that the proposed method of work reflects the boundaries defined in the EMP. The bid documents must include the EMP and its implementation cost must be reflected in the BoQ.

2. IEE/EMP implementation and monitoring requirements must be part of bidding


Project Area TransKarachi -






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring documents and necessary contractual binding must be agreed by project contractors before award of contract.

3. Project contractors shall have qualified and experienced environmental staff to plan, arrange, implement, monitor and report IEE/EMP requirements.

Construction Stage Noise Levels

To minimize noise level increases during construction activities.

Unnecessary revving

of engines will be avoided and equipment will be switched off when not in use;

Install temporary noise barriers made of plywood or acoustical

During Construction Works

A list of locations to be included in contract and other sensitive areas identified by the CSC in project area.

Contractor should maintain the acceptable standards CSC to supervise relevant activities.

TransKarachi / CSC






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring blankets around noisy operation where necessary to comply with project noise limits;

Internal haul routes will be kept well maintained;

Drop heights of materials will be minimised;

Plant and vehicles will be sequentially started up rather than all together;

Use of effective exhaust silence systems or acoustic engine covers as appropriate;

As far as reasonably practicable, sources of significant noise will be enclosed;

Plant will always be used in accordance with manufacturers’ instructions. Care will






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring be taken to site equipment away from noise-sensitive areas. Where possible, loading and unloading will also be carried out away from such areas;

Regular and effective maintenance by trained personnel will be undertaken to keep plant and equipment working to manufacturers specifications; and

Screening e.g. noise barriers and blinds will be used as appropriate.

Record and respond to complaints according to the established grievance redress mechanism.

Keep nearby residences informed in advance about noisy activities during






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring various construction phases.

Vehicles and mechanical plants used for the purpose of the works shall be fitted with effective exhaust silencers, maintained in good and efficient working order and operated in such a manner as to minimise noise emissions. The construction contractor shall ensure that all plant complies with the relevant statutory requirements;

Machines in intermittent use should be shut down or throttled down to a minimum when not in use;

Compressors should be fitted with properly lined and sealed






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring acoustic covers which should be kept closed whenever in use. Pneumatic percussive tools should be fitted with mufflers or silencers of the type recommended by the manufacturers;

Equipment which breaks concrete, brickwork or masonry by bending or bursting or "nibbling" shall be used in preference to percussive tools. Where possible, avoid the use of impact tools where the construction works is close to occupied premises;

Rotary drills and busters activated by hydraulic, chemical or electrical power shall be used for excavating hard or extrusive material;






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring Equipment powered

by mains electricity shall be used in preference to equipment powered by internal combustion engine or locally generated electricity;

Neither any part of the works nor any maintenance of plant shall be carried out in such a manner as to cause unnecessary noise except in the case of an emergency when the work is absolutely necessary for the saving of life or property or the safety of the works;

Plant shall be maintained in good working order so that extraneous noise from mechanical vibration, creaking and squeaking is kept to a






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring minimum; and

Noise emitting machinery which is required to run continuously shall be housed in a suitable acoustically lined enclosure.

Train staff in construction best practice.

Construction operation times shall be limited to 07:00 to 22:00 daily

Perform independent periodic noise monitoring to demonstrate compliance with project noise limits.

Air Quality

To minimize air emissions effectively and avoid complaints due to the airborne particulate

1. Water will be sprinkled every three hours and at a higher frequency if felt necessary, at all construction sites to suppress dust


A list of locations to be included in contract and other sensitive areas identified by the CSC in project area.

Contractor shall maintain acceptable standards. CSC to supervise activities.

TransKarachi

/CSC






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring matter released to the atmosphere.

emissions. 2. All heavy equipment and machinery shall be fitted in full compliance with the national and local regulations. 3. Stockpiled soil and sand shall be slightly wetted before loading, particularly in windy conditions. 4. Fuel-efficient and well-maintained haulage trucks shall be employed to minimize exhaust emissions. 5. Vehicles transporting soil, sand and other construction materials shall be covered with tarpaulin. 6. Limitations to speeds of such vehicles necessary. Transport through densely populated area should be avoided.






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring 7. Concrete plants to be controlled in line with statutory requirements and shall not be close to sensitive receptors. 8.Stack height of generators will be at least 3 meters above the ground. 9. Project traffic will maintain maximum speed limit of 20 km/hr on all unsealed roads within project area. 10. A minimum distance of 300 meters will be ensured between batching plant(s) and the nearest residential settlements. 11. The need for large stockpiles shall be minimized by careful planning of the supply of materials from controlled sources. Stockpiles should not be






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring located within 50 m of sensitive receptors and shall be covered with tarpaulin when not in use and at the end of the working day to enclose dust. If large stockpiles (>25m3) of crushed materials are necessary, they should be enclosed with side barriers and also covered when not in use.

Traffic Management

Minimize disturbance of vehicular traffic and pedestrians during haulage of construction materials, spoil and equipment and machinery, blocking access roads during works Damage / maintenance problems for roads and bridges used by

1.Traffic signs and warning instructions shall be displayed at the sites and along the proposed routes being used by the construction vehicles for the information of other road traffic as well. 2.Public awareness campaigns through radio and newspaper advertisements shall be conducted to educate the public and sensitize them to cooperate with


The most important locations to be identified and listed. Relevant plans of the Contractor on traffic arrangements to be prepared and available.

Contractor and Engineer

TransKarachi /CSC






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring the haulage trucks, dust nuisance to residences, schools etc.

the construction staff and project focal staff in order to try and avoid the areas under construction as far as possible, particularly during the peak times when traffic volumes and pedestrian movement is the highest. 3. The potential risks of accidents to pedestrians and commuters while in the immediate vicinity of construction sites shall be conveyed to them in order to educate them and gain their cooperation and minimize the risk of accidents.

4.Employ flag persons to control traffic at the work sites for safety reasons when construction equipment






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring is entering or leaving the work area.

5.Lanes shall be created through the work site using rope or flagging to minimize risks and injuries from falling objects.

6.As much as possible, lifting and placing of the pre-cast sections will be done at night to minimize traffic congestion.

7.Post traffic advisory signs (to minimize traffic build-up) in coordination with local authorities.

8.Provide road signs indicating the lane(s) are closed 500 m before the worksite.

9.Use traffic cones to






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring direct traffic to move to the open lane.

10.Provide sufficient lighting at night within and in the vicinity of construction sites.

11.Regularly monitor traffic conditions along access roads to ensure that project vehicles are not causing congestion.

12.Define and observe schedules for different types of construction traffic trips (e.g., transport of pre-cast sections, haulage of spoils, delivery of construction materials, etc.).

13.As much as possible, schedule delivery of construction materials and equipment as well






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring as transport of spoils during non-peak hours.

14.Avoid movements of noisy vehicles during nighttime in vicinity of sensitive receivers.

15.Implement suitable safety measures to minimize risk of adverse interactions between construction works and traffic flows through provision of temporary signals or flag controls, adequate lighting, fencing, signage and road diversions.

16.Ensure relocation of any affected public transport infrastructure (bus stops, shelters etc.) prior to commencement of works.






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring 17.Provide advance notification to the community regarding changes to public transport facilities or routes.

18.Schedule construction works to minimize extent of activity along linear construction site at any one time.

19.Comply with traffic regulations and avoid, where possible, roads with the highest traffic volumes, high density of sensitive receivers or capacity constraints are not used as access to and from the construction areas and spoil disposal sites.

20.Install temporary accesses to properties






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring affected by disruption to their permanent accesses.

21.Reinstate good quality permanent accesses following completion of construction.

Community Health and Safety

To ensure the residents and visitors to the project area are kept safe during the construction activity at the different work sites.

1. Buffer strips or other methods of physical separation around the project sites shall be ensured to protect the public from major hazards associated with hazardous materials incidents or failure of the structure being constructed. In addition, nuisance issues related to noise, odors or other emissions would also be avoided as a result.

During construction activity

Project area Contractor and the CSC

TRANS KARACHI/ CSC






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring 2. Siting and safety

engineering criteria shall be incorporated to prevent failures due to natural risks posed by earthquakes, wind, flooding, landslides and fire. To prevent such issues, project structures shall be designed in accordance with engineering and design criteria mandated by site specific risks, included but not limited to seismic activity, slope stability, wind loading etc.

3. Inventories of hazardous materials shall be reduced through inventory management to greatly reduce or






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring eliminate the potential off-site consequences of a release.

4. Process or storage conditions shall be modified to reduce the potential consequences of an accidental off-site release.

5. Improving of shut down and secondary containment to reduce the amount of material escaping from containment and to reduce the release duration.

6. Reduce the probability that releases will occur through improved site operations and control, and through improvements in






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring maintenance and inspection.

7. Reduce off-site impacts of releases through measures intended to contain explosions and fires, alert the public, provide for evacuation of surrounding areas, establish safety zones around each work site, and ensure the provision of emergency medical services to the public.

8. Work areas outside the project site, especially where machinery is involved will be roped off and will be constantly monitored to ensure that local residents, particularly children, stay away. Also, no






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring machinery will be left unattended, particularly in running condition.

9. Community will be briefed on traffic safety, especially women who are the main care providers to children.

10. Speed limit of 20 km/hr will be maintained by all project related vehicles on the section of the roads and passages adjacent to the houses near the project boundary and nighttime driving of project vehicles will be limited, where possible.






Responsibility


To ensure that the CSC, contractor and workers understand and have the capacity to ensure the environmental requirements and implementation of mitigation measures.

General

1. The Contractor will be required to prepare and implement an effective OHS Plan that is supported by trained OHS personnel and emergency response facilities. Construction contracts will include standard OHS measures and contractors will be bound to implement these fully.

2. Monitoring will be required to ensure that the health and safety plan based on contract specifications is followed.

Cement feed hopper areas will be inspected daily to ensure compliance with the requirement

Induction of all relevant staff required for implementation of EMP. At early stages of construction for all construction employees as far as reasonably practicable.

All staff members in all categories. Monthly induction and six-month refresher course as necessary until contractor complies.

Contractor and the CSC and record details

TransKarachi & CSC to observe and record success






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring of dust masks.

Surfaces (including flooring and work surfaces) in camps, kitchens, dining areas and workshops should be solid and easy to clean. Flooring for work camps must be float finished concrete or better.

All drivers engaged by Contractors must hold a valid license for the vehicle they are operating.

Work in confined space shall be executed with available safety standards. Adequate monitoring and equipment shall be available to detect deficient oxygen levels.

The Contractor shall






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring submit to the Engineer for approval an emergency evacuation plan and practice the procedure annually.

The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval a site layout plan, identifying work areas, accommodation, kitchen, dining area, sanitary facilities, location of generators, plant and vehicle parking, transport routes through the camp, pedestrian routes through the camp, evacuation routes, emergency exits, batching plants, storage areas, waste facilities etc.

Fire extinguishers should be provided throughout camps






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring and work sites. Fire extinguishers should be inspected monthly and maintained as necessary.

An adequate and reliable supply of safe drinking water shall be made available at readily accessible and suitable places including at all camps.

The Contractor shall take samples from each supply of drinking water and arrange for analysis of these samples at EPA certified laboratory prior to its use by the Contractor’s staff. The results of these tests for each supply must be submitted to the Engineer and must demonstrate that each water supply meets national






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring and World Health Organisation standards for drinking water.

The Contractor shall provide and maintain adequate hygienic kitchens which are sheltered and separated from the living quarters. Kitchens shall include raised and washable surfaces suitable for food preparation.

The Contractor shall provide and maintain adequate hygienic dining areas for staff. Work places and camps should be provided with both natural& artificial light. Artificial lighting should be powered by generator in the event of power cuts.

Public sensitization training should be






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring provided to workers to avoid social conflicts between residents and the construction contractor, Occurrence of any such impacts can be avoided by community sensitive project planning and implementation and through effective involvement of local administration.

All OHS protocols should be implemented in true letter and spirit.

Contractor must appoint an OHS resource to implement, monitor and report the HSE management plan to concerned authorities.

Contractor must ensure the provision






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring of first aid facility at construction site and camps through hiring medics and establishing a dispensary at the campsite.

Reasonable number of first aid kits should be available on construction sites and within contractor camps.

Site personnel will be provided appropriate type of personal protective equipment (PPEs). Contractor will ensure consistent use of PPEs.

3. Based on the type of hazard applicable during the proposed works at site, the following mitigation measures as per IFC guidelines for Occupational Health






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring and Safety (OH&S) must be implemented:24

4. Emergency response plan to provide measures and guidance for the establishment and implementation of emergency preparedness plans during project execution is provided as Annexure F.

Mitigation Measures for Physical Hazards

Rotating and Moving Equipment

5. Injury or death can occur from being trapped, entangled, or struck by machinery parts due to unexpected starting of equipment or

24 https://www.ifc.org/wps/wcm/connect/1d19c1ab-3ef8-42d4-bd6b-

cb79648af3fe/2%2BOccupational%2BHealth%2Band%2BSafety.pdf?MOD=AJPERES&CVID=ls62x8l






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring unobvious movement during operations. Mitigation measures related to rotating and moving equipment on workers are provided below:

Designing machines to eliminate trap hazards and ensuring that extremities are kept out of harm’s way under normal operating conditions.

Where a machine or equipment has an exposed moving part or exposed pinch point that may endanger the safety of any worker, the machine or equipment should be equipped with, and protected by, a guard or other device that prevents access to the moving part or pinch point. Guards






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring should be designed and installed in conformance with appropriate machine safety standards.

Turning off, disconnecting, isolating, and de-energizing (Locked Out and Tagged Out) machinery with exposed or guarded moving parts, or in which energy can be stored (e.g. compressed air, electrical components) during servicing or maintenance.

Designing and installing equipment, where feasible, to enable routine service, such as lubrication, without removal of the guarding devices or mechanisms.






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring Vibration

6. Exposure to hand-arm vibration from equipment such as hand and power tools, or whole-body vibrations from surfaces on which the worker stands or sits, should be controlled through choice of equipment, installation of vibration dampening pads or devices, and limiting the duration of exposure. Limits for vibration and action values. Exposure levels should be checked on the basis of daily exposure time and data provided by equipment manufacturers.

7. Other sources of vibration at construction site are rollers,






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring compactors or any loose part of machinery exposure which may cause serious injury or workplace sickness. No equipment and machinery with loose or vibratory parts will be allowed to work. Such issues will be fixed through maintenance of the machinery on periodic basis. Use of rollers for land grading will be carried out during day times and with intermittent intervals to reduce the impacts of vibration on surrounding environment.

8. Considering the project setting, which is not in a congested urban environment and instead is a rural open setting, there is no






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring potential risks with regards to vibration.

Electrical

9. Exposed or faulty electrical devices, such as circuit breakers, panels, cables, cords and hand tools, can pose a serious risk to workers. Overhead wires can be struck by metal devices, such as poles or ladders, and by vehicles with metal booms. Vehicles or grounded metal objects brought into close proximity with overhead wires can result in arcing between the wires and the object, without actual contact. Recommended actions include:

Marking all energized






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring electrical devices and lines with warning signs; ·

Locking out (de-charging and leaving open with a controlled locking device) and tagging-out (warning sign placed on the lock) devices during service or maintenance;

Checking all electrical cords, cables, and hand power tools for frayed or exposed cords and following manufacturer recommendations for maximum permitted operating voltage of the portable hand tools; ·

Double insulating / grounding all electrical equipment used in environments that are, or may






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring become, wet; using equipment with ground fault interrupter (GFI) protected circuits; ·

Protecting power cords and extension cords against damage from traffic by shielding or suspending above traffic areas; ·

Conducting detailed identification and marking of all buried electrical wiring prior to any excavation work.

Eye Hazards

10. Solid particles from a wide variety of industrial operations, and/or a liquid chemical spray may strike a worker in the eye causing an eye injury or permanent blindness.






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring Recommended measures include:

Use of machine guards or splash shields and/or face and eye protection devices, such as safety glasses with side shields, goggles, and/or a full-face shield. Specific Safe Operating Procedures (SOPs) may be required for use of sanding and grinding tools and/or when working around liquid chemicals. Frequent checks of these types of equipment prior to use to ensure mechanical integrity is also good practice. Machine and equipment guarding should conform to standards published by organizations such as CSA, ANSI and






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring ISO.

Welding/Hot Work

11. Welding creates an extremely bright and intense light that may seriously injure a worker’s eyesight. In extreme cases, blindness may result. Additionally, welding may produce noxious fumes to which prolonged exposure can cause serious chronic diseases. Recommended measures include: ·

Provision of proper eye protection such as welder goggles and/or a full-face eye shield for all personnel involved in, or assisting, welding operations. Additional methods may include the use of welding






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring barrier screens around the specific work station (a solid piece of light metal, canvas, or plywood designed to block welding light from others). Devices to extract and remove noxious fumes at the source may also be required. ·

Special hot work and fire prevention precautions and Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) should be implemented if welding or hot cutting is undertaken outside established welding work stations, including ‘Hot Work Permits, stand-by fire extinguishers, stand-by fire watch, and maintaining the fire watch for up to one hour after welding or hot cutting has






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring terminated. Special procedures are required for hot work on tanks or vessels that have contained flammable materials.

Industrial Vehicle Driving and Site Traffic

12. Poorly trained or inexperienced industrial vehicle drivers have increased risk of accident with other vehicles, pedestrians, and equipment. Industrial vehicles and delivery vehicles, as well as private vehicles on-site, also represent potential collision scenarios. Industrial vehicle driving and site traffic safety practices include:

13. Training and






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring licensing industrial vehicle operators in the safe operation of specialized vehicles such as forklifts, including safe loading/unloading, load limits.

Ensuring drivers undergo medical surveillance.

Ensuring moving equipment with restricted rear visibility is outfitted with audible back-up alarms.

Establishing rights-of-way, site speed limits, vehicle inspection requirements, operating rules and procedures (e.g. prohibiting operation of forklifts with forks in down position), and control of traffic






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring patterns or direction.

Restricting the circulation of delivery and private vehicles to defined routes and areas, giving preference to ‘one-way’ circulation, where appropriate.

Ergonomics, Repetitive Motion, Manual Handling

14. Injuries due to ergonomic factors, such as repetitive motion, overexertion, and manual handling, take prolonged and repeated exposures to develop, and typically require periods of weeks to months for recovery. These OHS problems should be minimized or eliminated to maintain a productive workplace.






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring Controls may include:

Facility and workstation design with 5th to 95th percentile operational and maintenance workers in mind.

Use of mechanical assists to eliminate or reduce exertions required to lift materials, hold tools and work objects, and requiring multi-person lifts if weights exceed thresholds.

Selecting and designing tools that reduce force requirements and holding times and improve postures. ·

Providing user adjustable workstations.

Incorporating rest and stretch breaks






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring into work processes and conducting job rotation.

Implementing quality control and maintenance programs that reduce unnecessary forces and exertions.

Taking into consideration additional special conditions such as left-handed persons.

Working at Heights

15. Fall prevention and protection measures should be implemented whenever a worker is exposed to the hazard of falling more than two meters; into operating machinery; into water or other liquid; into hazardous substances; or through an opening in






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring a work surface. Fall prevention / protection measures may also be warranted on a case-specific basis when there are risks of falling from lesser heights. Fall prevention may include:

Installation of guardrails with mid-rails and toe boards at the edge of any fall hazard area. ·

Proper use of ladders and scaffolds by trained employees. ·

Use of fall prevention devices, including safety belt and lanyard travel limiting devices to prevent access to fall hazard area, or fall protection devices such as full body harnesses used in conjunction with shock absorbing lanyards or self-






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring retracting inertial fall arrest devices attached to fixed anchor point or horizontal life-lines. ·

Appropriate training in use, serviceability, and integrity of the necessary PPE. ·

Inclusion of rescue and/or recovery plans, and equipment to respond to workers after an arrested fall.

16. These include:

Fire and Explosions

17. Fires and or explosions resulting from ignition of flammable materials or gases can lead to loss of property as well as possible injury or fatalities to project workers. Prevention and






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring control strategies include:

Fuel storage areas and generators will have secondary containment in the form of concrete or brick masonry bunds. The volume of the containment area should be equal to 120% of the total volume of fuel stored.

Storing flammables away from ignition sources and oxidizing materials. Further, flammables storage area should be:

o Remote from entry and exit points into camps

o Away from facility ventilation intakes or vents

o Have natural or passive floor and






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring ceiling level ventilation and explosion venting

o Use spark-proof fixtures

o Be equipped with fire extinguishing devices and self closing doors, and constructed of materials made to withstand flame impingement for a moderate period of time. ·

Defining and labeling fire hazards areas to warn of special rules (e.g. prohibition in use of smoking materials, cellular phones, or other potential spark generating equipment). ·

Providing specific worker training in handling of






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring flammable materials, and in fire prevention or suppression.

Corrosive, oxidizing, and reactive chemicals

18. Corrosive, oxidizing, and reactive chemicals present similar hazards and require similar control measures as flammable materials. However, the added hazard of these chemicals is that inadvertent mixing or intermixing may cause serious adverse reactions. This can lead to the release of flammable or toxic materials and gases, and may lead directly to fires and explosions. These types of substances have the






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring additional hazard of causing significant personal injury upon direct contact, regardless of any intermixing issues. The following controls should be observed in the work environment when handling such chemicals: ·

Corrosive, oxidizing and reactive chemicals should be segregated from flammable materials and from other chemicals of incompatible class (acids vs. bases, oxidizers vs. reducers, water sensitive vs. water based, etc.), stored in ventilated areas and in containers with appropriate secondary containment to






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring minimize intermixing during spills. ·

Workers who are required to handle corrosive, oxidizing, or reactive chemicals should be provided with specialized training and provided with, and wear, appropriate PPE (gloves, apron, splash suits, face shield or goggles, etc).

Where corrosive, oxidizing, or reactive chemicals are used, handled, or stored, qualified first-aid should be ensured at all times. Appropriately equipped first-aid stations should be easily accessible throughout the place of work, and eye-wash stations and/or emergency showers






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring should be provided close to all workstations where the recommended first-aid response is immediate flushing with water.

Mitigation Measures for Biological Hazards

19. Biological agents represent potential for illness or injury due to single acute exposure or chronic repetitive exposure. Biological hazards can be prevented most effectively by implementing the following measures: ·

The contractor should review and assess known and suspected presence of biological agents at the place of work and implement appropriate safety






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring measures, monitoring, training, and training verification programs.

Project contractor must provide good working and sanitation conditions at camp and wok sites. Disease surveillance should be carried out to identify any exposure to parasites, such as hookworm, ascaris, and various mites, chiggers, ticks and dengue.

Measures to eliminate and control hazards from known and suspected biological agents at the place of work should be designed, implemented and maintained in close co-operation with the local health authorities and






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring according to recognized international standards.

Loss of Access in Project Area

To ensure to loss of access takes place, particularly for the communities residing close to the project site.

The Contractor shall ensure that:

Construction activities are phased out

At no point during the construction works will the road be completely closed off

Access shall not be blocked due to construction works/equipment/vehicles to any of the businesses and/or residences.


Project area Contractor CSC and TransKarachi

Excavated Material (Earthworks) Disposal

Significant volumes of clay/mud shall be excavated

A detailed Plan for management and disposal of Excavated Material must be



TransKarachi / CSC






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring from the project site. Unless a suitable disposal location and efficient transport mechanism for disposal of this material is arranged, it could potentially result in major health and aesthetics issues.

developed. This Plan must identify suitable location(s) prior to commencement of excavation works and require the engaging of experienced and credible third parties for transport and disposal of this material in the most efficient and effective manner without any logistical or management delays.

Hazardous and Non-hazardous waste management

To manage all hazardous and non-hazardous waste as per international best practices.

1. A waste management plan will be developed prior to the start of construction. This plan will cater to sorting of hazardous and non-hazardous materials prior to disposal, placing of waste bins at the project site for waste disposal and an onsite hazardous waste

During Construction

Project site Contractor TransKarachi / CSC






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring storage facility. 2. Periodic on-site audits of waste management will be undertaken along with auditing of waste disposal contractors and disposal facilities on regular basis to check that procedures are being followed. 3. Records of all waste generated during the construction period will be maintained. Quantities of waste disposed, recycled or reused will be logged on a Waste Tracking Register. 4. Licensed waste contractors will be engaged to dispose all non-hazardous waste material that cannot be recycled or reused. 5. Training will be provided to personnel for identification, segregation and management of waste.






Responsibility


Waste Generation at Camp & Batching Plant

Prevent untreated waste from being released into the environment.

All the solid waste from the camps will be properly collected at source by placing containers and disposed of through proper solid waste management system. The Contractor will coordinate with local representatives and administration concerned department for the disposal of solid waste;

The concerned department will develop a plan of action for transporting the waste to the disposal site for final disposal. It is the responsibility of the concerned department to ensure that the disposal site is

During Construction

At labor camps Contractor TransKarachi / CSC






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring properly lined to prevent the leachate from contaminating the groundwater;

Secondly, the disposal site must be located away as far as practical from populated areas and regions that have a high density of Wildlife;

Toxic waste will be handled, stored, transported and disposed separately;

The waste will be properly sealed in containers with proper labels, indicating the nature of the waste;

Solid waste will be segregated at source so that it can be re-






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring used or recycled; and

Contractors are required to prepare a Solid Waste Management Plan that identifies the following: material types, estimated quantities and methods for disposal; locations onsite for collection and storage; locations for disposal. A record keeping system for all wastes and a tracking and manifest system for hazardous and recycled materials will be included in the plan. Necessary enclosed facilities, containers and equipment will be provided in keeping with the Plan. The Plan will be updated as necessary with actual






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring quantities, locations for disposal and additional information in accordance with the Plan.

No untreated effluent will be released into the environment.

Closed sewage treatment system will treat the effluent, which will then be disposed of in a soak pit or will be used for plantation.

Water being released from any batching plant(s) must be treated as per requirements of SEQS prior to release to sewerage system/any other water body.






Responsibility


Soil Erosion and Sedimentation

To prevent soil erosion

Any drainage structures, culverts or pipes crossing the project site may need to be modified or protected and the detailed designs must make provisions to protect or re-provision all infrastructure that may be affected by the construction works.

During Construction

Project site Contractor TransKarachi /CSC

Soil Contamination

To prevent contamination of soil

1. It will be ensured that spill prevention trays are provided and used during refueling. Also, on-site maintenance of construction vehicles and equipment will be avoided as far as possible. In case on-site maintenance is unavoidable, tarpaulin or other impermeable material will be spread on the ground to prevent contamination of soil.

2. Regular inspections

will be carried out to

During Construction

Project site Contractor TransKarachi /CSC






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring detect leakages in construction vehicles and equipment and all vehicles will be washed in external commercial facilities.

3. Fuels, lubricants and chemicals will be stored in covered bounded areas, underlain with impervious lining. Appropriate arrangements, including shovels, plastic bags and absorbent materials will be available near fuel and oil storage areas. 4. The Contractor will analyze the soil quality on bi-annual basis at the project site to assess and ensure no soil contamination takes place at the site.

Employment Conflicts

To prevent conflicts of the project work force with the

1. A transparent hiring policy shall be adopted and local communities in



TransKarachi

/ CSC






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring residents in the project area

project area will be informed of this policy.

2. It shall be ensured

that maximum number of unskilled and semi-skilled jobs will be provided to residents of Karachi and its suburbs.

3. TRANS KARACHI

will ensure a balanced process of employment for communities in project area.

Child Labor, Sexual Abuse, Exploitation and Harassment (SEAH)

To ensure no child labor is engaged at the work site and sexual abuse, exploitation and harassment is prevented at site.

The contractor will manage the potential risks of child labor, sexual exploitation and abuse, and sexual harassment by taking following actions:

The Contractor will not engage any child labor at the work site(s) which shall be ensured through regular monitoring of



TransKarachi / CSC






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring the identity cards of all staff working on site.

The contractor’s COC shall cover a program to promote awareness of the construction workers on avoiding any gender-based violence;

The contractor’s monthly training program will cover topics related to COC such as sexual harassment particularly towards women and children, violence, including sexual and/or gender-based violence;

Measures to protect the privacy of women and girls by the contractor, sub-contractors and






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring service providers;

The contractor will make sure that no discrimination is made on the basis of gender while hiring of workers;

The contractor will set the employment relationship on the code of equal opportunity and fair treatment and develop COC for workers to address these issues;

The employment decisions will not be made on the basis of personal characteristics unrelated to inherent job requirements, including race, gender, nationality, religion or belief, disability, age, sexual orientation, or ethnic, social and indigenous






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring origin;

Special measures will be taken to address harassment, intimidation, and/or exploitation, especially in relation to women;

No Sexual Harassment Policy will be established and strictly endorsed in accordance with provincial law;

World Bank Good Practice Note on Addressing GBV will be used as guidance.25

Communicable diseases incl. COVID-19

To prevent outbreak of diseases

A communicable diseases prevention program will be prepared for construction workers or residents near the



TransKarachi I/ CSC

25 http://documents.worldbank.org/curated/en/399881538336159607/Environment-and-Social-Framework-ESF-Good-Practice-Note-on-Gender-based-Violence-English.pdf






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring construction sites.

COVID-19 specific measures WHO

All workers must perform complete sanitization at the site as per SOPs/guidelines issued by WHO and the national guidelines issued by the Government of Pakistan (GOP)26.

All workers must wear a mask and gloves as soon as they arrive at site and must keep wearing it at all times while present at the work site. The WHO guidelines on use of masks are provided as Annexure Q.

As soon as workers arrive at work site, their body temperature must

26 https://covid.gov.pk/guideline






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring be checked and in case any worker is assessed to be running a fever or suffering from a flu or cough, he must be informed to leave immediately and self-isolate for a two week period and not report for work until this two week mandatory period has been completed.

At the work site(s), social distancing measures must be strictly implemented and gathering of workers at any location at the work site(s) must be strictly forbidden. In case of workers not taking this measure seriously, strict penalties must be imposed to ensure implementation.

The work tasks must be divided into shifts, as far as possible, to






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring reduce the workforce present at the work site(s) at any one moment and improve the working speed/efficiency.

All workers will be strictly advised to wash their hands as frequently as practicable and not to touch their face during work.

A supply of safe drinking water will be made available and maintained at the project site(s).

Chlorinated disinfecting spraying must be conducted at the work site(s).

COVID awareness sign boards must be installed at the camp clinic and at the work site(s).

Contact details of all






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring workers will be kept in a register on site in order to efficiently trace and manage any possible workers that might experience symptoms of COVID-19.

Prohibition of entry for local community/any unauthorized persons at work sites.

Proper hygiene practices in the toilets and washrooms will be implemented with proper and adequate use of soaps and disinfectant spray.

Social distancing must be maintained during the pick-up and dropping off of workers from their residences to and from the work site(s).

COVID-19 specific measures GOP






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring Advice for Site Managers:

Every construction project shall make proper arrangements for uninterrupted building services including but not restricted to, electricity, fuel, water supply, water disposal and sanitation, communication links, washrooms with hand hygiene and shower facility and with proper and adequate supply of soaps and disinfectants.

Workers should not use biometric attendance machines or crowd during attendance, entry or exit to the premises of the construction site.

Ensure the availability of the thermal gun at the entry and exit of






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring the construction site and no worker should be allowed without getting his/her temperature checked.

Site manager must maintain a register of all contact details with NID number and addresses of all present at the site in case a follow up or tracing and tracking of contacts is required at a later stage.

Develop the employee roaster to decrease the number of people on the site very day. Split the shifts of the workers in morning and evening with limit of each shift to 8 working hours.

Every worker must change into standard working attire at the time of commencement of






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring duty and change back to their regular dress after taking shower when their duty hours end.

In addition to all other internationally recognized safety precaution for construction workers and other staff, every individual must be provided with a face mask. It must be ensured that everyone during his or her presence at the site continues to wear the mask. Face mask shall be replaced as and when soiled or otherwise removed. Outer surface of face mask must not be touched with hands.

Non-essential work trainings must be postponed avoiding gathering of people.






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring Ensure the physical

distance by creating more than one route of entry and exit to the site.

Instruct the workers to inform the construction manager (or authorities) if

- They develop any symptoms of cough, flu or fever.

- They have been exposed to someone suspected or confirmed with COVID 19.

- They have met someone who has a travel history of COVID 19 endemic country. They have travelled in last couple of days or plan to travel soon.

All incidences of appearance of the symptoms of COVID-






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring 19 shall be immediately documented and maintained at the site and information regarding which shall be immediately communicated through e-mail or else, to the designated health facility, and the sick worker shall be transported to the health facility for further advice and action. The site manager must establish a link with a nearby healthcare facility with arrangements for quick transportation of workers in case of an emergency.

Persuade the workers to inform the authorities for their safety and of other if they observe any signs and symptoms in a






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring colleague.

Do not allow any worker at the construction site who has the symptoms.

Display the awareness banners about hand hygiene and physical distancing, where you can, around the work site.


Workers shall be requested and required to wash their hands as frequently as practicable and shall also be advised not to touch their face with their hands during work.

Workers must maintain no less than two arm lengths between them before, during after






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring work at all the times. They shall not make physical contact and shall be required to maintain separate personal gears and assets which must be clearly labelled and stored without intermix.

Only sanitizable dining surfaces shall be used, which must be cleaned before each service. If reusable utensils are used, these must be washed with soap and water immediately after use and stored at a safe place.

The lunch breaks and stretch breaks of the workers must be staggered to avoid the clustering of workers. Workers must not sit at less than 2 meters distance while having meals and while any other activity requiring interpersonal






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring communications in well ventilated areas.

In the wake of current restrictions on transportation, site managers will ensure safe transport arrangements for worker which should not be crowded and should have social distancing in place during the entire process from pickups till drops at destination.

In case of workers sleeping in at the site of construction, a safe distance of 2 meters must be ensured in the sleeping rooms which must be well ventilated.

A supply of safe drinking water must be made available at the project site and maintained.






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring Advice for Construction Workers:

All possible and prescribed measures shall be taken to ensure your and others health. Enter your contact details in the register maintained at the site, in case a follow up or tracing and tracking of contacts is required at a later stage.

Follow hygiene practices at washrooms and shower facility with proper and adequate use of soaps and disinfectants.

Every worker must change into standard working attire at the time of commencement of duty and change back to their regular dress after taking shower






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring when their duty hours end.

In addition to all other internationally recognized safety precaution for construction workers and other staff, every individual must use face mask. Face mask shall be replaced as and when soiled or otherwise removed. Outer surface of face mask must not be touched with hands.

Workers should wash their hands as frequently as practicable and shall not to touch their face with their hands during work.


Workers must maintain






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring no less than two arm lengths between them before, during after work at all the times. They shall not make physical contact and shall be required to maintain separate personal gears and assets which must be clearly labelled and stored without intermix.

Sick worker should immediately inform the site manager and must get medical advice from nearby health centre.

Only sanitizable dining surfaces shall be used. If reusable utensils are used, these must be washed with soap and water immediately after use and stored at a safe place.

Do not sit at less than 2 meters distance while having meals






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring and while any other activity requiring interpersonal communications and only in well ventilated areas.

Do not use biometric attendance machines or crowd during attendance, entry or exit to the premises of the construction site.

Use safe transport arrangements which should not be crowded and should have social distancing in place during the entire process from pickups till drops at destination.

In case sleeping in at the site of construction, a safe distance of 2 meters must be ensured in the sleeping rooms which must be well ventilated.

Deliveries or Other






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring Contractors Visiting the Site:

Non-essential visits to the construction sites should be cancelled or postponed.

Delivery workers or other contractors who need to visit the construction site must go through temperature check before entering and should be given clear instructions for precautions to be taken while on site.

Designate the workers, with protective gears or at least gloved and mask, to attend to the deliveries and contractors.

Make alcohol-based hand sanitizer (at least 70%) available for the workers handling






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring deliveries.

Instruct the visiting truck drivers to remain in their vehicles and whenever possible make use of contactless methods, such as mobile phones, to communicate with your workers.

Archaeological sites

To protect any antiquities or relics that might be excavated

If evidence of any archaeological remains is found during the construction activities, the excavation work will be stopped immediately and necessary next steps taken to identify the archaeological discovery based on the ‘Chance Find’ procedures, provided as Annexure L.

During Construction

Project site Contractor TransKarachi /CSC and department of Archaeology

Operational Stage






Responsibility


Liquid Effluent (liquid fraction of digestate) disposal

To ensure only effluent meeting the applicable standards is discharged from the biogas plant.

It shall be ensured that any liquid effluent discharged from the biogas plant, including the liquid fraction of the digestate, meets the applicable discharge standards in order to fulfill both SEPA and ADB requirements.

Once biogas plant operation commences.

Biogas plant O&M Contractor TransKarachi

Solid Waste (solid fraction of digestate) disposal

To ensure proper disposal of solid waste generated from biogas plant operation

It shall be ensured that:

Firm arrangements for purchase of the compost as fertilizer are in place prior to commencement of the plant operation.

In case any disputes arise that might disrupt and/or prevent the removal of the compost being produced at the plant, a contingency plan must be developed and put in place that ensures an alternate suitable disposal location(s) for the compost being


Biogas plant O&M Contractor TransKarachi






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring produced or results in plant shut down until suitable arrangements are made for disposal of the compost.

In case a high level of

disease vectors is observed in the win rows area, required remediation measures must be implemented such as spraying of disinfectants etc. to control potential spread of diseases.

The win rows must be

placed on a properly lined concrete base as per internationally accepted design standards and specifications to prevent ground water contamination.

Traffic Management Issues

To ensure the expected movement of heavy/large

The potential risks of accidents to pedestrians and commuters while in


Project area around biogas plant

O&M Contractor TransKarachi






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring vehicles due to biogas plant operation does not

the immediate vicinity of the project site shall be conveyed to them in order to educate them and gain their cooperation and minimize the risk of accidents.

Road widening and creation of additional lanes should be considered in the project area and near the project site to minimize traffic congestion and accident risks.

Post traffic advisory signs in the project area (to minimize traffic build-up) in coordination with local authorities indicating the movement of heavy traffic in the vicinity of the proposed biogas plant.

As far as possible,






Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring define the schedules for movement of the heavy vehicles to and from the site to space their movement out as far as possible and thus minimize the possibility of traffic congestion and to ensure transport of materials during non-peak hours.

Comply with traffic regulations and avoid, where possible, roads with the highest traffic volumes, high density of sensitive receivers or capacity constraints are not used as access to and from the biogas plant.

Air Quality

It shall be ensured that:

All emissions from the different units of the biogas plant are monitored and compliance with


Sensitive Receptors around biogas plant







Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring SEQS emission and ambient standards is achieved.


In case of failure to

meet any SEQS standards, the plant must be immediately shut down until the non-performing process equipment is repaired or replaced, as applicable.






Responsibility


Odor Generation

To minimize through effective management the odor generation from cattle manure and prevent causing a nuisance for the receptors in the project area

The manure and all odor producing raw material must be stored in a covered area to minimize the spread of odors as far as possible.

The raw material that is stored for processing must be covered as far as possible with tarpaulin etc.

Storage of manure and odor producing raw material must be strategically located in yards located opposite from the wind direction to minimize as far as possible the reaching of odors to the sensitive receptors, particularly the residential areas located across the road (Mehran highway) from the project site.









Responsibility


All efforts shall be made to install equipment that controls air emissions and limits them within the thresholds for Ammonia and Hydrogen Sulphide mentioned above to minimize the nuisance from odor for the sensitive receptors in the project area.

Spread of disease vectors

Comprehensive plan must be developed and implemented to spray pesticides on the manure piles in the yard(s) at different frequencies throughout the year based on the seasons.

Minimize the manure inventory lying in the yard(s) of the project site as far as possible to prevent breeding of disease vectors.









Responsibility


Cover the manure piles lying in the yard(s) as far as possible.

Cover all drains carrying effluent with manure and/or toxic contents and inject pesticides and/or chemicals as required to prevent breeding of disease vectors.

Accidental Toxic Gas Release

To prepare required contingency plans to adequately handle any emergencies involving accidental toxic gas releases

A comprehensive emergency response plan is to be prepared to avoid accidental release of gases and to minimize the impacts. The key features of the emergency response plan will include the following:

Identification of hazardous chemicals, processes and the operations









Responsibility

Implementation Monitoring Release scenarios,

consequences in terms of overpressure and toxic release etc.

Preparation of site

plan for damage control

Identification of the

vulnerable zones Classification of unit

or units that have the most potential for creating on-site as well as off-site emergencies


important facilities in the vulnerable zone


requirements of various departments in-site as well as out-site of the biogas plant for coping with any emergency situation.






Responsibility


Natural and Man made hazards

Emergency response plans to be prepared by Trans Karachi prior to commencement of plant operation and implemented as part of preparedness for any natural and/or man-made hazards that might take place.

Staff trainings on emergency preparedness to be conducted on bi-annual basis to ensure all staff are trained and receive refresher courses every six months to remain well versed and proficient in emergency protocols.

During project operation Project site O&M

Contractor TransKarachi

PD Project Director

CSC Construction Supervision Consultant

O&M Operation & Maintenance

Public Consultation and Information Disclosure 309 | P a g e

8 Public Consultation and Information Disclosure

8.1 Introduction

1. Public participation and community consultation has been taken up as an integral part of environmental and social assessment process of the proposed biogas plant development. Detailed public consultations have been conducted from September’19 onwards in the project area. Consultation was used as a tool to inform and educate stakeholders about the proposed action both before and after the development decisions were made. It assisted in identification of the problems associated with the project as well as the needs of the population likely to be impacted.

2. This participatory process helped in reducing the public resistance to change and enabled the participation of the local people in the decision-making process. Public consultations have been carried out in the project area with the objectives of minimizing probable adverse impacts of the project and to achieve speedy implementation of the project through bringing in awareness among the key stakeholders on the benefits of the project.

3. Public participation and consultation are the major keys to any success in infrastructure development. The sustainability of any infrastructure development depends on the participatory planning in which public consultation plays a major role.

4. Aiming at promotion of public understanding and discussion on the local needs and concerns of the key stakeholders i.e., local community members, local businesses and government officials. Consultations were conducted through individual interviews and formal consultations.

5. The environmental assessment process under the Pakistan Environmental Protection Act 1997, requires the disclosure to the public after the statutory IEE / EIA has been accepted by the relevant EPA, to be in strict adherence to the rules. In this IEE, the consultation process was performed to satisfy both the national SEPA requirements and the ADB safeguard requirements (Social Safeguard Policy 2009).

8.2 Objective of Consultations

6. The basic objective of the consultations is as follows:

Understand views of affected key stakeholders and generate ideas regarding the expected demands of the affected parties;

Disseminate information to the affected persons about the project in terms of its activities and scope of work; and understand the views and perceptions of the people affected and local communities with reference to the proposed biogas plant development.

Identify and assess major economic and social information and characteristics of the project area to enable effective social and resettlement planning and its implementation.

Resolve issues related to impacts on community property and their relocation.


Examine PAPs’ opinions on health safety issues during the construction period on garbage materials, waste materials and other pollution issues.

Identify levels and extent of community participation in project implementation and monitoring.

Establish an understanding for identification of overall developmental goals and benefits of the project.

Disseminate information to and develop a thorough coordination with different government, non-government and public private sector stakeholder line agencies ensuring their participation and mobilization of support in the process for the successful planning and implementation of the project.

Assess the local people's willingness to get involved with the project; and enumerate the measures to be taken during the implementation of the project.

8.3 Identification of Main Stakeholders

7. The team mapped all stakeholders affected or potentially involved in the biogas project and highlighted the groups to meet on immediate basis which are shown in Figure 8.1 below.

Figure 8.1: Stakeholder Mapping

8.4 Role of Stakeholders

8. From the very first week, the project team initiated its stakeholder engagement process to present the scope of the project, identify areas of risks and effective


mitigation measures including building support for the project. During the study period, the team met with following stakeholder representatives/groups.

Mr. Nadeem Babar, Special Assistant to Prime Minister on Petroleum

Mr. Hassan Nasir Jamy, Federal Secretary Climate Change

Ms. Uzma Adil, Chairperson Oil & Gas Regulatory Authority (OGRA)

Urban Transport Unit, Asian Development Bank Pakistan Resident Mission

Ms. Naheed Durrani, Chairperson of Planning & Development Board of Sindh

Director General of Sindh Environment Protection Agency (SEPA)

The Project Implementation Unit for BRT Karachi Red Line project

Deputy Commissioner Malir

Deputy Commissioner Korangi

District Municipal Commissioner Malir

K-Electric

Sui Southern Gas Company

Sindh Solid Waste Management Company

Sindh Energy Board – Department of Alternative Energy

Pakistan Council of Scientific and Industrial Research

Cattle, Dairy and Farmer Association of Pakistan

8.5 Approach for Public Consultation

9. Consultations were planned and conducted with different stakeholders such as the affected persons as well as public sector representatives from different line departments.

10. The approach adopted towards public participation was intended to disseminate information, solicit inputs and develop consensus on issues and subsequently propose mitigation measures. This approach was put into practice through consultations and public meetings with relevant stakeholders in the project area.

11. The project related information was shared with all key stakeholders by engaging local personnel with strong linkages in the project area who jointly helped to explain the project scope to the different stakeholders. Through detailed briefings, it was ensured that complete clarity was provided to the stakeholders regarding the possible environment related issues to be faced by the key receptors in the project area.

12. It is important to emphasize that the public consultation is a continual process that shall be conducted throughout the project development phase with different national and international project stakeholders being consulted and their respective comments and concerns being addressed through dialogue and discussion. These consultations shall continue during the project detailed design phase and shall be completed prior to


review of this report for separate approvals from ADB and SEPA, with the finalized consultation findings incorporated into the last version of this report.

8.6 Consultations

13. Detailed and extensive consultations with different key stakeholders have been conducted to date, consisting of the local communities as the directly project affected persons as well as key officials and representatives of the relevant public sector agencies. The details of the persons consulted are provided in Annexure E.

14. The details of the stakeholders consulted along with the key discussion points and the responses to their comments/concerns/suggestions are provided below.

8.7 Key Discussion points

15. The key comments and concerns raised as a result of the consultations as part of the scoping activity are as follows:

Most of the people that were interviewed have supported the proposed biogas plant development.

After making extensive efforts, 35 consultations specifically with the local communities and local businesses have been performed around the proposed plant site.

Many of the people being requested for the consultation refused to provide any comments, apparently due to the overall increasing grudges with the current local Government and anger due to the lack of any developmental activities in the entire Cattle colony area.

Literacy rate of the entire study area is quite low and the area lacks adequate public and private schools and colleges.

The project area lacks basic facilities/infrastructure such as adequate sewerage network, water supply and road network, garbage collection and disposal mechanisms.

Majority of the people interviewed complained about issues such as shortage of water, leakage of sewerage, uncovered man holes (which has caused a number of accidents) etc.

Unemployment is also a major problem as the crime rate is high and according to the people interviewed, a large number of youth is involved in criminal activities.

Small and large heaps of garbage can be found everywhere throughout the project area. Due to this problem, the rate of spread of diseases is quite high.

There are a number of veterinary clinics at the eastern side of the plant site, however, the entire area lacks human medical facilities, both private or Government.

16. The detailed comments received from the different stakeholders are provided as Table 8.2 below.


8.8 Stakeholder Consultation Survey Approach

17. The target area has been divided into four sections as shown in Figure 8.2 below. Necessary details of these sections along-with the details of consultations are provided as follows:

Figure 8.2: Stakeholder Consultation Survey Area Map

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.


Table 8.1: Summary of Public Consultations

S/No.

Name Contact No. CNIC (if available)

Location/Address of Interview

Remarks/Comments/Suggestions

Section ‘A’

1. Mr Mushtaq 0310-1806786

Not provided House No. 746 – Jumma Goth – Landhi No. 09 – Cattle Colony – Bin Qasim Town Karachi.

Was overall positive for the establishment of proposed biogas plant. His suggestions / demands included the following: 1- Mehran Highway and surrounding roads should be maintained as they are in poor condition.

2- There will be a considerable increase in the traffic movement after the establishment of plant, therefore, due attention should be provided by the relevant authority for the periodic maintenance of roads, especially those located in the plant surroundings.

3- No parks/playground is present in the area, therefore, the relevant Govt. Authority i.e. TRANS KARACHI are requested to provide Children Park / Playground in the area.


2. Mr Mohammad Yusuf 0343 - 3221774

Not provided Plot No. 47 – Jumma Goth – Landhi No. 09 – Cattle Colony – Bin Qasim Town Karachi.

Plant should only be developed if it does not pose threat to the human health. (He has been explained later-on by the Surveyor that it will not pose any threat to the health of the local residents). The raw manure or by-product of the plant should not be disposed into the existing open sewerage network of the area which is already inadequate. The sewerage system of the whole area is extremely damaged. Waste manure / related by-products should be recycled. Road network especially around the plant site should be repaired and regularly maintained.

3. Mr Sudhir 0348-2198503


The establishment of biogas plant should provide betterment to the localities and improve the current living standards of the surrounding residents. The local area environment should not be further degraded. It should be rather improved with the inception of this plant. Sewerage disposal is the biggest problem of the area and it should be improved and properly maintained by TRANS KARACHI with the establishment of the biogas plant.

4. Mr Khan Muhammad 0343-3498337


Was overall positive for the establishment of proposed biogas plant. Conditions of Mehran highway and surrounding roads are poor and should be repaired.


5. Mr Adil 0347-2806106


Plant should be established and there are no reservations regarding such developments. However, the sewerage and road network (especially main roads) in the area should be rehabilitated by the plant Authorities. These are the biggest issues of the locals and should be resolved on priority basis by the TRANS KARACHI as a goodwill gesture.

6. Mr Tanvir 0313-3184404

Not provided House No. 724-E – Jumma Goth – Landhi No. 09 – Cattle Colony – Bin Qasim Town Karachi.

He was of the view that due to the establishment of the proposed plant, the movement of heavy traffic vehicles on the surrounding roads will be increased. Therefore, these roads should be regularly maintained. Service roads should be developed for the local residents where necessary, especially adjacent Mehran Highway along the settlements. He has also requested for the construction of bus stops along the Mehran highway.

7. Mr Mohammad Qasim 0300-2849850


The proposed plant should not increase pollution and further degrade the already ruined environmental conditions of the area. Raw material / wastes should not be disposed-off in open. There are no green spaces / parks in the whole area. Therefore, it has been requested that TRANS KARACHI / plant operators should give attention towards the development of green spaces for the local residents.


8. Mr Sajid Ali 0341-4204474


The establishment of plant will increase movement of heavy traffic vehicles which could result frequent traffic related problems such as traffic jams on the Mehran Highway and surrounding roads as well as greater number of traffic accidents. Traffic management should be effectively done when plant is operational. Situation of sewerage disposal is extremely poor in the whole area and the concerned quarters should give strict attention for the resolution of this issue.

9. Mr Khaliq Dad Niazi 0333-3136504

Not provided Madina Masjid – Jumma Goth – Landhi No. 09 – Cattle Colony – Bin Qasim Town Karachi.

He stated that the plant should not be established as the local residents are already experiencing considerable trouble in their everyday lives, and this plant will further aggravate their problems.

10. Mr Asif 0315-2324279


The construction of this plant will increase the problems of the locals. If its construction is necessary, than it should be constructed away from the population.


11. Mr Mohammad Farman 0311-8406810

Not provided House No. 15 & 16 – Jumma Goth – Landhi No. 09 – Cattle Colony – Bin Qasim Town Karachi.

The plant should not pose any hazard to the local public. Traffic is the biggest problem of the area which should be resolved by the relevant authorities. There is a dire need of road maintenance in the area as they are in a very poor state.

12. Mr Mohammad Ibrahim 0317-0618576


Overall positive feedback regarding the proposed development. The plant and its operations should not pose any threat to the local public. The plant owners should prefer the local residents for employment and maximum number of jobs should be given to the locals. Traffic is the biggest problem of the area and efforts are needed by the concerned departments for the resolution of traffic related issues in the area.

13. Mr Munawwar Hussain 0333-3052520


The plant should not add pollution to the already degraded atmosphere and all activities should be performed following the international standards. There is a big problem of traffic in the area. The damaged roads make hard for the traffic to swiftly move through. There are many sewerage man holes in the area which are not covered. It is requested that they may please be covered with proper caps to avoid accidental fall of passers-by. Rate of unemployment is quite high in the area which has increased the crime rate.


14. Mr Afzal 0331-2833645


No reservations regarding development of plant. However, the proponent of the plant should facilitate in improving the living conditions of the area. Maximum number of jobs should be offered to the locals. Sewerage, garbage and traffic are the biggest problems of the area and efforts are needed from the concerned departments for the resolution of these major issues.

15. Mr Ali Hassan 0311-3256139

Not provided Safe Drinking Water Filtration Plant – DSP Office – Jumma Goth – Landhi No. 08 – Cattle Colony – Bin Qasim Town Karachi.

Overall positive for the plant development. Maximum benefits should be provided to the local public. There are no hospitals or basic health facilities present in the whole area. Therefore, this should be seriously considered by the relevant government departments and basic health facilities should be provided as soon as possible.

16. Mr Azeem 0305-2512722

Not provided Jumma Goth – Landhi No. 09 – Cattle Colony – Bin Qasim Town Karachi.

No reservations regarding the development of proposed plant. However, the developers of the plant should allocate funds for improving the conditions of the local area. Sewerage and waste are the biggest problems. Large piles of garbage are present in the median on the Mehran highway. These issues should be resolved. Sewerage man holes are uncovered and they should be provided with proper covers by the relevant authorities. A service road should be provided in front of the shops and wherever they are


needed. The garbage from the Mehran highway median should be removed and once the plant operators start working on the plant, this median area should be converted into green belt.

17. Mr Mumtaz Arain 0333-3054649

Not provided Bismillah Arain Auto Electronics – S-12 – Jumma Goth – Landhi No. 09 – Cattle Colony – Bin Qasim Town Karachi.

The plant should not increase the pollution in the area. Movement of heavy vehicles which will bring manure to the plant should be restricted to night time as in the day time the roads in the area remains already blocked due to damaged roads and movement of traffic. Surrounding roads should be maintained by the plant developers / operators. Spaces for parks and play grounds should be allocated in the area by the concerned departments for the local residents. The Cattle colony residents should be given priority in terms of jobs and other matters so that the maximum benefit goes to the local public.

18. Mr Mohammad Asif 0300-2875184


Availability of potable water is a problem in the whole area and it should be taken into consideration by the plant owners. Clean filter water plants should be provided by the plant owners as a good will gesture to the local public. Sewerage and road networks in the whole area are badly damaged. The concerned government departments are not giving any attention to this poor area for the resolution of these problems. It is


requested that these issues may please be highlighted to the concerned quarters so that they could be resolved on immediate basis. Crime rate in the area is quite high due to unemployment

19. Mr Syed Sajjad Shah 0312-1087435


No reservations regarding the plant development. However, it is requested that do something for the betterment of the area as the residents are in serious distress due to the issues related to hygiene, sewerage, damaged roads and increasing crime rate. Provided contact number but did not allow taking pictures.

Section ‘B’

20. Mr Aslam 0345-3237376

Not provided House No. 41-B – Jumma Goth – Landhi No. 08 – Cattle Colony – Bin Qasim Town Karachi.

No reservations for the development of the plant. During the construction and operations of the proposed plant, the surrounding areas should be maintained accordingly and the development of the plant should not further damage the already devastated road and sewerage network of the area. Requested that Children park and playground may be provided in the area. Local youth should be considered for suitable jobs as it will help decreasing the crime rate.


21. Mr Riaz Ahmad 0333-2189891

Not provided House No. 33 – B - Jumma Goth – Landhi No. 08 – Cattle Colony – Bin Qasim Town Karachi.

Strictly opposed the establishment of the plant and said that it should not be established. Sindh government has already created major issues for the people, especially for the poor segments of the society. Therefore, no support could be expected from the interviewee in this regard.

22. Mr Malik Usman 0312-2910090

Not provided House No. 32 – B - Jumma Goth – Landhi No. 08 – Cattle Colony – Bin Qasim Town Karachi.

Overall positive reviews for the plant establishment. It will change the environment of the local area and will help in improving the socio-economic situation. The TRANS KARACHI must allocate space for a park in the area with the help of relevant government department.

23. Mr Fahim Feroz 0312-2121337

Not provided Plot No. 132 - Jumma Goth – Landhi No. 08 – Cattle Colony – Bin Qasim Town Karachi.

No reservations on the development of plant. However, the relevant authorities should also pay attention towards the local issues such as roads and sewerage. Conditions in the surroundings of the plant should be improved and some budget should also be spent for improving the conditions.

24. Mr Ikram 0333-7510361


Overall positive for the proposed development. There is a great need for the improvement of conditions of the local area. It should be properly maintained and infrastructure should be developed for facilitating the local area public.


25. Mr Munawwar Khan 0342-3786663


No reservations over the plant establishment. Roads should be maintained at first. Sewerage system is in a bad state, many man holes are uncovered. These problems should be resolved. There are no health facilities in the area therefore some basic health units should be provided in the plant vicinity by the relevant plant authorities.

26. Mr Karim Syed Shah 0332-2506772


No reservations regarding the establishment of plant. Availability of water is a big problem in the area and the plant authorities are requested to provide clean water facilities / filtration plants to the local public. Sewerage system is damaged and most of the times, the sewerage water openly flows due to blockages. This issue must also be resolved. Special attention should be given to garbage problem for which there is no system in place for its collection from the area.

27. Mr Umair 0333-2198331


Strictly against the development of the project and said that the plant should not be established. Provided Contact number but did not allow taking pictures.

Section ‘C’


28. Mr Shoaib 0300-9260014

Not provided Plot No. SC 09 - Jumma Goth – Landhi No. 08 – Cattle Colony – Bin Qasim Town Karachi.

Overall positive for the proposed development. The plant may improve the socio-economic conditions of the area as it might provide the cattle farm owners an opportunity of selling manure to the plant operator. Leakages of gas should be avoided as the population is in close proximity. Sewerage disposal is a big problem. Similarly, the network of internal roads to access the localities situated further south of the plant site is badly damaged. These issues should be addressed.

29. Mr Arshad 0305-1285119

Not provided Plot No. SC 10 - Jumma Goth – Landhi No. 08 – Cattle Colony – Bin Qasim Town Karachi.

No reservations over the plant establishment. Roads should be maintained at the earliest. Sewerage system is in a bad state with many man holes uncovered. These problems should be resolved. High rate of unemployment has paved the way for increase in crime rate. Hopeful that this development would offer employment opportunities to the local youth.


30. Mr Mohd Asghar 0333-2227178

Not provided Plot No. SC-11 - Jumma Goth – Landhi No. 08 – Cattle Colony – Bin Qasim Town Karachi.

Fully support the establishment of the proposed plant and appreciate this step by the Sindh government. The whole area requires proper maintenance of roads and sewerage network. It is requested that the Government may allocate necessary funds for uplifting the general living conditions of this area.

Section ‘D’

31. Dr. Hosh Mohammad 0345-1715050

Not provided R 09 - Jumma Goth – Landhi No. 09 – Cattle Colony – Bin Qasim Town Karachi.

Completely positive for the proposed development. Appreciated the Government for the establishment of plant in Cattle Colony and said that it will be highly beneficial for the local citizens.

32. Mr Anil 0332-2155470

Not provided Ghazi Medical Store - Jumma Goth – Landhi No. 09 – Cattle Colony – Bin Qasim Town Karachi.

Overall positive for the proposed plant establishment. Requested the responsible authorities for the maintenance of roads, sewerage system and for the resolution of electricity and water shortage in the area.


33. Dr. Ishtiaq Ahmad 0307-2912256

Not provided Shah Jee Medicos - Jumma Goth – Landhi No. 09 – Cattle Colony – Bin Qasim Town Karachi.

No reservations regarding the proposed development. Unemployment is the one of the biggest problems of this area, therefore, most of the jobs at this proposed plant should be offered to the local people. Maintenance of sewerage, roads and solid waste are the basic issues that need to be look into by the concerned Government departments.

34. Mr Asghar Ali 0313-2041864

Not provided Mohammad Communication - Jumma Goth – Landhi No. 09 – Cattle Colony – Bin Qasim Town Karachi.

Strictly against the proposed development. Said that there are already too many issues faced by the local residents and insisted that do not further increase the problems with the establishment of such a plant. Provided Contact number but did not allow taking pictures.

35. Dr. Barkat Ali 0304-3388976

Not provided Al-Mustafa Medicos - Jumma Goth – Landhi No. 09 – Cattle Colony – Bin Qasim Town Karachi.

Strictly against the proposed development. The project shouldn’t be constructed at this site, may be constructed at a site away from the residential and commercial areas. The project will be an add-on over the existing sewerage system which is already badly damaged. (He was later on explained by the surveyor that there will be a properly designed sewerage and waste management system be in place at the plant during construction and operations stages) The local citizens might be hurt during the construction stage of this plant due to construction activities.


Requested for the maintenance of local roads. Provided Contact No. but didn’t allow taking pictures.


8.9 Role of Community Groups

18. From the start of the project, the team has been extremely conscious about the approach to use when engaging with the local farmers of Landhi Cattle Colony to avoid raising any kind of expectations or potential business ideas among the local farmers, while presenting the need to collect and deliver manure from their community area. The team was of mutual agreement that the local farmer community would play a key role in the collection and delivery of the feedstock supply for the biogas plant, verifying number of farms as well as the quantity of cattle manure in the local community, as there was no other official data available to verify this information.

19. The team made several visits to Landhi Cattle Colony to observe general conditions of the area, current waste disposal arrangements and the environmental conditions of the Colony and its periphery. It also provided the team the opportunity to meet with the farmers, identify important associations and union leaders and establish contact points with relevant associations, who were key influencers in the Landhi Cattle Colony and would play a key role in building the relations between the project team/biogas project and the local farmer community.

20. Following the team visits to the colony, it held its first official meeting with the farmers at the office of DC Malir. During this first meeting, the farmers expressed a lot of skeptism against the local government due to a huge trust deficit in terms of delivery of development projects, as previous attempts had been made to set up such a plant in the area, which failed. The team was open to their impressions and listened to what their experiences had been. In return, they listened to the project team and how things could be different this time.

21. Realizing the trust deficit among the farmer community, the project team decided to engage and work directly with the farmers through their association, Dairy Cattle & Farmer Association of Pakistan (DCFA) using an honest, open and direct communication to build trust and create awareness about the benefits of the project for the local community and the city as a whole and mitigate any negative perceptions around the project.

22. The team carried out a series of regular meetings and formal/informal engagements throughout the study period to establish trust and credibility. Some of the key activities include:

Farmer Events with strong messages of support for the project

Community awareness meetings with key influencers in the community

Household visits (via livestock survey, project flyers, face to face meetings)

23. The community engagement program of the biogas project has been successful in establishing strong trust and long-term relations between Biogas project team and community as well as improve the data collection process, which is verified through the following outcomes and achievements:


Farmers have signed initial agreements with SDE farmer-led company for free collection of manure from their farms.

Establishment of farmer-led company (SDE) to facilitate manure collection and marketing of digestate

Improved (on ground) data on manure availability

Mapping of farm locations for manure collection

Agreement with farmer-led company SDE that a share of SDE farmer-led company revenue will be earmarked for a community development fund

ADB along with the Sindh Planning & Development Department are now exploring ways that additional investment can be leveraged for community development. This could include upgrades to the streets, the provision of a quality and healthy local environment, and the potential to connect the community to the new Karachi Breeze public transport system.

8.10 Communication Activities

24. The project organised two key events during the study period; 1) Stakeholder workshop and 2) National conference on biogas project. Both events were attended in large numbers with positive feedback from the participants. The team also produced a series of communication material to effectively disseminate information about the project.

8.10.1 Events

Stakeholder Workshop

25. A stakeholder workshop was organised on 26th June 2019 at a local hotel in Karachi. More than 50 representatives from the civil society, public and private sector and academia participated in the workshop. The key objective of the workshop was to present the project scope and identify key challenges and recommendations to mitigate all identified risks and challenges. Participants were later divided into groups where they discussed and presented their group recommendations for the sustainability of the project.

SMTA for the (ADB). 330 | P a g e

National Conference

26. The project team organised a national conference on 28th November 2019 at PC hotel in Karachi to present the findings and design for the biogas plant. The conference was attended by around 150 people from the public and private sector, business, academia and media. The inaugural session was attended by the Federal Minister for Climate Change, Provincial Minister for Transport, Provincial Minister for Energy, Chairperson Sindh Planning and Development Board, Ambassador of France and the Country Director of Asian Development Bank Pakistan. Dedicated panel sessions were also held on the policies of the Sindh Government for renewable energy and experiences from the industry on use of biogas for transport. Following the conference, a dedicated networking session was set up for business companies interested in bidding for the tender, allowing them to discuss the components of the public-private partnership framework under the project. The conference received positive media coverage in all leading national papers and selected TV channels.


Communication Materials

27. The team produced a series of information material about the biogas project, which was effectively used during stakeholder meetings and the two key events. All of the products were designed following the branding guidelines of ‘Karachi Breeze’. The produced material for the outreach activities included the following:

A five-minute project video

Project leaflet

Information folder

Backdrops and standees with key messages about project benefits

Press release(s) on key events and project milestones

Other Branding and visibility elements to be used at events and roadshows

Giveaways with Karachi Breeze logo

Appreciation shields to senior government officials for their support and partcipation

8.11 Consultation Plan for Construction and Operation Phase

28. Consultation plan for construction and operation phase of the biogas plant will be prepared in order to obtain responses from the project stakeholders and general public about the project. Periodic consultations and community feedback surveys will be carried out to develop positive perception about the project. Intended stakeholders for such consultations will be all stakeholders that have been consulted at the time of IEE preparation. Record of such consultations will be maintained at Trans Karachi offices and necessary changes in operational modalities will be introduced in the system in light of the response provided by the consultees.

8.12 Information Disclosure

29. After completion/revision and approval from ADB and SEPA, the IEE will be disclosed to all the stakeholders as part of public consultation process. The summary of the IEE report will be made available to the stakeholders at ADB website and official website of TransKarachi.


9 Grievance Redress Mechanism

9.1 General

30. The ADB Policy (SPS 2009) requires establishment of a local grievance redress mechanism to receive and facilitate resolution of the Displaced/Affected Persons concerns and grievances regarding the project’s social and environment performance. The measures have been identified to mitigate any potential social impacts to be caused due to implementation of the biogas plant works.

31. However, in spite of best efforts, there is every chance that the individuals / households affected by the project or other stakeholders are dissatisfied with measures adopted to address adverse social impacts of the project. To address, such situation an effective Grievance Redress Mechanism (GRM) will be established to ensure timely and successful implementation of the project. It will also provide a public forum to the aggrieved to raise their objections and the GRM would address such issues adequately. It will receive, evaluate and facilitate the resolution of displaced persons’ concerns, complaints and grievances about the social and environmental performance at the level of the Project.

32. The GRM will aim to investigate charges of irregularities and complaints receive from any displaced persons and provide a time-bound early, transparent and fair resolution to voice and resolve social and environmental concerns link to the project.

33. The TransKarachi and PMU shall make the public aware of the GRM through public awareness campaigns, particularly to any DPs. The name of contact person(s) and his/her phone number, PMU contact numbers and the TransKarachi, will serve as a hotline for complaints and shall be publicized through the media and placed on notice boards outside their offices, construction camps of contractors, and at accessible and visible locations in the project area, and also shared with the DPs representatives. The project information brochure will include information on the GRM and shall be widely disseminated throughout the project area. Grievances can be filed in writing, via web-based provision or by phone with any member of the TransKarachi or PMU.

34. First tier of GRM. The PIU is the first tier of GRM which offers the fastest and most accessible mechanism for resolution of grievances. The PIU staff for environment and social safeguards will be designated as the key officers for grievance redressal. Resolution of complaints will be completed within seven (7) working days. Investigation of grievances will involve site visits and consultations with relevant parties (e.g., affected persons, contractors, traffic police, etc.). Grievances will be documented and personal details (name, address, date of complaint, etc.) will be included, unless anonymity is requested. A tracking number will be assigned for each grievance, including the following elements:

Initial grievance sheet (including the description of the grievance), with an acknowledgement of receipt handed back to the complainant when the complaint is registered;

Grievance Redress Mechanism 333 | P a g e

Grievance monitoring sheet, mentioning actions taken (investigation, corrective measures);

Closure sheet, one copy of which will be handed to the complainant after he/she has agreed to the resolution and signed-off.

35. The updated register of grievances and complaints will be available to the public at the PIU office, construction sites and other key public offices in the project area. Should the grievance remain unresolved, it will be escalated to the second tier.

36. Second Tier of GRM. The PIU will activate the second tier of GRM by referring the unresolved issue (with written documentation) to the TransKarachi who will pass unresolved complaints upward to the Grievance Redress Committee (GRC). The GRC will be established by TransKarachi before start of site works. The GRC will consist of the following persons: (i) Project Director; (ii) representative District; (iii) representative of the affected person(s); (iv) representative of the local Deputy Commissioners office (land); and (v) representative of the SEPA (for environmental-related grievances). A hearing will be called with the GRC, if necessary, where the affected person can present his/her concerns/issues. The process will facilitate resolution through mediation. The local GRC will meet as necessary when there are grievances to be addressed. The local GRC will suggest corrective measures at the field level and assign clear responsibilities for implementing its decision within fifteen (15) working days. The contractor will have observer status on the committee. If unsatisfied with the decision, the existence of the GRC will not impede the complainant’s access to the Government’s judicial or administrative remedies.

37. The functions of the local GRC are as follows: (i) resolve problems and provide support to affected persons arising from various environmental issues and including dust, noise, utilities, power and water supply, waste disposal, traffic interference and public safety as well as social issues and land acquisition (temporary or permanent); asset acquisition; and eligibility for entitlements, compensation and assistance; (ii) reconfirm grievances of displaced persons, categorize and prioritize them and aim to provide solutions within a month; and (iii) report to the aggrieved parties about developments regarding their grievances and decisions of the GRC.

38. The TransKarachi officers will be responsible for processing and placing all papers before the GRC, maintaining a database of complaints, recording decisions, issuing minutes of the meetings and monitoring to see that formal orders are issued and the decisions carried out.

39. Third tier of GRM. In the event that a grievance cannot be resolved directly by the PIUs (first tier) or GRC (second tier), the affected person can seek alternative redressal through the district or sub-district committees as appropriate. The PIUs or GRC will be kept informed by the district, municipal or national authority. The grievance redress mechanism and procedure are depicted in the Figure 9.1 below. The monitoring reports of the EMP and RP implementation will include the following aspects pertaining to progress on grievances: (i) Number of cases registered with the GRC, level of jurisdiction (first, second and third tiers), number of hearings held,


decisions made, and the status of pending cases; and (ii) lists of cases in process and already decided upon may be prepared with details such as Name, ID with unique serial number, date of notice, date of application, date of hearing, decisions, remarks, actions taken to resolve issues, and status of grievance (i.e., open, closed, pending).

Figure 9.1: Grievance Redress Mechanism

Grievance Redress Mechanism 335 | P a g e

Conclusions and Recommendations

40. This IEE study has been prepared for the ‘cattle manure’ based biogas facility to be constructed at the Landhi Cattle Colony in Karachi. The development of the biogas facility will ensure a sustained supply of biomethane for use by the BRT bus fleet with the remainder being used to provide electrical power and heat to the plant and any excess biomethane and excess electricity being sold to the local energy market.

41. Primary and secondary data has been collected and used to assess the environmental impacts of the Project. Detailed baseline monitoring consisting of recording ambient air quality and noise levels has been conducted. This IEE report highlights all potential environmental impacts associated with the Project and recommends mitigation measures. Any environmental impacts associated with the project need to be properly mitigated, through the existing institutional arrangements described in this report.

42. Consultations have been conducted with the key stakeholders in the project area consisting of the local community members, local businesses and different public sector line departments etc.

43. The environmental impacts associated with the construction phase of the project consist are traffic management, occupational and community health and safety, deterioration of air quality and high noise levels, to name a few.

44. During the operation phase of the project, the potential environmental issues that have been assessed consist of disposal of solid fraction of the digestate as well as the liquid fraction of the digestate, noise levels, air quality, spread of disease vectors, odor generation and scenarios of accidental release of H2S.

45. The implementation of mitigation measures during this period will be the responsibility of the Contractor. Therefore, the required environmental mitigation measures will have to be clearly defined in the bidding and contract documents, and appropriately qualified environmental staff retained by the Consultant to supervise the implementation process. The EMP includes measures to minimize project impacts due to noise and air pollution, waste generation etc.

46. This project has been assigned environmental category ‘B’ in accordance with the ADB’s Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS) 2009 and Schedule I as per EPA, IEE and EIA Gazette Notification, 2000. Thus, this IEE study has been prepared for the proposed biogas plant project.

References 336 | P a g e

10 References

Bolt, Beranek, and Newman, Noise from Construction Equipment and Operations, Building Equipment, and Home Appliances. USEPA, 1971; http://www.waterrights.ca.gov/EIRD/text/Ch11-Noise.pdf; http://www.lacsd.org/LWRP%202020%20Facilities%20Plan%20DEIR/4_6_Noise.pdf; http://newyorkbiz.com/DSEIS/CH18Construction.pdf

http://www.catf.us/resources/publications/files/20120227-Diesel_vs_CNG_FINAL_MJBA.pdf

http://www.apti.org/clientuploads/publications/2015/Johnson-HannenHiRes_SampleArt_46.2-3.pdf

Gaffney, G. and Shimp, D. 1997. Improving PM10 Fugitive Dust Emission Inventories. Sacramento, CA. California Air Resource Board. www.arb.ca.gov/emisinv/pubs/pm10tmp.pdf

El Dorado County Air Pollution Control District. 2002. Guide to Air Quality Assessment: Determining Significance of Air Quality Impacts Under the California Environmental Quality Act. First Edition. http://co.el-dorado.ca.us/emd/apcd

Reagan, J. A. and C. A. Grant. Highway Construction Noise: Measurement, Prediction, and Mitigation. Special Report. US. Department of Transportation, Federal Highway Administration. Available from <http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/environment/noise/highway/index.htm>

ADB 2011. Involuntary Resettlement Safeguards :- A planning & Implementation Good Practice Source Book –Draft Working Document . Asian Development Bank. March 2011

EPA, 1997: Guidelines for Public Consultation. Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency, Government of Pakistan

EPA, 1997: Guidelines for Sensitive and Critical Areas. Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency, Government of Pakistan, October

GoP, 1997: Sectoral Guidelines for Environmental Reports:- Environmental Protection Agency, Government of Pakistan, October

GoP, 1997: Pakistan Environmental Protection Act 1997 :- Government of Pakistan, October

GoP, 1997: Policy Guidelines for Preparation and Review of Environmental Reports:- Environmental Protection Agency, Government of Pakistan, November

GoP, 1997: Policy and Procedures for filling , review and approval of Environmental Assessment :- Environmental Protection Agency, Government of Pakistan, November

Survey of Pakistan, 1997. Atlas of Pakistan. Director Map Publication, Survey of Pakistan, Rawalpindi.

World Bank. 2005. OP 4.10 - Indigenous People. The World Bank Operational Manual. The World Bank. July 2005.

World Bank. 2003. Social Analysis Sourcebook, Incorporating Social Dimensions into Bank-Supported Projects. Social Development Department, The World Bank. December 2003.

World Bank. 2001. OP 4.12 - Involuntary Resettlement. The World Bank Operational

References.

ANNEXURES


ANNEXURE A

Rapid Environmental Assessment Checklist


Rapid Environmental Assessment (REA) Checklist

Instructions:

(i) The project team completes this checklist to support the environmental classification of a project. It is to be attached to the environmental categorization form and submitted to the Environment and Safeguards Division (RSES), for endorsement by Director, RSES and for approval by the Chief Compliance Officer.

(ii) This checklist focuses on environmental issues and concerns. To ensure that social dimensions are adequately considered, refer also to ADB's (a) checklists on involuntary resettlement and Indigenous Peoples; (b) poverty reduction handbook; (c) staff guide to consultation and participation; and (d) gender checklists.

(iii) Answer the questions assuming the “without mitigation” case. The purpose is to identify potential impacts. Use the “remarks” section to discuss any anticipated mitigation measures.

Country/Project Title:

Sector Division:

Screening Questions Yes No Remarks A. Project Siting Is the Project area adjacent to or within any of the following environmentally sensitive areas?

Cultural heritage site Not Applicable

Protected Area Not Applicable

Wetland

Not Applicable

Mangrove

Not Applicable

Estuarine

Not Applicable

Buffer zone of protected area

Not Applicable

Special area for protecting biodiversity

Not Applicable

Bay

Not Applicable

B. Potential Environmental Impacts Will the Project cause…

ecological disturbances arising from the establishment of a plant or facility complex in or near sensitive habitats?

No sensitive habitats are located in the project area

eventual degradation of water bodies due to discharge of wastes and other effluents from plant or facility complex?

Untreated effluent from the biogas plant could result in eventual degradation of the water bodies in which this effluent is discharged.

Karachi BRT: IEE for Biogas Facility

Development of Agro-industrial facility


Screening Questions Yes No Remarks serious contamination of soil and groundwater?

Soil and groundwater could be contaminated if the liquid effluent and solid waste generated as a by-product of the biogas plant are not treated to meet the applicable standards.

aggravation of solid waste problems in the area?

The solid fraction of the digestate will require proper disposal since otherwise it will create issues with regards to its safe disposal.

public health risks from discharge of wastes and poor air quality; noise and foul odor from plant emissions?

The improper discharge of wastes and foul odor from the manure to be processed could indeed pose public health risks.

short-term construction impacts (e.g. soil erosion, deterioration of water and air quality, noise and vibration from construction equipment?

High levels of noise and dust emissions are expected during the construction works.

dislocation or involuntary resettlement of people?

Not applicable

disproportionate impacts on the poor, women and children, Indigenous Peoples or other vulnerable groups?

Not applicable

environmental degradation (e.g. erosion, soil and water contamination, loss of soil fertility, disruption of wildlife habitat) from intensification of agricultural land use to supply raw materials for plant operation; and modification of natural species diversity as a result of the transformation to monoculture practices?

Not applicable since cattle manure will be used.

water pollution from discharge of liquid effluents?

Liquid effluent produced from the plant, if not treated, could effect the water bodies in the project area.

air pollution from all plant operations?

No air emissions as a result of plant operations are expected that would cause degradation of the air shed.

gaseous and odor emissions to the atmosphere from processing operations?

No such harmful emissions are expected due to plant operations.

accidental release of potentially hazardous solvents, acidic and alkaline materials?

Accidental release is possible from a leak or rupture of process equipment, particularly from a harmful chemical such as H2S that is produced in the biogas production process.

uncontrolled in-migration with opening of roads to forest area and overloading of social infrastructure?

Not applicable since no forest area located in project area and no overloading of social infrastructure is expected.

occupational health hazards due to fugitive dust, materials handling, noise, or other process operations?

Considering the project scope, in a process environment, certain occupational hazards while working with different processes do exist.

disruption of transit patterns, creation of noise and congestion, and pedestrian hazards aggravated by heavy trucks?

A high volume of heavy vehicular movement is expected both to and from the biogas plant which will impact the traffic patterns in the project area.

disease transmission from inadequate waste disposal?

If solid waste and liquid effluent including the raw manure brought to the biogas plant is not treated and handled properly, then the spread of disease vectors is indeed possible.

risks and vulnerabilities related to occupational health and safety due to physical, chemical, and biological hazards during project construction and operation?

Considering the project scope, in a process environment, certain occupational hazards while working with different processes do exist.


Screening Questions Yes No Remarks large population increase during project construction

and operation that cause increased burden on social infrastructure and services (such as water supply and sanitation systems)?

Not expected since mostly local labor will be engaged.

social conflicts if workers from other regions or countries are hired?

Not expected since mostly local labor will be engaged.

community health and safety risks due to the transport, storage, and use and/or disposal of materials likely to create physical, chemical and biological hazards during construction, operation and decommissioning?

Improper handling and disposal of solid and liquid effluent produced from the biogas plant can pose community health and safety risks.


ANNEXURE B

SEQS Guidelines


National Environmental Quality Standards for Noise1

S/No. Category of Area/Zone Limit in dB(A) Leq

Day Time Night Time 1 Residential area (A) 55 45

2 Commercial area (B) 65 55

3 Industrial area (C) 75 65

4 Silence zone (D) 50 45

1:Effective from 1st July, 2012.

Note: 1. Day time hours: 6 am to 10 pm

2. Night time hours: 10 pm to 6 am

3. Silence zone: Zones that are declared as such by the competent authority. An area comprising not less than 100 meters around hospitals, educational institutions and courts.

4. Mixed categories of areas may be declared as one of the four above mentioned categories by the competent authority.

National Environmental Quality Standards for Motor Vehicle Exhaust and Noise


National Standards for Drinking Water Quality


ANNEXURE C Photographs of Project Area Settings


Photograph C-1: View of water pumping station building of City Abattoir

Photograph C-2: Another view of water pumping station along with water tank at project site

Photograph C-3: View of the vacant leveled ground at project site

Photograph C-4: Another view of the vacant leveled ground at project site

Photograph C-5: View of the existing abandoned Abattoir building at project site

Photograph C-6: Another view of water pumping station and water tank


Photograph C-7: Another view of the abandoned Abattoir building

Photograph C-8: Vacant plot of land at project site with water tank and pumping station

Photograph C-9: Vacant plot of land at project site Photograph C-10: Vacant plot of land at project site

Photograph C-11: Consultant team conducting visit to site for due diligence

Photograph C-12: Abandoned existing city Abattoir building


Photograph C-13: Consultant team visiting the project site for due diligence

Photograph C-14: Existing abandoned city Abattoir building

Photograph C-15: Plot of land located behind the abandoned city Abattoir building


Photograph C-17: Existing abandoned city Abattoir building



Photograph C-19: Garbage dumping ground located south of project site

Photograph C-20: Garbage dumping ground located south of project site

Photograph C-21: Plot of empty land located south of project site

Photograph C-22: Plot of empty land located south of project site


ANNEXURE D Photographs of Public Consultations


Photograph D-1: Stakeholder consultations with Mr Mushtaq - community member) in project area

Photograph D-2: Stakeholder consultations with Mr Mohd Yusuf - community member) in project area

Photograph D-3: Stakeholder consultations with Mr Sudhir - community member) in project area

Photograph D-4: Stakeholder consultations with Mr Khan Mohd - community member) in project area

Photograph D-5: Stakeholder consultations with Mr Adil - community member) in project area

Photograph D-6: Stakeholder consultations with Mr Tanvir - community member) in project area


Photograph D-7: Stakeholder consultations with Mr Mohd Qasim - community member) in project area

Photograph D-8 Stakeholder consultations with Mr Sajid Ali - community member) in project area

Photograph D-9: Stakeholder consultations with Mr Khaliq Niazi - community member) in project area

Photograph D-10: Stakeholder consultations with Mr Asif - community member) in project area

Photograph D-11: Stakeholder consultations with Mr Mohd Farman - community member) in project area

Photograph D-12: Stakeholder consultations with Mr Mohd Ibrahim - community member) in project area


Photograph D-13: Stakeholder consultations with Mr Munawwar Hussain - community member) in project area

Photograph D-14: Stakeholder consultations with Mr Afzal - community member) in project area

Photograph D-15: Stakeholder consultations with Mr Ali Hassan - community member) in project area

Photograph D-16: Stakeholder consultations with Mr Azeem - community member) in project area


Photograph D-17: Stakeholder consultations with Mr Mumtaz Arain - community member) in project area

Photograph D-18: Stakeholder consultations with Mr Mohd Asif - community member) in project area

Photograph D-19: Stakeholder consultations with Mr Aslam - community member) in project area

Photograph D-20: Stakeholder consultations with Mr Malik Usman - community member) in project area

Photograph D-21: Stakeholder consultations with Mr Fahim Feroz - community member) in project area

Photograph D-23: Stakeholder consultations with Mr Munawwar Khan - community member) in project area

Photograph D-22: Stakeholder consultations with Mr Ikram - community member) in project area

Photograph D-24: Stakeholder consultations with Mr Karim Syed Shah - community member) in project area


Photograph D-25: Stakeholder consultations with Mr Shoaib - community member) in project area

Photograph D 27: Stakeholder consultations with Mr Mohd Asghar - community member) in project area

Photograph D-26: Stakeholder consultations with Mr Arshad - community member) in project area

Photograph D 28: Stakeholder consultations with Mr Hosh Mohd - community member) in project area


ANNEXURE E List of Participants of Public Consultation

References. 364 | P a g e

Local Communities & Businesses residing next to proposed project site – Landhi Cattle Colony

S/No. Name Contact No. CNIC (if available)

Location/Address of Interview

1 Mr Mushtaq 0310-1806786


2 Mr Mohammad Yusuf

0343 - 3221774 Not provided Plot No. 47 – Jumma Goth – Landhi No. 09 – Cattle Colony – Bin Qasim Town Karachi.

3 Mr Sudhir 0348-2198503 Not provided Plot No. 46 – Jumma Goth – Landhi No. 09 – Cattle Colony – Bin Qasim Town Karachi.

4 Khan Muhammad

0343-3498337 Not provided Plot No. 45 – Jumma Goth – Landhi No. 09 – Cattle Colony – Bin Qasim Town Karachi.

5 Mr Adil 0347-2806106 Not provided Plot No. 44 – Jumma Goth – Landhi No. 09 – Cattle Colony – Bin Qasim Town Karachi.

6 Mr Tanvir 0313-3184404 Not provided House No. 724-E – Jumma Goth – Landhi No. 09 – Cattle Colony – Bin Qasim Town Karachi.

7 Mr Mohammad Qasim

0300-2849850 Not provided House No. 459-E – Jumma Goth – Landhi No. 09 – Cattle Colony – Bin


Qasim Town Karachi.

8 Mr Sajid Ali 0341-4204474 Not provided House No. 725-E – Jumma Goth – Landhi No. 09 – Cattle Colony – Bin Qasim Town Karachi.

9 Mr Khaliq Dad Niazi

0333-3136504 Not provided Madina Masjid – Jumma Goth – Landhi No. 09 – Cattle Colony – Bin Qasim Town Karachi.

10 Mr Asif 0315-2324279 Not provided House No. 14 – Jumma Goth – Landhi No. 09 – Cattle Colony – Bin Qasim Town Karachi.

11 Mr Mohammad Farman

0311-8406810 Not provided House No. 15 & 16 – Jumma Goth – Landhi No. 09 – Cattle Colony – Bin Qasim Town Karachi.

12 Mr Mohammad Ibrahim

0317-0618576 Not provided House No. 586-E – Jumma Goth – Landhi No. 09 – Cattle Colony – Bin Qasim Town Karachi.

13 Mr Munawwar Hussain

0333-3052520 Not provided House No. 663-E – Jumma Goth – Landhi No. 09 – Cattle Colony – Bin Qasim Town Karachi.

14 Mr Afzal 0331-2833645 Not provided House No. 686-E – Jumma Goth – Landhi No. 09 – Cattle Colony – Bin Qasim Town Karachi.

15 Mr Ali Hassan 0311-3256139 Not provided Safe Drinking Water Filtration Plant – DSP Office – Jumma Goth – Landhi No. 08 – Cattle Colony – Bin


Qasim Town Karachi.

16 Mr Azeem 0305-2512722 Not provided Jumma Goth – Landhi No. 09 – Cattle Colony – Bin Qasim Town Karachi.

17 Mr Mumtaz Arain

0333-3054649 Not provided Bismillah Arain Auto Electronics – S-12 – Jumma Goth – Landhi No. 09 – Cattle Colony – Bin Qasim Town Karachi.

18 Mr Mohammad Asif


19 Mr Syed Sajjad Shah


20 Mr Aslam 0345-3237376 Not provided House No. 41-B – Jumma Goth – Landhi No. 08 – Cattle Colony – Bin Qasim Town Karachi.

21 Mr Riaz Ahmad

0333-2189891 Not provided House No. 33 – B - Jumma Goth – Landhi No. 08 – Cattle Colony – Bin Qasim Town Karachi.

22 Mr Malik Usman

0312-2910090 Not provided House No. 32 – B - Jumma Goth – Landhi No. 08 – Cattle Colony – Bin Qasim Town Karachi.

23 Mr Fahim 0312-2121337 Not provided Plot No. 132 - Jumma Goth – Landhi No. 08 – Cattle Colony – Bin Qasim


Feroz Town Karachi.

24 Mr Ikram 0333-7510361 Not provided Plot No. 134 - Jumma Goth – Landhi No. 08 – Cattle Colony – Bin Qasim Town Karachi.

25 Mr Munawwar Khan

0342-3786663 Not provided Plot No. 145 - Jumma Goth – Landhi No. 08 – Cattle Colony – Bin Qasim Town Karachi.

26 Mr Karim Syed Shah

0332-2506772 Not provided Plot No. 136 - Jumma Goth – Landhi No. 08 – Cattle Colony – Bin Qasim Town Karachi.

27 Mr Umair 0333-2198331 Not provided Plot No. 137 - Jumma Goth – Landhi No. 08 – Cattle Colony – Bin Qasim Town Karachi.

28 Mr Shoaib 0300-9260014 Not provided Plot No. SC 09 - Jumma Goth – Landhi No. 08 – Cattle Colony – Bin Qasim Town Karachi.

29 Mr Arshad 0305-1285119 Not provided Plot No. SC 10 - Jumma Goth – Landhi No. 08 – Cattle Colony – Bin Qasim Town Karachi.

30 Mr Mohd Asghar

0333-2227178 Not provided Plot No. SC-11 - Jumma Goth – Landhi No. 08 – Cattle Colony – Bin Qasim Town Karachi.

31 Dr. Hosh Mohammad

0345-1715050 Not provided R 09 - Jumma Goth – Landhi No. 09 – Cattle Colony – Bin Qasim Town


Karachi.

32 Mr Anil 0332-2155470 Not provided Ghazi Medical Store - Jumma Goth – Landhi No. 09 – Cattle Colony – Bin Qasim Town Karachi.

33 Dr. Ishtiaq Ahmad

0307-2912256 Not provided Shah Jee Medicos - Jumma Goth – Landhi No. 09 – Cattle Colony – Bin Qasim Town Karachi.

34 Mr Asghar Ali 0313-2041864 Not provided Mohammad Communication - Jumma Goth – Landhi No. 09 – Cattle Colony – Bin Qasim Town Karachi.

35 Dr. Barkat Ali 0304-3388976 Not provided Al-Mustafa Medicos - Jumma Goth – Landhi No. 09 – Cattle Colony – Bin Qasim Town Karachi.

References.

Public Sector Line Departments & Project Design Consultants

S.No. Name Designation/Organization

1 Fazal Karim Khatri Bus Operations Expert, TRANS KARACHI, PIU

2 Ashar Lodhi Director, Exponent Engineers

3 Mubashir Moin Deputy Director, Exponent Engineers

4 Abdul Aziz Dir Bus Ops, PIU, T&MTD

5 Rana Sarwar Resettlement Specialist, MMP

6 Alexzandra Niesslein Consultant, MMP

7 Shaikh Kamal Ahmad Director Land, KMC

8 M. Nadeem Deputy Director Land, KMC

9 Rasheed Mughal PD, PIU, T&MTD

10 Syed Mohd Taha Director General, Works and Services Department


ANNEXURE F Photographs of Ambient Air Quality and

Noise Monitoring


Photograph F-1: SGS mobile van conducting ambient air quality and noise monitoring





Photograph F 6: SGS mobile van conducting ambient air quality and noise monitoring


ANNEXURE G Methodology for Ambient Air Quality, Noise

and Vibration Monitoring


ANNEXURE H Results of Ambient Air Quality & Noise Monitoring


AMBIENT AIR MONITORING


NOISE LEVEL MONITORING


ANNEXURE I Traffic Management Plan


I.1 Need for Plan The construction of the biogas plant will take almost 24 months and in this period, huge vehicular movement carrying large amount of material and machinery is expected. This will definitely interrupt the local traffic and is therefore important to manage the traffic to avoid the nuisance to local residents in terms of noise, dust, congestion and inconvenience.

I.2 The plan The Objective of Traffic Management Plan (TMP) is to define the requirements that should be implemented to mitigate any potential negative risks to the environment, workers or the community resulting from construction traffic.

The TMP will advise and inform site Contractors and external suppliers of equipment and materials of access and entry points along with other key information such tipping areas and wash-out areas. It is intended to compliment and work alongside relevant ESMMP. The TMP will be classed as “live” and therefore be subjected to updates as required.

Contractor, at the time of the execution of the project will prepare a comprehensive TMP in coordination with local traffic police department, TRANS KARACHI, emergency services and local administrative department. TRANS KARACHI and CSC will review and approve the Contractor’s TMP. The Contractor’s TMP shall include following mitigation measures during its preparation:

Undertake a road conditions assessment prior to and following the peak construction period, to assess any damage to road infrastructure that can be attributed to Project construction.

Repair damage as appropriate or enter into a voluntary agreement with the relevant roads authority to reimburse the cost of any repairs required to the public road network as a result of the Project.

Spoil dumpsites located close to Project site to minimise journey distance and limit movements to site access roads.

Concrete mixing plant located at Project site limiting traffic movements associated with concrete delivery to site access roads

Construction of worker accommodation on site to reduce light vehicle movements relating to travel to/ from the site

Provision of bus/minibus services for personnel living in nearby settlements

Movements of construction workers will be planned to avoid the busiest roads and times of day when traffic is at its greatest.

Schedule deliveries and road movements to avoid peak periods

Road maintenance fund to leave a useful asset for communities after the construction phase.

Driver training for HGV drivers and refresher course every six months for Project drivers.


Speed restrictions for project traffic travelling through communities (to be agreed with National Highway Authority)

Run a safety campaign to improve the people’s knowledge of the traffic hazard on their roads, public information and other activities to address the issues.

Run a pedestrian awareness programme

Temporary signage

I.3 Other Recommendations

It is important to manage public access routes during construction because it can cause delay to local traffic and create a safety hazard both on and offsite. People working and living near the project site would be annoyed by the emissions, noise and visual intrusion of queuing vehicles. Some important factors involved in access routes and site traffic are as follows:

I.3.1 Public Access Routes

The use of public road for site access may be restricted in terms of:

Vehicle size, width and type of load

Time limits

Parking

Pedestrian conflicts

Contractor should have consultation with the local police or local authority to address these issues and to effectively manage them before the beginning of the construction.

I.3.2 Site Workers Traffic

Site personnel should not be permitted to park vehicles near the site boundary; this will lead to disruption in material deliveries. Designated parking area with appropriate parking space will be needed for this purpose; any plain area near construction site can be used for this purpose.

I.3.3 Site Rules Access to and from the site must be only via the specified entrance.

On leaving the site, vehicles must be directed to follow the directions given.

Drivers must adhere to the site speed limits.

All material deliveries to site must keep allocated time limits.

No material or rubbish should be left in the loading-unloading area.


Develop a map for alternate routes showing material delivery services.

Assign designated personnel on site to receive deliveries and to direct the vehicles.

Monitor vehicle movement to reduce the likelihood of queuing or causing congestion in and around the area.

Project vehicles should have a unanimous badge or logo on windscreen displaying that they belong to the BRT project.

I.4 Contractor’s Obligation The traffic management plan of the Contractor should be safe enough and widening of any access roads and construction of the detours (as applicable and practical) must be completed before start of project construction activities so that heavy vehicular transportation for construction activities do not hinder the normal course of traffic lanes. Contractor must ensure that road closures are carried out by a competent person. The Contractor obligation must include the display of traffic signs according to the need to divert the traffic volume and to guide the road users in advance. The traffic sign, traffic light should be placed from any diverting route or road marking.

The Contractor should consider the environmental and social impacts of the traffic during construction. It will be sole responsibility of the Contractor to implement a plan which produces minimum nuisance to the local people and to the environment. Safety of the people should be given due importance. It will be under Contractor obligation to notify the traffic management plan and its later changes to CSC, TRANS KARACHI, emergency services and Traffic Police, and also publish weekly programme in local newspaper.


ANNEXURE J Occupational Health and Safety Plan


Occupational Health and Safety covers all personnel working under the project and will be in

line with the World Bank EHS guidelines on health and safety.

The Occupational Health and Safety program will aim to ensure that the workplace is safe and

healthy by: addressing the hazards and risks at the workplace; outlining the procedures and

responsibilities for preventing, eliminating and minimizing the effects of those hazards and

risks; identifying the emergency management plans for the workplace or workplaces; and,

specifying how consultation, training and information are to be provided to employees at

various workplaces.

Some of the risks/hazards associated with workplaces are due to working close to or at sites

associated with the various project construction activities. Other risks associated with the

project construction phase include risk of increase of vector borne and other different

diseases.

The following sections will be implemented during the construction phase to address and

ensure workers’ health and safety.

a. Screening and regular unannounced checking of workers. As per the procedure for hiring workers, all contractors and labor agencies are required to

make all prospective workers undergo medical tests to screen for diseases and sicknesses,

prior to selection and employment of any worker. The contractor is also responsible for

ensuring that no worker who has a criminal record is employed at the project site. It will be

ensured that all workers undergo medical tests to screen diseases at source and at sites in

consultation with the designated Health Officer.

In addition to this, the Project Management will also undertake sudden, unannounced checks

on workers to look for diseases such as HIV, STDs, and hepatitis and take necessary steps as

mandated by the Contractual agreement between the Contractor and the Worker(s).

b. Minimizing hazards and risks at the workplace. To ensure safety at all work sites, the following will be carried out:

i. Installation of signboards and symbols in risky and hazardous areas, to inform workers to be

careful.

ii. Construction of barricades around construction sites and deep excavated pits, to cordon off

and deter entry of unauthorized personnel and workers into these areas.


iii. Providing a safe storage site/area for large equipment such as power tools and chains, to

prevent misuse and loss.

iv. Proper Housekeeping: Ensuring that materials are all stacked, racked, blocked, interlocked,

or otherwise secured to prevent sliding, falling, or collapse. Brick stacks will not be more than

7 feet in height and for concrete blocks they will not be more than 6 feet high.

v. Removing all scrap timber, waste material and rubbish from the immediate work area as the

work progresses.

vi. Where scaffolds are required, ensuring that each scaffold or its components shall be

capable of supporting its own weight and at least 4 times the maximum intended load applied

or transmitted to it. The platform/scaffold plank shall be at least 15 inches wide and 1.5 inches

thick. The rope should be capable of supporting at least 6 times the maximum intended load

applied or transmitted to that rope. Pole scaffolds over 60 feet in height shall be designed by a

registered professional engineer and shall be constructed and loaded in accordance with that

design. Where scaffolds are not provided, safety belts/safety nets shall be provided;

vii. Ensure that all ramps or walkways are at least 6 feet wide, having slip resistance threads

and not inclined more than a slope of 1 vertical and 3 horizontal.

viii. Stacking away all excavated earth at least 2 feet from the pit to avoid material such as

loose rocks from falling back into the excavated area and injuring those working inside

excavated sites.

ix. Constructing support systems, such as bracing to adjoining structures that may be

endangered by excavation works nearby.

x. Only a trained electrician to construct, install and repair all electrical equipment to prevent

risks of electrical shocks and electrocution.

xi. Install fire extinguishers and/or other fire-fighting equipment at every work site to prepare

for any accidental fire hazards.

c. Provision of Personal Protective Equipment Risks to the health and safety of workers can be prevented by provision of Personal Protective

Equipment (PPEs) to all workers. This will be included in the construction cost for each

Contractor. Depending on the nature of work and the risks involved, contractors must provide


without any cost to the workers, the following protective equipment:

i. High visibility clothing for all personnel during road works must be mandatory.

ii. Helmet shall be provided to all workers, or visitors visiting the site, for protection of the head

against impact or penetration of falling or flying objects.

iii. Safety belt shall be provided to workers working at heights (more than 20 ft) such as

roofing, painting, and plastering.

iv. Safety boots shall be provided to all workers for protection of feet from impact or

penetration of falling objects on feet.

v. Ear protecting devices shall be provided to all workers and will be used during the

occurrence of extensive noise.

vi. Eye and face protection equipment shall be provided to all welders to protect against

sparks.

vii. Respiratory protection devices shall be provided to all workers during occurrence of fumes,

dusts, or toxic gas/vapor.

viii. Safety nets shall be provided when workplaces are more than 25 feet (7.5 m) above the

ground or other surfaces where the use of ladders, scaffolds, catch platforms, temporary

floors or safety belts is impractical.

The specific PPE requirements for each type of work are summarized below.

Table J.1 PPE Requirement List

Type of Work PPE

Elevated work Safety helmet, safety belt (height greater than 20 ft), footwear for elevated work.

Handling work safety Helmet, leather safety shoes, work gloves.

Welding and cutting work Eye protectors, shield and helmet, protective gloves.

Grinding work Dust respirator, earplugs, eye protectors.

Work involving handling of chemical substances

Dust respirator, gas mask, chemical-proof gloves. Chemical proof clothing, air-lined mask, eye protectors.


Wood working Hard hat, eye protectors, hearing protection, safety footwear, leather gloves and dust respirator.

Blasting Hard hat, eye and hearing protection.

Concrete and masonry work Hard hat, eye protectors, hearing protection, safety footwear, leather gloves and dust respirator.

Excavation, heavy

equipment, motor graders,

and bulldozer operation

Hard hat, safety boots, gloves, hearing protection.

Quarries Hard hat, eye protectors, hearing protection, safety footwear, leather gloves and dust respirator.

d. Procedures to Deal with Emergencies such as Accidents, Sudden Illness and Death of Workers First aid kits will be made available at all times throughout the entire construction period by the

respective contractors. This is very important, because most work sites will be at some

distance from the nearest hospital. In addition to the first aid kits, the following measures

should be in place:

i. Provision of dispensaries by the individual EPC contractor.

ii. A vehicle shall be on standby from the Project Office so that emergency transportation can

be arranged to take severely injured/sick workers to the nearest hospital for immediate

medical attention.

iii. A designated Health Officer/worker for the Project will be identified as a focal person to

attend to all health and safety related issues. This employee’s contact number will be posted

at all work sites for speedy delivery of emergency services. The focal person shall be well

versed with the medical system and facilities available at the hospital.

iv. Communication arrangements, such a provision of radios or mobile communication for all

work sites, for efficient handling of emergencies, will be made.

e. Record Maintenance and Remedial action The Project Management will maintain a record of all accidents and injuries that occur at the

work site. This work will be delegated by the contractor to the site supervisor and regularly

reviewed every quarter by project management. Reports prepared by the contractor shall


include information on the place, date and time of the incident, name of persons involved,

cause of incident, witnesses present and their statements. Based on such reports, the

management can jointly identify any unsafe conditions, acts or procedures and recommend

for the contractor to undertake certain mitigative actions to change any unsafe or harmful

conditions.

f. Compensation for Injuries and Death Any casualty or injury resulting from occupational activities should be compensated as per the

local labor laws of Pakistan. Where compensation is sought by the injured party, proper

procedures for documentation of the case will be followed, including a detailed report on the

accident, written reports from witnesses, report of the examining doctor and his/her

recommendation for treatment. Each individual contractor will be responsible for ensuring

compensation for the respective workers.

g. Awareness Programs The Project management will undertake awareness programs through posters, talks, and

meetings with the contractors to undertake the following activities:

i. Dissemination sessions will clarify the rights and responsibilities of the workers regarding

interactions with local people (including communicable disease risks, such as HIV/AIDS), work

site health and safety, waste management (waste separation, recycling, and composting), and

the illegality of poaching.

ii. Make workers aware of procedures to be followed in case of emergencies such as

informing the focal health person who in turn will arrange the necessary emergency

transportation or treatment.

h. Nomination of a Health and Safety Focal Person Within each site (especially if different sites are being implemented by different contractors), a

Health and Safety Focal Person will be appointed. The Terms of Reference for the focal

person will mainly be as follows:

i. Function as the focal person/representative for all health and safety matters at the

workplace;

ii. Responsible for maintaining records of all accidents and all health and safety issues at each

site, the number of accidents and its cause, actions taken and remedial measures undertaken


in case of safety issues;

iii. Be the link between the contractor and all workers and submit grievances of the workers to

the contractor and instructions/directives on proper health care and safety from the

contractors back to the workers;

iv. Ensure that all workers are adequately informed on the requirement to use Personal

Protective Equipment and its correct use;

v. Also responsible for the first aid kit and making sure that the basic immediate medicines are

readily available.


ANNEXURE K Emergency Response Plan


K.1 PURPOSE

The purpose of this Emergency Response Procedure is to provide measures and guidance for

the establishment and implementation of emergency preparedness plans for the Biogas

Facility development. The aim of the Emergency Response Procedure is to:

(i) Ensure all personnel and visitors to the office/job sites are given the maximum protection

from unforeseen events.

(ii) Ensure all personnel are aware of the importance of this procedure to protection of life and

property.

K.2 EMERGENCY PREPARATION AND RESPONSE MEASURE SCOPE

The emergency management program is applied to all Project elements and intended for use

throughout the Project life cycle. The following are some emergencies that may require

coordinated response.

(i) Construction Accident

(ii) Road & Traffic Accident

(iii) Hazardous material spills

(iv) Structure collapse or failure

(v) Trauma or serious illness

(vi) Sabotage

(vii) Fire

(viii) Environmental Pollution

(ix) Loss of person

(x) Community Accident

K.3 RESPONSIBILITIES


The detailed roles and responsibilities of certain key members of the Emergency Response

team available to assist in emergency are provided in Table K.1 below.

Table K.1 Emergency Response Team

Action Group Responsibility

Emergency Coordinator

Overall control of personnel and resources. The Emergency Coordinator will support and advise the Site

Safety Supervision as necessary. Serves as public relations spokes persons, or delegates to some

staff member the responsibility for working with news media regarding any disaster or emergency. Also assure proper coordination of news release with appropriate corporate staff or other designated people.

Site Safety Supervision

(Emergency Commander)

Overall responsibility for activating emergency plan and for terminating emergency actions.

Be alternative of emergency response chairpersons. Disseminates warnings and information as required to ensure all

people in the immediate area have been warned and evacuated either by alarms or by word of mouth.

Supervise the actions of the Emergency Response Team to ensure all persons are safe from the danger.

Notify outside authorities if assistance is required. Carries the responsibility for coordinating actions including other

organizations in accordance with the needs of the situation. Ensure maximum co-operation and assistance is provided to any

outside groups called to respond to an emergency. Establish and appoint all emergency organization structure and

team. Assures adequate delegation of responsibilities for all key

positions of assistants on the Project to assist with any foreseeable emergency.

Ensure resources available to purchase needed emergency response equipment and supplies.

Assures that all persons on the Emergency Response Team aware and fully understand their individual responsibilities for implementing and supporting the emergency plan.

Establish the emergency drill schedule of all identified emergency scenarios, track the status and evaluate the emergency.

The Emergency Commander shall ensure that senior management personnel have been reported of the emergency as soon as practical after the event.

Ensure that the exit route is regularly tested and maintained in good working order.

Maintain station at the security gate or most suitable location to secure the area during any emergency such that only authorized


Security Team personnel and equipment may enter, prevent access to the site of unauthorized personnel.

Assist with strong/activation of services during an emergency. Ensure vehicles and obstructions are moved to give incoming

emergency vehicles access to the scene, if ambulance or emergency services are attending the site, ensure clear access and personnel are located to direct any incoming emergency service to the site of emergency.

Rescue & Medical Team

Protect the injured from further danger and weather. Provide treatment to the victim(s) to the best of their ability by first

aid and then transfer to hospital. Remain familiar with the rescue activities and rescue apparatus. Assist outside medical services personnel when they arrive

General Administration

Team

Response to support any requested general facilities for assisting Emergency Response Team in their work.

Government Relation

Team

Coordinate with local government on a matter of concerned in the emergency response plan to liaise with local officers in their affair for support Emergency Response Team.

Coordinate emergency plan with the government authorities, local community.

Environment Team In case of emergency related to the environmental pollution such as the chemical spill, oil spill into the ambient, the environment team will support the technical advice to control and mitigate the pollution until return to the normal situation.

Department Heads Call up of personnel into the safe location for protective life and property.

Take immediate and appropriate action while Emergency Response Team is being mobilized.

Keep in touch with the Emergency Commander Control and supervise operators and contractors on the

implementation of this procedure, with consultation with Safety Team as necessary.

Provide and maintain emergency equipment of their responsible areas.

Other Staff and

Employees

All other staff and employees will remain at their workstations or assembly point unless directed otherwise from Emergency Response Team.

Each supervisor will ensure that all members of his work group are accounted for and keep in touch with each of their Department Head.

K.4 PROCEDURE

Emergency situation and injuries to person can occur at any time or place either on Project

site or elsewhere. The most two common types of emergencies on site are fire and serious


accident.

Figure K.1 Emergency Procedure for Fire


Figure K.2 Emergency Procedure for Serious Accident


K.5 COMMUNICATION WITH AUTHORITIES / PRESS AT SITE

In the event of an accident or incident, only senior staff is permitted to give factual information

to the authorities for resource of liability exposure. The press must be avoiding politely, at all

costs, with the terse comment that “the matter is under investigation and relevant information

when available will be provided by our Head Office” Do not ever give your opinion or story.

First Aid Persons

Upon advice of medical emergency, make immediate assessment to response required and if

necessary, advise security to summon ambulance or medical assistance, the qualified first aid

attendant should also,

Provide treatment to the victim(s) to the best of his/her ability.

Ensure the safety of victims by ceasing any work activity in the area.

Protect the injured from further danger and weather.

Assist medical services personnel when they arrive.

General Administration Team

Upon advice of medical emergency, maintain contact with first aid personnel and summon

ambulance if required.

Security Team

If ambulance or emergency services are attending the site, ensure clear access and

personnel are located to direct vehicle closest to the scene.

Prevent access to the site of unauthorized personnel (press, etc.).

Emergency Coordinator

The Emergency Coordinator shall assist emergency personnel at the scene as required

through allocation of company resources.

The Emergency Coordinator shall ensure next-of-kin are properly notified as soon as

possible and give whatever company support and assistance is necessary to assist them

bundle the situation

The Emergency Coordinator shall ensure that senior management personnel are advised of


the emergency as soon as practical after the event.


K.5 INCIDENT AND ACCIDENT REPORT


ANNEXURE L Archaeological ‘Chance Find’ procedure


Background The purpose of this document is to address the possibility of archaeological deposits

becoming exposed during ground altering activities within the project area and to provide

protocols to follow in the case of a chance archaeological find to ensure that archaeological

sites are documented and protected as required.

The Sindh Antiquities Act, 1975, protects archaeological sites, whether on Provincial

Government owned or private land. They are non-renewable, very susceptible to disturbance

and are finite in number. Archaeological sites are an important resource that is protected for

their historical, cultural, scientific and educational value to the general public and local

communities. Impacts to archaeological sites must be avoided or managed by development

proponents. The objectives of this ‘Archaeological Chance Find Procedure’ are to promote

preservation of archaeological data while minimizing disruption of construction scheduling It is

recommended that due to the moderate to high archaeological potential of some areas within

the project area, all on site personnel and contractors be informed of the Archaeological

Chance Find Procedure and have access to a copy while on site.

Potential Impacts to Archaeological Sites Developments that involve excavation, movement, or disturbance of soils have the potential to

impact archaeological materials, if present. Activities such as road construction, land clearing,

and excavation are all examples of activities that may adversely affect archaeological

deposits.

Relevant Legislation It ensures the protection, preservation, development and maintenance of antiquities in the

province of Sindh. The Act defines “antiquities” as ancient products of human activity,

historical sites, or sites of anthropological or cultural interest, national monuments, etc. The

Act is designed to protect these antiquities from destruction, theft, negligence, unlawful

excavation, trade, and export. The law prohibits new construction in the proximity of a

protected antiquity and empowers the GoS to prohibit excavation in any area that may contain

articles of archaeological significance. Under the Act, the subproject proponents are obligated

to ensure that no activity is undertaken in the proximity of a protected antiquity, report to the

Department of Archaeology, GoS, any archaeological discovery made during the course of the

project. Remedies and Penalties The Sindh Antiquities Act, 1975 provides for heritage inspection or investigation orders,


temporary protection orders, civil remedies and penalties to limit contraventions. These

powers provide:

‘’A contravention of any provision of this Act or the rules shall, where no punishment has been

specifically provided be punishable with rigorous imprisonment for a term which may extend to

two years, or with fine up to rupees ten hundred thousand, or with both. ‘’

Archaeological ‘Chance Find’ Procedure

If you believe that you may have encountered any archaeological materials, stop work in the

area and follow the procedure below:

The following ‘chance-find’ principles will be implemented by the contractor throughout the

construction works to account for any undiscovered items identified during construction works:

(i) Workers will be trained in the location of heritage zones (if any) within the construction area

and in the identification of potential items of heritage significance.

(ii) Should any potential items be located, the site supervisor will be immediately contacted

and work will be temporarily stopped in that area.

(iii) If the site supervisor determines that the item is of potential significance, an officer from

the department of Archaeology (DoA), GoS will be invited to inspect the site and work will be

stopped until DoA has responded to this invitation.

(iv) Work will not re-commence in this location until agreement has been reached

between DoA and TRANS KARACHI as to any required mitigation measures, which may

include excavation and recovery of the item.

(v) A precautionary approach will be adopted in the application of these procedures.

Detailed Procedural Steps

If the Director, department of Archaeology receives any information or otherwise has the

knowledge of the discovery or existence of an antiquity of which there is no owner, he shall,

after satisfying himself as to the correctness of the information or knowledge, take such

steps with the approval of the Government, as he may consider necessary for the custody,

preservation and protection of the antiquity.

Whoever discovers, or finds accidentally, any movable antiquity shall inform forth with the

Directorate within seven days of its being discovered or found.


If, within seven days of his being informed, the Director decides to take over the antiquity for

purposes of custody, preservation and protection, the person discovering or finding it shall

hand it over to the Director or a person authorized by him in writing.

Where the Director decides to take over an antiquity, he may pay to the person by whom it

is handed over to him such cash reward as may be decided in consultation with the Advisory

Committee.

If any person, who discovers or finds any movable antiquity contravenes the provisions of

the Act, he shall be punishable with imprisonment for a term which may extend to five (05)

years, or with fine not less than fifteen hundred thousand rupees or with both and the Court

convicting such person shall direct that the antiquity in respect of which such contravention

has taken place shall stand forfeited to Government.

The Director or any officer authorized by him with police assistance may, after giving

reasonable notice, enter into, inspect and examine any premises, place or area which or the

sub-soil of which he may have reason to believe to be, or to contain an antiquity and may

cause any site, building, object or any antiquity or the remains of any antiquity in such

premises, place or area to be photographed, copied or reproduced by any process suitable

for the purpose.

The owner or occupier of the premises, place or area shall afford all reasonable opportunity

and assistance to the Director.

No photograph, copy of reproduction taken or made shall be sold or offered for sale except

by or with the consent of the owner of the object of which the photograph, copy or the

reproduction has been taken or made.

Where substantial damage is caused to any property as a result of the inspection, the

Director shall pay to the owner thereof reasonable compensation for the damage in

consultation with the Advisory Committee.

If the Director after conducting an inquiry, has reasonable grounds to believe that any land

contains any antiquity, he may approach the Government to direct the Revenue Department

to acquire such land or any part thereof and the Revenue Department shall thereupon

acquire such land or part under the Land Acquisition Act, 1894 (I of 1894), as for a public

purpose.


ANNEXURE M Solid Waste Management Framework


Framework for Solid Waste Management 1. INTRODUCTION

Framework Solid Waste Management Plan for the development of the Biogas plant is provided. Construction contractors may use this framework as guiding document for preparation of site-specific solid waste management plan. The purpose of this Framework Solid Waste Management Plan is to ensure that wastes arising from the proposed construction works are managed, reused, recovered or disposed of by a method that ensures the provisions of the Sindh Environment Protection Act, 2014 and Pakistan Environmental Protection, 1997 and ADB SPS, 2009. It also ensures that the optimum levels of waste reduction, re-use and recycling are achieved.

Waste management priorities for project are based on following waste management hierarchy.

Prevent material wastage Minimize the quantity of waste Reuse of site materials Recycling of waste Energy recovery Disposal

2. WASTE MANAGEMENT

2.1 National Level

Waste management of the project will be carried as per national rules including:

Solid Waste Management Policy, 2000 Requirements of Sindh Env Protection Act, 2014 Draft Guidelines on Solid Waste Management, 2005. Section 11 of PEPA, 1997 prohibits discharge of waste in amount that violates the

NEQS. Draft Hazardous Substances rule of 1999 Section 132 of Cantonment Act, 1942 Provision Contains in the Local Government Ordinance, 2001

2.2 Regional Level

Asian Development Bank (ADB) SPS, 2009 IFC guidelines for Solid Waste Management Best practices of waste management on construction sites

3. DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT

The proposed project will be developed in Landhi Cattle Colony in Karachi city.

The proposed project aims to develop a biogas plant using cow dung obtained from the Cattle Colony which will be used to generate biogas for operating the BRT buses.

3.1 Details of the wastes to be produced During construction/civil works potential sources of waste will include spoils generated during excavation, concrete and construction waste, domestic wastes (solid & wastewater), fuel or oil


leakages or spills, onsite effluents from vehicle wash & cleaning, and cement spills. It is the responsibility of all personnel on site including Contractors, Sub-Contractors and their Employees to ensure compliance with this Waste Management Plan.

3.2 Main Waste Categories Contractors are required to develop inventory of main waste categories that will be generated during construction phase of the project. Anticipated main waste categories include construction debris, concrete waste, scrap wood, bricks, concrete, asphalt, plumping fixtures, piping, insulation (asbestos and non-asbestos), metal scraps, oil, electrical wiring and components, chemicals, paints, solvents. 3.3 Anticipated Hazardous Waste Arising Fuels stored on site that will be used during the construction phase are classified as hazardous. There will be fuel stored on site for machinery and construction vehicles. All fuel tanks and draw off points will be bunded. If the fuel is correctly contained and bunded, it is not expected that there will be any fuel wastage at the site. Other sources of hazardous waste include used paints, used oil/lubricants, electrical waste and chemicals. Project contractors are required to develop SOPs for handling, storage and disposal of hazardous waste arising from the project.

4. ESTIMATED WASTE GENERATION

4.1 Construction Waste Generation

Project contractors are required to develop and maintain waste inventory clearly showing the type, amount and location of waste generated from different activities at the site. Waste record keeping is key to successful implementation of waste management plan.

4.2 Proposed Waste Management Options

Waste will be segregated on site. Contractor will ensure that sufficient number of waste drums are placed at site with appropriate color coding. All recyclable waste will be handed over to recycling contractor. The appointed waste contractor will collect and transfer the recyclable wastes as receptacles are filled. The non-recyclable waste will be transferred by an authorized waste collector to an appropriate facility. Project contractors will identify both recycling and non-recycling contractor working in the project area. Contractors through bidding documents will be bound to hire such waste contractors for efficient waste management at project sites. A successful Waste Management Plan is largely dependent on how readily it can be integrated in to normal site operations by the person responsible. It is recognized that the plan will not be obstructive to site operations and the construction program by placing the responsibility of construction waste management with the Manager, all reuse, recycling, wastage and necessary disposal can be monitored as close to the source as possible. An Environmental Representative from each Works Sub-Contractor will also be nominated responsible for all waste management in their own operations. In this way, it is possible to identify where the greatest material wastage occurs, with a view to implementing better management.

The site Construction Manager will be designated as the Responsible Person and have overall responsibility for the implementation of the on-site Waste Management Plan. The Responsible Person will be assigned the authority to instruct all site personnel to comply with


the specific provisions of the plan. At the operational level, a nominated Environmental Representative from each sub-contractor company on the site shall be assigned the direct responsibility to ensure that the discrete operations stated in this framework for solid waste management are performed on an on-going basis.

4.3 Tracking and documentation procedures for off-site waste

The site construction Manager will maintain a copy of all waste collection permits. If waste (soil & stone) is being accepted on-site, a waste docket must be issued to the collector. If the waste is being transported to another site, a copy of the waste permit for that site must be provided to the manager. Record of waste collection docket, a receipt from the final destination of the material will be kept as part of the on-site waste management records. All information will be entered in a waste management system to be maintained on-site.

4.4 Disposal Waste

Contractors are required to develop SOP for disposal of recyclable, non-recyclable and hazardous waste generated at site. Surplus excavated soil will be disposed off at designated sites. Food waste will be disposed at food waste pit which will be fenced. Recycling waste will be handed over to recycling waste contractor. Hazardous waste will be disposed through incineration facility available in close proximity of the project area. Workers on the site will be encouraged to recycle as much municipal waste as possible i.e. cardboard, plastic, metals and glass. Prior to removal, the municipal waste will be examined to determine if recyclable materials have been placed in other containers. If this is the case, effort will be made to determine the cause of the waste not being segregated correctly.

5. ESTIMATED COST OF WASTE MANAGEMENT

Contractors are required to estimate and budget cost for waste management through BOQ items. Such waste management cost will include cost of waste drums, cost of waste handling crew, cost of waste transportation, cost of EPA approved waste contractor services and associated incineration costs if any. By reusing materials on site, there will be reduction in transport and disposal costs for a waste contractor taking the material away.

6. TRAINING PROVISIONS FOR WASTE MANAGER AND SITE CREW

A waste manager will be appointed or designated by construction contractors to ensure commitment, operational efficiency and accountability during the project execution.

6.1 Site Manager Training and Responsibility

The waste manager will be given responsibility and authority to select a waste team if required i.e. members of the site crew that will aid him in the organization, operation and recording the waste management system implemented on-site. The waste manager will have overall responsibility to oversee record and provide feedback to the CSC on everyday waste management at the site. Authority will be given to the waste manager to delegate responsibility to sub-contractors where necessary and to co-ordinate with suppliers, service providers and sub-contractors to prioritize waste prevention and salvage. The waste manager will be trained in how to set up and maintain a record keeping system, how to perform an audit and how to establish targets for waste management on-site. He will also be trained in the best method for segregation and storage of recyclable materials, have information on the materials


that can be reused on-site and know how to implement this Framework for Solid Waste Management.

6.2 Site Crew Waste Management Training

Training of the site crew is the responsibility of the waste manager and as such, a waste training program will be organized. A basic awareness course will be held for all crew to outline the construction waste management plan and to detail the segregation of waste at source. This may be incorporated with other training needs (e.g. general site induction, safety training etc.). This basic course will describe the materials to be segregated, the storage methods and the location of the waste storage areas. A subsection on hazardous wastes will be incorporated and the particular dangers of each hazardous waste will be explained.

7. RECORD KEEPING

Records will be kept for each waste material which leaves the site, either for reuse on another site, recovery, recycling or disposal. A system will be put in place to record the construction waste arising on-site. The waste manager or delegate will record the following:

Waste taken off-site for reuse Waste taken off-site for recovery Waste taken off-site for recycling Waste taken off-site for disposal Waste (soil & stone) accepted on-site for recovery

For each movement of waste off-site, a signed waste collection docket will be obtained by the waste manager (or delegate) from the contractor. This will be carried out for each material type. This system will also be linked with the delivery records. A signed waste acceptance docket will be issued for each movement of waste on-site.

8. OUTLINE WASTE AUDIT PROCEDURE

Contractors are required to develop SOP for waste auditing at the construction sites. Such SOP will reflect frequency and types of waste audits, audit criteria and way forward to close non-compliances.

8.1 Responsibility for Waste Audit

The appointed waste manager will be responsible for conducting a waste audit at the site during project execution.

8.2 Review of Records and Identification of Corrective Actions

A review of all the records for the waste generated and transported off-site, as well as waste accepted, will be undertaken. If waste movements are not accounted for, the reasons for this will be established in order to see if and why the record keeping system has not been maintained. Each material type will be examined in order to see where the largest percentage waste generation is occurring. The waste management methods for each material type will be reviewed in order to highlight how the targets can be achieved. Waste management costs will also be reviewed. Upon completion of the construction phase a final report will be prepared summarizing the outcomes of waste management processes adopted and the total recycling/reuse/recovery figures for the development.


9. CONSULTATION WITH RELEVANT BODIES

9.1 Local Authority

Project contractors are required to maintain close coordination with Trans Karachi project focal staff to ensure that all available waste reduction, re-use and recycling opportunities are identified and utilized.

9.2 EPA Approved Waste Contractors

Companies that specialize waste management will be contacted to determine their suitability for engagement. If used, each company will be audited in order to ensure that relevant and up-to-date waste collection permits and/or license are held. In addition, information regarding individual materials will be obtained including the feasibility of recycling each material, the costs of recycling/reclamation and the means by which the wastes will be collected and transported off-site, and the recycling/reclamation process each material will undergo off-site.


ANNEXURE N Dust Management Plan


The purpose of this plan is to describe the measures that the project shall take to ensure that the risk of emissions from dust generated by site operations during construction are minimized and that best practice measures are implemented.

Dust emissions from construction can cause ill health effects to Contractor staff along with nuisance and annoyance to members of the local community. Dust will be controlled through:

Elimination

Reduction/Minimisation

Control

This dust management plan shall be implemented based on the measures already provided in the Environmental Management Plan (EMP) relating to controlling dust emissions.

Methodology

The following methodology will be undertaken for each project section:

Step 1 – Identify the dust generating activities Construction activities that are likely to produce dust will be identified. The activities that will be taken into account are: Vehicles and Concrete Batching Plant Surfaces Static and mobile combustion plant emissions

Materials Handling, Storage, Spillage and Disposal Storage of material Stockpiles Spillages Storage of Waste Site Preparation and Restoration after Completion Earthworks, excavation and digging Storage of spoil and topsoil

Demolition

Construction and Fabrication Processes

Step 2 – Identify Sensitive Receptors Sensitive receptors have already been identified. The nature and location of the sensitive receptors will be taken into account when implementing control measures.


Step 3 – Implement Best Practice Measures to Control Based on the nature of the activity producing the dust, the likelihood of dust being produced and the possible consequence of dust based on the sensitive receptors, the most effective control measure will be identified and implemented.

Step 4 – Monitor effectiveness of control Construction Supervision Staff (CSC) will have the responsibility to ensure that dust control measures are being implemented and are effective.

Step 5 – Record and report result of monitoring All inspections, audits and results of monitoring will be recorded and kept as part of the site filing system.

Method Statements and Risk Assessments The Contractor’s Risk Assessments and Method Statements will be required to be approved by the CSC prior to commencing work and will be required to contain environmental aspects of the task, including dust control measures where required. Where dust has been identified within the risk assessment as a significant issue, the method statement will be required to cover the following:

Methods and materials that will be used to ensure that dust generation is minimized. The use of pre-fabricated materials where possible. Optimum site layout:

Dust generating activities to be conducted away from sensitive receptors Supply of water for damping down.

Good housekeeping and management All employees will be briefed on the Risk Assessment and Method Statement before starting work.

Training All Contractor staff will be required to attend training seminars as already mentioned in the EMP document. A site-specific induction will also be required before being allowed to work on site. These will include site-specific sensitive receptors and details regarding dust control measures to be taken. Toolbox talks on air pollution and minimizing dust emissions will be provided on a regular basis to Contractor staff.


Identification of Dust Generating Sources and Control Methods

Haulage Routes, Vehicles and Asphalt/Concrete Batching Plant

Dust Source Dust Control Methods

Major haul roads and traffic routes Haul roads will be dampened down via a mobile bowser, as required.

Public Roads Road sweeper will be used to clean public roads as required.

Vehicle Waiting areas These will be regularly inspected and kept clean and free from dust.

Site traffic management Site traffic will be restricted to constructed access roads as far as possible.

Site speed limit will be set at 10mph as this will minimize the production of dust.

Road Cleaning A mechanical road sweeper will be readily available and used.

Handling, Storage, Stockpiling and Spillage of Dusty materials

Material handling operations The number of times a material will have to be handled will be kept to a minimum to prevent double handling and ensure dusty materials are not handled unnecessarily.

Transport of fine dusty materials and aggregates.

Closed tankers will be used or sheeted vehicles.

Vehicle loading/unloading materials on to vehicles and conveyors.

Dusty materials will be dampened down Drop heights will be kept to a minimum and enclosed

where possible. Storage of Materials

Bulk cement, bentonite etc. This will be delivered in tankers and stored in dedicated enclosed areas.

Fine dry materials These will be protected from the weather and by storing in appropriate containers and indoors, where necessary.

Storage location Material will be stored in dedicated lay-down areas.

Storage of Stockpiles


Stockpile location Stockpiles will be placed so as to minimize double handling and facilitate the site restoration.

Building stockpiles Stockpiles, tips and mounds will not be stored at an angle greater than an angle of repose of the material.

Small and temporary stockpiles Where possible, stockpiles will be placed under sheeting. Dusty material will be damped down. Wind barriers (protective fences) of a similar height to

the stockpile will be erected, if required. Large and long term stockpiles Long-term stockpiles will be vegetated and stabilized as

soon as possible. Stock plies will be dampened down until stabilized,

where necessary. Wind barriers (protective fences) of a similar height to

the stockpile will be erected, if required. Waste Material from Construction

Disposal method A dedicated lay-down area will be available for waste.

Waste will not be allowed to build up and will be disposed off at the designated locations as per EMP.

Site Preparation and Restoration

Earthworks, excavation and digging These activity areas will be kept damp where required and if possible, will be avoided during dry and windy periods.

Completed earthworks Surfaces will be stabilized by re-vegetation as soon as possible, where applicable.

Construction and Fabrication Process

Crushing of material for reuse, transportation and disposal

Authorization will be obtained from the EPA and ADB before using any mobile plant on site for activities such as crushing and screening.

Any crushing or screening activities will be located away from sensitive receptors.

Cutting, grinding, drilling, sawing, trimming, planning, sanding

These activities will be avoided wherever possible. Equipment and techniques that minimize dust will be

implemented. Water will be used to minimize dust.

Cutting roadways, pavements, blocks Water sprinkling to be used.


Angle grinders and disk cutters Best practice measures will be used such as dust extraction.

Monitoring Arrangements Monitoring will be conducted at sensitive receptor locations in the project area as provided in the EMP. Furthermore, at locations where PM levels are exceeding applicable guidelines, additional stringent measures will be implemented at the respective location(s) in the project area to ensure dust levels are controlled as far as possible. Predominant Wind Direction in Karachi

The predominant wind direction over the past decade or so for Karachi city is provided in the figure below.27

This wind direction will be critical when assessing potential impacts from dust emissions from the work sites on the sensitive receptors located in the project area.

27 https://www.windalert.com/spot/16701


ANNEXURE O Site Specific EMP (SSEMP) Guide & Template

for Guidance to Contractor


Guide for Development of SSEMP Step 1: Define Boundaries

Step 2: Identify Sensitive Receptors

Step 3: Specify construction activities

Step 4: Conduct Risk Assessment

Step 5: Assign Environment Management measures

Step 6: Prepare Site Plans

Step 7: Prepare Environment Work Plans (if required)

Step 8: Monitoring

Step 1: The project area needs to be clearly defined.

Step 2: The mapping of sensitive receptors has already been conducted and needs to be presented

clearly in a map.

Step 3: The tentative construction activities to be conducted are as follows:

Site Surveying and Vegetation (Trees and plants) Clearance

Establishment of Work Camp

Dismantling of existing structures including Utilities

Landscaping

Step 4: The Risk Assessment matrix template is provided in the table below.

Risk is assessed as the likelihood that the activity will have an effect on the environment as well as the consequence of the effect occurring. It is often described like this:

Risk = Likelihood × Consequence

Likelihood Scale

Likelihood Definition Scale


Certain Will certainly occur during the activity at a frequency greater than every week if preventative measures are not applied

5

Likely Will occur more than once or twice during the activity but less than weekly if preventative measures are not applied

3

Unlikely May occur once or twice during the activity if preventative measures are not applied

2

Rare Unlikely to occur during the project 1

Consequence Scale

Consequence Definition Score

Catastrophic The action will cause unprecedented damage or impacts on the environment or surrounding communities e.g. extreme loss of soil and water resources and quality from stormwater runoff extreme pollution of soil and water resources including major contamination from hazardous materials widespread effects on ecosystems with deaths of fauna/flora widespread community impacts resulting in illness, injury or inconvenience loss or destruction of archaeological or historical sites Occurrence will almost certainly result in the work being halted and a significant fine.

5

Major The action will cause major adverse damage on the environment or surrounding communities e.g. major loss of soil and water resources and quality from stormwater runoff major pollution of soil and water resources including contamination from hazardous materials significant effects on ecosystems with isolated deaths of non-vulnerable flora and fauna

significant annoyance or nuisance to communities major damage to or movement required to archaeological or historical sites Occurrence may result in work being halted and a fine

3

Moderate No or minimal adverse environmental or social impacts e.g. no measurable or noticeable changes in stormwater quality. Water quality remains within tolerable limits little noticeable effect on ecosystems no or isolated community complaints

2


no or unlikely damage to archaeological or historical sites no likelihood of being fined

Minor No or minimal adverse environmental or social impacts e.g. no measurable or noticeable changes in stormwater quality. Water quality remains within tolerable limits little noticeable effect on ecosystems no or isolated community complaints no or unlikely damage to archaeological or historical sites no likelihood of being fined

1

Risk Score Table

Likelihood

Consequence

Catastrophic Major Moderate Minor

Certain 25 15 10 5

Likely 15 9 6 3

Unlikely 10 6 4 2

Rare 5 3 2 1

Risk: Significant: 15-25 Medium: 6-10 Low 1-5

Any Medium to Significant risk requires an environmental management measure to manage the

potential environmental risk. Judgement will be required concerning the application of an

environmental management measure to mitigate low risk situations.

The higher the risk the more intensive the required mitigation measure will need to be; e.g. where site

sedimentation is deemed to be low risk, then silt fences may be needed but as the risk increases, then

sediment traps may be required. The selection of the appropriate mitigation measure will require

judgement based on the level of risk and the specific site parameters.

Step 5: The Environmental Management measures are to be extracted from the IEE study for this

project and should be added in the last column of the table below.


No. Construction Activity

Hazards to Consider

Likelihood

that the site or sensitive receptors will be affected?

Consequence

of the site or sensitive receptors being affected?

Risk Score

(consequence x likelihood)

Environmental Management Measures

i Site Surveying & vegetation clearance

Damage to vegetation beyond project footprint

These can be taken from the EMP provided in the IEE report

(If Risk Score is 6 or more)

Erosion of exposed areas and sediment

Loss of topsoil

Dust generation

Noise

ii Establishment of Work Camp etc.

Soil deposited onto roads from tires

Stockpile erosion

Noise & Vibration

Traffic congestion


Fuel spills

iii Dismantling of existing structures including Utilities

Noise and vibration

Dust generation

Community safety

Worker safety

Traffic Congestion

iv Landscaping Dust generation

Sediment runoff

Failure of vegetation to take root

Annexure

Step 6: The Site plans are a critical part of the SSEMP and will need to be prepared, otherwise the

ADB will consider the document as incomplete.

The site plan will need to provide the following:

Indication of North and scale

Existing and planned supporting infrastructure (e.g. access roads, water supplies and electricity

supplies)

Location of planned work

Contours

Drainage systems

Locations of sensitive receptors

Step 7 (if required)28: The completed SSEMP provides details of all the environmental management

requirements for all stages of the construction process. For individual work teams who are

responsible for only a small part of the overall construction works it can be confusing as to what is

required for their particular work component. For example, the work team responsible for stripping

soil for the construction areas are not going to be interested in the requirements for pouring

concrete for footings and foundations. However, it is essential that the soil stripping team knows

exactly what to clear and what to leave and where to put stockpiles of soil for later use.

In situations where different work activities are required at different times or at different locations,

environmental work plans can be prepared. These are similar to the work method statements that

are often produced for major construction projects.

Step 8: A detailed monitoring plan will be provided along with frequency and responsibilities to

ensure all key environmental parameters are monitored to ensure compliance with both national

and ADB requirements.

28 ADB, Safeguards Unit for Central & West Asia Department, Environmental Management for

Construction Handbook.


Template for SSEMP 1. Introduction

1.1 Project Overview

1.2 Scope of SSEMP

1.3 Objectives of SSEMP

2. Map of Sensitive Receptors

3. Construction Activities

3.1 Activities

4. Risk Assessment

4.1 Risk Assessment Matrix & Mitigation Measures

5. Site Plan(s)

6. Environmental Monitoring Plan

6.1 Instrumental Monitoring of Environmental Parameters by Contractor as per EMP

6.2 In-house monitoring

6.3 Third Party environmental monitoring

6.4 Visual monitoring of Environmental Parameters by Contractor as per EMP

7. Responsibilities

7.1 Organizational Responsibilities and Communication

7.2 Responsibility of EA

7.3 Responsibility of Construction Supervision Consultant (CSC)

7.4 Responsibility of Contractor

7.5 Responsibility of EPA

Annexure

ANNEXURE P ALOHA Accidental Release Modeling Software


About ALOHA®

ALOHA (Areal Locations of Hazardous Atmospheres) is a modeling program that estimates threat zones associated with hazardous chemical releases, including toxic gas clouds, fires, and explosions. A threat zone is an area where a hazard (such as toxicity) has exceeded a user-specified Level of Concern (LOC). ALOHA is part of the CAMEO® software suite of products for emergency responders and planners.

Key Program Features

Generates a variety of scenario-specific output, including threat zones, threat at specific locations, and source strength graphs.

Calculates how quickly chemicals are escaping from tanks, puddles (on both land and water), and gas pipelines—and predicts how those release rates change over time.

Models many release scenarios: toxic gas clouds, BLEVEs (Boiling Liquid Expanding Vapor Explosions), jet fires, vapor cloud explosions, pool fires, and flammable areas.

Evaluates different types of hazard (depending on the release scenario): toxicity, flammability, thermal radiation, and overpressure.

Displays threat zones on MARPLOT maps (and also on Esri's ArcMap with the ALOHA ArcMap Import Tool and Google Maps and Google Earth using the export as KML feature).

Works seamlessly with companion programs CAMEO Chemicals and MARPLOT®; it can also be used as a standalone program.

Sample Threat Zone Output

A toxic threat zone estimate for a fictional release is shown below. In this scenario, the red, orange, and yellow zones indicate areas where ALOHA predicts that specific LOC thresholds would be exceeded at some time after the release begins. Once you've displayed a threat zone in ALOHA, you can plot it on a map in MARPLOT (as shown on the left below). Additionally, you can export it as a KML file that can be imported into Google Maps or Google Earth (as shown on the right below); key information from the ALOHA scenario is also included in the file and available when you click on the threat zone on the map.

Development Team

ALOHA is developed jointly by the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration's Office of Response and Restoration and the Environmental Protection Agency's Office of Emergency Management .

Annexure


ANNEXURE Q

WHO/GoP advice on Use of Masks for the COVID-19 Virus

Annexure

About ALOHA®.

Annexure

Karachi Bus Rapid Transit Red Line Project: Abattoir Site at ...

Documents

Transcript of Karachi Bus Rapid Transit Red Line Project: Abattoir Site at ...